From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:18:32 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:18:32 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] CORRECTION/CLARIFICATION re: Anti-WalMart protest in NYC on May 8 Message-ID: <20070508121832.2a964223@viola.tamara-b.org> [Sorry this is late. It came in last night and I just noticed it at noon today, May 8. This "clarification" doesn't even list the details. The protest (picket) was to run from 8:30 a.m. today until 1:30 pm. It's all pretty much moot now, so this is just for information. See the original May 5 announcement here: Join UFCW in protesting Wal-Mart Health Care Conference 5/8 NYC http://olm.blythe-systems.com/pipermail/nytr/Week-of-Mon-20070430/062075.html NY Transfer] sent by Andy Pollack - May 7, 2007 CORRECTION/CLARIFICATION re: Anti-WalMart protest in NYC on May 8 So it turns out it's NOT a Wal-Mart sponsored conference. It's a joint labor-management conference supported by Wal-Mart -- as well as SEIU, UNITE-HERE, CWA, AT&T, etc. THIS is an IMPROVEMENT? All out to the picket line! Andy *** Metro NY Health Care for All Campaign wrote: Dear Friends and Supporters, We want to correct and clarify some of the details regarding a conference being held at the New York Hilton tomorrow May 8th. The United Food and Commercial Workers Union and some other groups are planning a legal picket outside of it, to protest Wal-Mart's health care policies for its workers, as Wal-Mart is one of the organizations involved in the conference. Contrary to what we had been led to believe and had informed you about previously, tomorrow's conference is not being sponsored by Wal-Mart as a way to promote their vision of employer-based health care. Rather, Wal-Mart is a participant in a conference being sponsored by Center for American Progress, a DC-based public policy organization headed up by former Clinton administration chief of staff John Podesta. The conference is designed to move forward its new "Better Health Care Together" campaign, announced in DC the past February as a way to bring business and labor together for discussions about health care reform. Some of the unions involved in tomorrow's conference include SEIU, CWA, UNITE HERE and others, along with various large corporations such as AT&T, Qwest Communications, and Wal-Mart among others. Some of those unions involved in tomorrow's conference have contacted us about tomorrow's protest. While they certainly understand and support UFCW's concerns about Wal-Mart, they are also concerned about the effect a protest outside the conference may have on the deliberations inside, and believe it will not be helpful to their goals for the conference. We want to share this information with you so that you have all the details as you decide whether or not to attend tomorrow's protest. The decision is yours. We hope you can understand that because we aim to support all our labor allies in their efforts to secure affordable health care for all, we are not able to offer a recommendation. While Wal-Mart's model for health care (flimsy benefits, high out-of-pocket costs, long waiting periods) is certainly NOT the way to go on health care reform and should be publicly condemned, labor-employer dialogue on health care may also be necessary to move forward politically on health care reform. Thank you for your understanding and consideration of these matters -- our apologies for any misunderstandings and confusion, Mark Hannay Director Metro New York Health Care for All Campaign 75 Varick St., Suite. 1404 DC 1707 AFSCME New York, NY 10013 tel: (212) 925-1829 fax: (212) 925-0806 From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:22:24 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:22:24 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] NEW TIME - Protest Posada's Release - May 11 NYC 5 pm Message-ID: <20070508122224.6ed01dac@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Carlos Rovira - May 7, 2007 PROTEST IN NYC THE RELEASE OF TERRORIST LUIS POSADA Friday, May 11, 2007 - TIME OF PROTEST CHANGED TO ***5pm*** 26 Federal Plaza 4/5/6 subway trains to Brooklyn Bridge, 1/2/3/A/C/E/J/M to Chambers, N/R to City Hall **Nationally-coordinated May 11 protests taking place in El Paso and elsewhere!** Luis Posada Carriles is a long-time admitted and convicted terrorist, trained by the CIA in explosives and sabotage to carry out attacks on Cuba. He is responsible for the murder of 73 people in the 1976 bombing of a Cuban airliner, and for Havana hotel bombings in the 1990's that killed an Italian tourist. In the 1970s, as an official in the DISIP, Venezuela's "intelligence" police, he tortured and murdered Venezuelan activists. In Panama, Nov. 2000, he led a group of terrorists to try to assassinate Fidel Castro with 33 pounds of C-4 explosives, which if successful, would have also killed hundreds of students where Castro was due to speak. In March 2005, Posada illegally entered the United States, and has been treated with kid gloves since then by the Bush administration. On April 19, Posada was freed on bail and flew immediately to Miami, despite being recognized as an unrepetant terrorist and danger to the community. The Bush administration refuses to honor Venezuela's extradition request, where Posada planned the plane bombing. And since U.S. Attorney General Alberto Gonzales refuses to classify him as a terrorist, Posada is awaiting trial only on immigration fraud. Judge Kathleen Cardone ordered Posada's release on bond until his El Paso trial on May 11. On Friday, May 11, when Posada is returned to El Paso for trial, people across the U.S. and around the world will hold protests demanding justice. The main protest will be in El Paso, and we'll have a protest here in New York City. EXTRADITE POSADA, FREE THE CUBAN FIVE! While anti-Cuba terrorists like Posada are free, the U.S. government has persecuted, convicted and sentenced the Cuban Five, five men who were peaceably monitoring the actions of Miami terrorists like Posada, to stop their attacks. We will demand the Cuban Five's freedom on May 11 as well. - Bush: Extradite Luis Posada Carriles now! - Prosecute him for terrorism! - Free the Cuban Five! WHAT YOU CAN DO: - Send an electronic letter to your Congressperson. http://www.pephost.org/site/Advocacy?pagename=homepage&id=159 - Volunteer to help spread the word about the protest. Click to download the flyer: http://www.pephost.org/site/DocServer/May11_2007ElPasoB_nyc.pdf?docID=5561 Call 212-694-8720 or email nyc at answercoalition.org for more information. Initiated by A.N.S.W.E.R. Coalition. Co-sponsors: National Committee to Free the Cuban Five, Latino Movement USA, Youth & Student ANSWER, National Lawyers Guild, National Network on Cuba, Southwest Organizing Project, Alliance for Just and Lasting Peace in the Philippines, GABRIELA Network, Party for Socialism and Liberation, International Action Center, Workers World Party, F.I.S.T., Bolivarian Youth - Miami, CLASP (Caribbean & Latin America Support Project, New Paltz, NY), Ramsey Clark, Cynthia Mckinney, Congress of the International Democratic Women's Federation (IDWF), Action Center For Justice, Popular Education Project to Free the Cuban Five, Venezuela Solidarity Network (To endorse & for more information, visit: Www.freethefive.org) From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:24:58 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:24:58 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Azmi Bishara on Democracy Now Message-ID: <20070508122458.1500619a@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Andy Pollack - May 7, 2007 Azmi Bishara on Democracy Now In addition to previously forwarded video of evening in solidarity with Azmi Bishara, below is a transcript and link to video of Bishara on Democracy Now. May 4, 2007: Azmi Bishara on Democracy Now (Video & Transcript) Transcript is directly below. For video, click on the link below and then click on "Watch 256K Stream" http://www.democracynow.org/article.pl?sid=07/05/04/1419201 Friday, May 4th, 2007 Former Arab-Israeli Knesset MP Azmi Bishara Speaks from Abu Dhabi about Treason Charges Israeli police have accused former Arab Knesset lawmaker of treason and espionage. The charges reportedly center around Bishara's alleged contacts with members of Hezbollah during Israel's attack on Lebanon last year. There are reports Bishara's conservations were wiretapped. Bishara resigned his position in the parliament and left Israel last month. Israeli police say they'll arrest him if he returns. We speak to Bishara from Abu Dhabi. [includes rush transcript] As an outspoken supporter of Palestinian rights and Israel's most well-known Arab member of parliament, Azmi Bishara is no stranger to clashes with the Israeli government. Five years ago, Bishara was put on trial for supporting terrorism for comments he made in public speeches about the Lebanese group Hezbollah. One year later Israel's election commission barred him for running in parliamentary elections but later had the decision overturned. Today, Azmi Bishara is facing his most serious challenge to date. Israeli police have accused him of treason and espionage. The charges reportedly center around Bishara's alleged contacts with members of Hezbollah during Israel's attack on Lebanon last year. There are reports Bishara's conservations were wiretapped. Bishara resigned his position in the parliament and left Israel last month. Israeli police say they'll arrest him if he returns. Bishara's resignation takes away his parliamentary immunity from prosecution. Today, Azmi Bishara joins us from Abu Dhabi. And here in the firehouse studio we're joined by Yael Lerer. She is an Israeli Publisher who worked as an aide to Azmi Bishara in 2000. * Azmi Bishara, former member of the Israeli Knesset. Resigned his post last month after Israeli officials accused him of treason and espionage. Speaking from Abu Dhabi. * Yael Lerer, Israeli Publisher with Andalus Publishing. She worked as an aide to Azmi Bishara in 2000. She took part in an event last night here in New York called An Evening of Solidarity with Dr. Azmi Bisahra. JUAN GONZALEZ: As an outspoken supporter of Palestinian rights and Israel's most well-known Arab member of parliament, Azmi Bishara is no stranger to clashes with the Israeli government. Five years ago, Bishara was put on trial for supporting terrorism for comments he made in public speeches about the Lebanese group Hezbollah. One year later, Israel's election commission barred him for running for parliament, but later had the decision overturned. Today, Azmi Bishara is facing his most serious challenge to date. Israeli police have accused him of treason and espionage. The charges reportedly center around Bishara's alleged contacts with members of Hezbollah during Israel's attacks on Lebanon last year. There are reports Bishara's conservations were wiretapped. Bishara resigned his position in the parliament and left Israel last month. Israeli police say they'll arrest him if he returns. Bishara's resignation takes away his parliamentary immunity from prosecution. He explained his decision to flee at a news conference last week in Cairo. AZMI BISHARA: I decided not to wait and not to hide behind the immunity and to do it myself according to my rules and not to wait until they do it. So in order not to create an impression that I am hiding behind my membership in the Knesset or my immunity, etc., I resigned myself. And I also want to give an opportunity to my party to work in the parliament with three members, not only with two. AMY GOODMAN: That was former Arab member of the Israeli parliament, Azmi Bishara, speaking last week in Cairo. Today, he joins us from Abu Dhabi. Can you talk, Azmi Bishara, about why you have left Israel, why you resigned from the Knesset? AZMI BISHARA: Well, both decisions have nothing to do actually with the charges. I resigned from the Knesset because I wanted to -- like a year ago, I felt already exhausted from parliamentary work -- eleven years. This was a very, very intensive year, and I wanted to give more time for my philosophy and literature writing on my books and also for political work, but not in the parliament. It?s a very exhausting place to be. And I think my work was very intensive and very creative. And the tools are there; everybody can use them. I think parties should change their MKs or MPs every two or three times. I did that. But I delayed, actually, the resignation, because of the charges, for a month or two after I knew that they started an investigation. And I left the country to attend two or three conferences abroad, including an Al Jazeera commenting the Arab Summit. And then I heard the kind of campaign which is run against me in the Israeli press and the kind of plans, like hearing the Israeli intelligence commander -- previous intelligence commander saying on the TV that we have decided to finish the phenomena of Azmi Bishara and all these things, and the kind of, you know, totalitarian campaign without any dissent in the Israeli press, orchestrated like the first weeks of wars, when Israelis engage in wars, in the beginning of wars. So I thought I should slow down a little bit and think. They changed the rules again totally. Now they are not accusing me of supporting the state of the citizens against the Zionist character of the state, or they're not accusing me of saying things. They?re accusing me of doing things. It is totally different. It?s actually -- they?re accusing me of security crimes that, according to the Israeli law, it?s very hard to clear yourself from, because it?s their arena. They can bring the evidence they want from unknown intelligence sources. They can actually impose new things that you did not do and interpret your relationships. For example, they can declare any friend you have or any journalist you talk to in Lebanon or in Jordan or in Egypt as a foreign agent. And this is so, according to Israeli law. Security courts are very different from civil courts, although they are civil courts formally. But the rules of the game are totally different in there, because of the kind of evidence that convinces a court. So I thought it?s very mean, actually, the fact that instead of facing my political and ideological work, that they referred to security tools with which it?s very, very hard to compete. It?s very hard to challenge. AMY GOODMAN: Azmi Bishara, we're going to break for a moment, and then we?re going to come back to you. We?ll also be joined by your aide when you were a Knesset member, Yael Lerer, an Israeli publisher. She?s here in New York. Azmi Bishara is joining us from Abu Dhabi. [break] AMY GOODMAN: Right now, we are talking to Azmi Bishara, former member of the Israeli Knesset, resigned his post last month after Israeli officials accused him of treason and espionage. He is speaking to us now from Abu Dhabi. They say they?ll arrest him if he comes back into Israel. I?m Amy Goodman with Juan Gonzalez. This is Democracy Now! Juan? JUAN GONZALEZ: Yes. Azmi Bishara, you, in a recent Op-Ed piece in the Los Angeles Times, compared your situation to the Dreyfus Affair of a French Jew who was accused of treason. Could you explain why you made that comparison? AZMI BISHARA: Well, it?s actually [inaudible], because it?s closer to the, let me say, Israeli mythology to understand, or even Jewish mythology, because at times of defeat, France looked to a scapegoat to blame, and the easiest thing to blame was somebody from the minority, and it was the easiest thing to make a diversion of national frustration against the government because of a defeat in a war against Germany. They picked up an officer -- of course, I?m not an officer, and I?m not trying to be Israeli, like Dreyfus was trying to be loyal French. I am a Palestinian, that I consider myself a native that is -- whose identity is Arab Palestinian. But the similarity is in the timing and the fact that the media unites in such an orchestrated campaign against a scapegoat. There is a very clear national frustration in Israel. Their political program of disengagement in the West Bank and Gaza failed. Their military against Hezbollah actually failed. And the whole morale, the whole mood of the country is very low and bitter. And so, let me say, the public opinion industry was to divert the attention towards somebody to blame. That's why I used it. But actually the Israeli security started working against my case a few years ago -- against me a few years ago, because they could not cope with the fact that there is an Arab Palestinian who is trying to take away the democratic liberal discourse from their hand and use it against them. They?re not used to this fact, that there is an Arab national, Palestinian national, who is using a democratic discourse of citizenship and liberalism, etc. They started working a few years ago before the timing of the war. I referred actually to the media and politicians' timing, which has to do with their need to divert attention into my direction. JUAN GONZALEZ: Your decision to leave the country, could you tell us whether you?re intending to return to Israel and face these charges, or will you plan to stay in exile outside the country? AZMI BISHARA: Well, we?re consulting things really. Usually people who are accused of these things in the third world and leaders of national movements in the third world do not capitulate this way. They do not give themselves to be charged. The problem is the process that they want to conduct in Israel. They want to conduct a process in which people in the United States or Europe, liberals and democrats, can see that, you know, there are no Arab democrats who are for citizenship and democracy; actually, all of them are collaborators who give information, actually inform us of terrorist movements, especially Islamist, etc.; don't believe an Arab if he comes and says he?s a democrat or he?s a secular or he?s for equality, etc. And they have their evidence, which is their interpretation of all kinds of personal relationships and friendships that they will have me justifying them there like a small suspect, not like a leader or intellectual, etc. This kind of arena that they will create, we think -- me and my lawyers and everybody there thinks that it won?t be, it can't play to our benefit, because it?s their arena and their discourse, and I will have to play from within their discourse. Now, in the past I?ve played from within the democratic liberal discourse, but to play from within the security discourse, it?s very, very hard for a Palestinian inside Israel. The other message they want to send is to actually intimidate the Arabs in Israel by these charges and by the result of the court, that this way leads to this result. So actually what we wanted to avoid is this kind of the rules of the game. Usually we are not dragged to the rules of the game that they set, and we try ours. So what we are doing now is staying outside and thinking what to do until the media campaign calms down, winds down, and then we can think what we will do and how and what are the terms of my return. Of course, exile is not an option for me at all. I usually -- I lived inside Israel in the hardest conditions. I did not leave the country. I already stood in two courts and with success. But this time I know very well. I think the Israelis themselves know, and they say it actually, that this time when they go to this corner, to this arena of security charges, it?s very hard for them to lose it. They prepare the files this way with intelligence secret reports that you cannot challenge. You cannot challenge their sources of information. I?m very sorry that they went this far, because they lost the political and ideological campaign. They themselves have said some months ago that my political ideas are so hegemolian now in the Arab political street and they spread so much that they can't fight them except by using the Shabak, which is the Israeli secret police. AMY GOODMAN: Azmi Bishara, we?re joined by Yael Lerer, your former aide. There was an evening in solidarity with you last night at New York University. Yael Lerer is an Israeli publisher. Your response to the Israeli charges, you, an Israeli Jewish citizen? YAEL LERER: I mean, I think Azmi Bishara was very accurate when he was pointing on the fact that when it?s security charges, all the game is completely different. And we know, we are familiar with these cases. When somebody, when the General Security Service decides to put someone on trial, nothing will help this person, because it?s very easy to fabricate cases. Most, I think, of the security cases in Israel are fabricated, and people just sit in the court, and always when there is a security accusation, you are arrested. I mean, if Azmi Bishara was not a member of the Knesset, he was arrested before the investigation had started. And this is very important. And I think to be now away for a while, it?s a very right decision. Like Azmi pointed out, I think, myself, that his work in the Knesset was very important. He was showing us what is citizenship about. I think it was very important lesson for all the citizens of Israel, Jewish and Arab alike. But when the government is so strong against him, I think the right thing now is to be away. I just want to point a small thing -- AMY GOODMAN: We?re going to have to leave it there. Yael Lerer, I want to thank you very much for joining us, Israeli publisher, former aide to Azmi Bishara. Last night, an evening of solidarity with Dr. Azmi Bishara took place at New York University. Azmi Bishara, thank you for joining us. We?ll certainly continue to follow this case. Azmi Bishara, the former member of the Israeli Knesset, joining us from Abu Dhabi. Israel says if he returns, they will arrest him. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:26:51 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:26:51 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Frank Rich: Condi's Smoking Gun Message-ID: <20070508122651.14f7f87c@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Ed Pearl The New York Times - May 6, 2007 http://select.nytimes.com/2007/05/06/opinion/06rich.html Is Condi Hiding the Smoking Gun? By FRANK RICH IF, as J.F.K. had it, victory has a hundred fathers and defeat is an orphan, the defeat in Iraq is the most pitiful orphan imaginable. Its parents have not only tossed it to the wolves but are also trying to pin its mutant DNA on any patsy they can find. George Tenet is just the latest to join this blame game, which began more than three years ago when his fellow Presidential Medal of Freedom recipient Tommy Franks told Bob Woodward that Douglas Feith, the Pentagon's intelligence bozo, was the "stupidest guy on the face of the earth" (that's the expurgated version). Last fall, Kenneth Adelman, the neocon cheerleader who foresaw a "cakewalk" in Iraq, told Vanity Fair that Mr. Tenet, General Franks and Paul Bremer were "three of the most incompetent people who've ever served in such key spots." Richard Perle chimed in that the "huge mistakes" were "not made by neoconservatives" and instead took a shot at President Bush. Ahmad Chalabi, the neocons' former darling, told Dexter Filkins of The Times "the real culprit in all this is Wolfowitz." And of course nearly everyone blames Rumsfeld. This would be a Three Stooges routine were there only three stooges. The good news is that Mr. Tenet's book rollout may be the last gasp of this farcical round robin of recrimination. Republicans and Democrats have at last found some common ground by condemning his effort to position himself as the war's innocent scapegoat. Some former C.I.A. colleagues are rougher still. Michael Scheuer, who ran the agency's bin Laden unit, has accused Mr. Tenet of lacking "the moral courage to resign and speak out publicly to try to stop our country from striding into what he knew would be an abyss." Even after Mr. Tenet did leave office, he maintained a Robert McNamara silence until he cashed in. Satisfying though it is to watch a circular firing squad of the war's enablers, unfinished business awaits. Unlike Vietnam, Iraq is not in the past: the war escalates even as all this finger-pointing continues. Very little has changed between the fourth anniversary of "Mission Accomplished" this year and the last. Back then, President Bush cheered an Iraqi "turning point" precipitated by "the emergence of a unity government." Since then, what's emerged is more Iraqi disunity and a major leap in the death toll. That's why Americans voted in November to get out. The only White House figure to take any responsibility for the fiasco is the former Bush-Cheney pollster Matthew Dowd, who in March expressed remorse for furthering a war he now deems a mistake. For his belated act of conscience, he was promptly patronized as an incipient basket case by an administration flack, who attributed Mr. Dowd's defection to "personal turmoil." If that is what this vicious gang would do to a pollster, imagine what would befall Colin Powell if he spoke out. Nonetheless, Mr. Powell should summon the guts to do so. Until there is accountability for the major architects and perpetrators of the Iraq war, the quagmire will deepen. A tragedy of this scale demands a full accounting, not to mention a catharsis. That accounting might well begin with Mr. Powell's successor, Condoleezza Rice. Of all the top-tier policy players who were beside the president and vice president at the war's creation, she is the highest still in power and still on the taxpayers' payroll. She is also the only one who can still get a free pass from the press. The current groupthink Beltway narrative has it that the secretary of state's recidivist foreign-policy realism and latent shuttle diplomacy have happily banished the Cheney-Rumsfeld cowboy arrogance that rode America into a ditch. Thus Ms. Rice was dispatched to three Sunday shows last weekend to bat away Mr. Tenet's book before "60 Minutes" broadcast its interview with him that night. But in each appearance her statements raised more questions than they answered. She was persistently at odds with the record, not just the record as spun by Mr. Tenet but also the public record. She must be held to a higher standard - a k a the truth - before she too jumps ship. It's now been nearly five years since Ms. Rice did her part to sell the Iraq war on a Sept. 8, 2002, Sunday show with her rendition of "we don't want the smoking gun to be a mushroom cloud." Yet there she was last Sunday on ABC, claiming that she never meant to imply then that Saddam was an imminent threat. "The question of imminence isn't whether or not somebody is going to strike tomorrow" is how she put it. In other words, she is still covering up the war's origins. On CBS's "Face the Nation," she claimed that intelligence errors before the war were "worldwide" even though the International Atomic Energy Agency's Mohamed ElBaradei publicly stated there was "no evidence" of an Iraqi nuclear program and even though Germany's intelligence service sent strenuous prewar warnings that the C.I.A.'s principal informant on Saddam's supposed biological weapons was a fraud. Of the Sunday interviewers, it was George Stephanopoulos who went for the jugular by returning to that nonexistent uranium from Africa. He forced Ms. Rice to watch a clip of her appearance on his show in June 2003, when she claimed she did not know of any serious questions about the uranium evidence before the war. Then he came as close as any Sunday host ever has to calling a guest a liar. "But that statement wasn't true," Mr. Stephanopoulos said. Ms. Rice pleaded memory loss, but the facts remain. She received a memo raising serious questions about the uranium in October 2002, three months before the president included the infamous 16 words on the subject in his State of the Union address. Her deputy, Stephen Hadley, received two memos as well as a phone call of warning from Mr. Tenet. Apologists for Ms. Rice, particularly those in the press who are embarrassed by their own early cheerleading for the war, like to say that this is ancient history, just as they said of the C.I.A. leak case. We're all supposed to move on and just worry about what happens next. Try telling that to families whose children went to Iraq to stop Saddam's nukes. Besides, there's a continuum between past deceptions and present ones, as the secretary of state seamlessly demonstrated last Sunday. On ABC, she pushed the administration's line portraying Iraq's current violence as a Qaeda plot hatched by the Samarra bombing of February 2006. But that Qaeda isn't the Qaeda of 9/11; it's a largely Iraqi group fighting on one side of a civil war. And by February 2006, sectarian violence had already been gathering steam for 15 months - in part because Ms. Rice and company ignored the genuine imminence of that civil war just as they had ignored the alarms about bin Laden's Qaeda in August 2001. Ms. Rice's latest canard wasn't an improvisation; it was a scripted set-up for the president's outrageous statement three days later. "The decision we face in Iraq," Mr. Bush said Wednesday, "is not whether we ought to take sides in a civil war, it's whether we stay in the fight against the same international terrorist network that attacked us on 9/11." Such statements about the present in Iraq are no less deceptive - and no less damaging to our national interest - than the lies about uranium and Qaeda- 9/11 connections told in 2002-3. This country needs facts, not fiction, to make its decisions about the endgame of the war, just as it needed (but didn't get) facts when we went to war in the first place. To settle for less is to make the same tragic error twice. That Ms. Rice feels scant responsibility for any of this was evident in her repeated assertions on Sunday that all the questions about prewar intelligence had been answered by the Robb-Silberman and Senate committee inquiries, neither of which even addressed how the administration used the intelligence it received. Now she risks being held in contempt of Congress by ducking a subpoena authorized by the House's Oversight Committee, whose chairman, Henry Waxman, has been trying to get direct answers from her about the uranium hoax since 2003. Ms. Rice is stonewalling his investigation by rambling on about separation of powers and claiming she answered all relevant questions in writing, to Senator Carl Levin, during her confirmation to the cabinet in January 2005. If former or incumbent national security advisers like Henry Kissinger, Brent Scowcroft and Zbigniew Brzezinski could testify before Congress without defiling the Constitution, so can she. As for her answers to Senator Levin's questions, five of eight were pure Alberto Gonzales: she either didn't recall or didn't know. No wonder the most galling part of Ms. Rice's Sunday spin was her aside to Wolf Blitzer that she would get around to reflecting on these issues "when I have a chance to write my book." Another book! As long as American troops are dying in Iraq, the secretary of state has an obligation to answer questions about how they got there and why they stay. If accountability is ever to begin, it would be best if those questions are answered not on "60 Minutes" but under oath. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:31:21 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:31:21 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] With New Clout, Antiwar Groups Push Democrats Message-ID: <20070508123121.66271c06@viola.tamara-b.org> The New York Times - May 6, 2007 (posted 5/5/07) http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/06/washington/06left.html Antiwar Groups Use New Clout to Influence Democrats on Iraq By MICHAEL LUO WASHINGTON, May 4 ? Every morning, representatives from a cluster of antiwar groups gather for a conference call with Democratic leadership staff members in the House and the Senate. Shortly after, in a cramped meeting room here, they convene for a call with organizers across the country. They hash out plans for rallies. They sketch out talking points for ?rapid response? news conferences. They discuss polls they have conducted in several dozen crucial Congressional districts and states across the country. Over the last four months, the Iraq deliberations in Congress have lurched from a purely symbolic resolution rebuking the president?s strategy to timetables for the withdrawal of American troops. Behind the scenes, an elaborate political operation, organized by a coalition of antiwar groups and fine-tuned to wrestle members of Congress into place one by one, has helped nudge the debate forward. But there are tensions in the relationship between the groups, which banded together earlier this year under the umbrella of Americans Against Escalation in Iraq, and the Democratic leadership. The fissures could be magnified in coming weeks as the House speaker, Nancy Pelosi of California, and the Senate majority leader, Harry Reid of Nevada, struggle to cobble together a strategy after President Bush?s veto of the $124 billion Iraq spending bill that tied the money to a timetable for withdrawal. On Thursday, leaders of the liberal group MoveOn.org, including Tom Matzzie, the group?s Washington director who also serves as the campaign manager for the coalition, sent a harshly worded warning to the Democratic leadership. ?In the past few days, we have seen what appear to be trial balloons signaling a significant weakening of the Democratic position,? the letter read. ?On this, we want to be perfectly clear: if Democrats appear to capitulate to Bush ? passing a bill without measures to end the war ? the unity Democrats have enjoyed and Democratic leadership has so expertly built, will immediately disappear.? The letter went on to say that if Democrats passed a bill ?without a timeline and with all five months of funding,? they would essentially be endorsing a ?war without end.? MoveOn, it said, ?will move to a position of opposition.? The antiwar coalition combines the online mobilization capabilities of MoveOn with the old-school political muscle of organized labor. They have been working in tandem with Democratic leadership in both the House and the Senate on a systematic strategy to unify Democrats, divide Republicans and isolate the president. The alliance, including MoveOn, chose to stick with Ms. Pelosi as she ushered through a war financing bill that included a timeline for withdrawal, but many peace advocates called the measure too timid. Some critics accused the alliance of becoming too cozy with the Democratic leadership and selling out the cause. ?There?s a dividing line between those groups who feel the most important thing is to be clear on bringing the troops home as soon as possible, and the groups that feel that unity within the Democratic Party is most important and the most important thing is for the Democrats to win the White House,? said Medea Benjamin, a co-founder of Code Pink, an antiwar group that is not part of the alliance. ?So the groups who feel the most important thing is to win the White House would naturally be more inclined to listening to Speaker Nancy Pelosi when she says the only way we can get a vote through is if we water it down.? Many of the major players in Americans Against Escalation in Iraq earned their stripes not from sit-ins, marches and other acts of civil disobedience but as Democratic operatives on Capitol Hill and in political campaigns. The sophisticated political operation they have built is a testament to how far the antiwar movement has come since the Vietnam era. But Tom Andrews, a former Democratic congressman from Maine and the national director of Win Without War, a member of the coalition, said there existed a ?healthy tension? between working closely with Democratic lawmakers on Capitol Hill, many of whom were former colleagues and friends, and continuing to prod them to end the war. ?Our constituency is the people across this country who want to shut this war down,? Mr. Andrews said. ?It?s not the Democratic Party.? Mr. Matzzie underscored the coalition?s approach to a roomful of members on Thursday at the outset of a planning retreat at the headquarters of the Service Employees International Union here. ?The principle under which we?ve been operating is more like a political campaign,? Mr. Matzzie said. ?The central strategy is creating that toxic environment for people who want to continue this debacle.? The discussion at the retreat mirrored that of planning meetings for traditional political campaigns, with presentations on polling, strategy and field operations. ?It?s no different than if you went over to the offices of Clinton for President, Obama for President, Giuliani for President,? said Brad Woodhouse, president of Americans United for Change, which has roots in organized labor and came out of the legislative battle over social security in 2005. The coalition, which has raised $7.1 million since January, has concentrated its activities on 57 House districts and senators in nine states, places where they believe Republican lawmakers face tough races in 2008 or have shown signs of wavering in their support for the president. The service employees? union has mobilized its phone bank in New York City and asked local leaders to call members of Congress. Leaders of the union, long closely allied with liberal lawmakers, helped assuage many progressives who were uneasy about voting for the war-financing bill, fearing criticism from the left. The National Security Network, a collection of liberal-leaning military and foreign policy experts headed by Rand Beers, former national security adviser to the presidential campaign of Senator John Kerry, has deployed former generals and officials to persuade individual lawmakers. The coalition?s influence comes from its connections on Capitol Hill and political shrewdness, as well as its grass-roots reach. ?The whole movement has updated themselves to be where campaign-style politics are generally,? said Stephanie Cutter, a Democratic strategist. ?They?re just incredibly savvy, tactically and politically. They know how to use the news cycle.? Most important for lawmakers, said Mr. Andrews, the former congressman from Maine, the coalition members are committed to using their resources to changing the political climate in their districts, which gives them credibility on Capitol Hill. ?We want members of Congress to do the right thing and do very well as a result,? he said. ?We?re not just there asking them to do the right thing without fully recognizing the task we have on hand.? Rodell Mollineau, a spokesman for Mr. Reid?s office, said the coalition amplifies what Democrats are trying to do in Washington to end the war. ?It helps us reverberate a unified message outside the Beltway,? he said. ?These groups give voice to a message we?re trying to get outside.? One of the coalition?s strengths is its diversity, bringing to together groups like MoveOn.org and organized labor on one end and former Iraq veterans in the group Votevets.org on the other, members said. But that diversity can also create some tense moments, as each of the groups have different constituencies and some of the groups are more invested in the Democratic Party than others. But the organizations came together based on a sense of pragmatism, said Mr. Woodhouse, of Americans United for Change, ?that we?re better fighting together than fighting apart.? After the president?s veto this week, the coalition organized 358 rallies and more than 20 news conferences across the country. Organizers had met with leadership staff members the week before to coordinate. On Friday, in a daily conference call, Tara McGuinness, the coalition?s deputy campaign manager, told members that leadership aides had expressed gratitude for the work, saying it had helped bolster members of their caucus. Ms. McGuiness also told them that she had received assurances from leadership staff members that all options were still being considered for the new version of the war spending bill. ?The latest word from them is they are talking more and more about a short-leash option,? she said, referring to a plan in the House that would finance the war for only about three more months and require the administration to report back on progress being made by the Iraqi government. Congress would then vote again on the rest of the money requested by Mr. Bush. Members of the Senate appear to be cool to the idea, but it has currency among some liberal advocates and members of the coalition. Mr. Matzzie, of MoveOn, was clear about the stakes in the coming weeks, saying his group was only getting started. He emphasized that the next emergency spending bill must be one ?to end the war.? ?This is act one of a three-act play,? he said. ?Act two will be the summer. During the summer, our job is to create a firestorm of opposition.? Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:36:34 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:36:34 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Desmond Tutu: This Fatal Complacency Message-ID: <20070508123634.11a1024f@viola.tamara-b.org> The Guardian - May 5, 2007 http://www.guardian.co.uk/comment/story/0,,2072984,00.html This fatal complacency Climate change is already destroying millions of lives in the poor world. But it will not stop there By Desmond Tutu What if dealing with climate change meant more than a flick of a switch? Would our friends in the industrialised world think differently if the effects of climate change were worse than extended summer months and the arrival of exotic species? Cushioned and cosseted, they have had the luxury of closing their minds to the real impact of what is happening in the fragile and precious atmosphere that surrounds the planet we live on. Where climate change has occurred in the industrialised world, the effects have so far been relatively benign. With the exception of events such as Hurricane Katrina in 2005, the inhabitants of North America and Europe have felt just a gentle caress from the winds of change. I wonder how much more anxious they might be if they depended on the cycle of mother nature to feed their families. How much greater would their concerns be if they lived in slums and townships, in mud houses, or shelters made of plastic bags? In large parts of sub-Saharan Africa, this is a reality. The poor, the vulnerable and the hungry are exposed to the harsh edge of climate change every day of their lives. The melting of the snows on the peak of Kilimanjaro is a warning of the changes taking place in Africa. Across this beautiful but vulnerable continent, people are already feeling the change in the weather. But rain or drought, the result is the same: more hunger and more misery for millions of people living on the margins of global society. Even in places such as Darfur, climate change has played a role. In the semi-arid zones of the world, there is fierce competition for access to grazing lands and watering holes. Where water is scarce and populations are growing, conflict will never be far behind. In so many of the countries where the poorest live, governments are ill-equipped to cope. Katrina was a challenge for the US, so why should we be surprised that the annual cyclone season off the east coast of Africa continues to stretch the governments of Mozambique and Madagascar to their limits? Where governments are weak, the reliance on humanitarian agencies is greater. People who work for bodies such as the UN World Food Programme are finding their work is a humanitarian "growth industry". Indeed, the numbers of people who know what it's like to go hungry stands at more than 850 million, and they are still growing by almost 4 million a year. The increasing frequency of natural disasters makes the fight against hunger even more challenging. The World Bank estimates that the number of natural disasters has quadrupled from 100 a year in 1975 to 400 in 2005. In the past 10 years, 2.6 billion people have suffered from natural disasters. That is more than a third of the global population - most of them in the developing world. The human impact is obvious, but what is not so apparent is the extent to which climatic events can undo the developmental gains put in place over decades. Droughts and floods destroy lives, but they also destroy schools, economies and opportunity. Every child will remember the story of the three little pigs and the big bad wolf. In the world we live in, the bad wolf of climate change has already ransacked the straw house and the house made of sticks, and the inhabitants of both are knocking on the door of the brick house where the people of the developed world live. Our friends there should think about this the next time they reach for the thermostat switch. They should realize that while the problems of the Mozambican farmer might seem far away, it may not be long before their troubles wash up on their shores. [Desmond Tutu is a former archbishop of Cape Town and a Nobel peace laureate comment at guardian.co.uk] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 12:54:28 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 12:54:28 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Fidel Castro: The Tragedy Threatening Our Species - May 7, 2007 Message-ID: <20070508125428.17773de7@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Cuba's Mission to the United Nations - May 8, 2007 10:06 Reflections by the Commander in Chief THE TRAGEDY THREATENING OUR SPECIES by Fidel Castro Ruz I cannot speak as an economist or a scientist. I simply speak as a politician who wishes to unravel the economists' and scientists' arguments one way or another. I also try to sense the motivations of each one of those who make statements on these matters. Just twenty-two years ago, here in Havana, we had a great number of meetings with political, union, peasant and student leaders invited to our country as representatives of these sectors. They all agreed that the most important problem at that time was the enormous foreign debt accumulated by the nations of Latin America in 1985. That debt amounted to 350 billion dollars. The dollar then had a higher purchasing power than it does today. A copy of the outcome of those meetings was sent to all the world governments, of course with some exceptions, because it might have seemed insulting. At that time, the petrodollars had flooded the market and the large transnational banks were virtually demanding that the countries accept high loans. Needless to say, the people responsible for the economy had taken on those commitments without consulting anybody. That period coincided with the presence of the most repressive and bloody governments this continent has ever suffered, installed by imperialism. Large sums were spent on weapons, luxuries and consumer goods. The subsequent debt grew to 800 billion dollars while today's catastrophic dangers were being hatched, the dangers that weigh upon a population that doubled in just two decades and along with it, the number of those condemned to a life of extreme poverty. Today, in the Latin American region, the difference between the most favored population and the one with the lowest income is the greatest in the world. Many years before the subjects of today's debates were center stage, the struggles of the Third World focused on equally agonizing problems like the unequal exchange. Year after year it was discovered that the price of the industrialized nations' exports, usually manufactured with our raw materials, would unilaterally grow while our basic exports remained unchanged. The price of coffee and cacao, just to mention two examples, was approximately 2,000 dollars a ton. A cup of coffee or a chocolate milkshake could be bought in cities like New York for a few cents; today, these cost several dollars, perhaps 30 or 40 times what they cost back then. Today, the purchase of a tractor, a truck or medical equipment require several times the volume of products that was needed to import them back then; jute, henequen and other Third World produced fibers that were substituted by synthetic ones succumbed to the same fate. In the meantime, tanned hides, rubber and natural fibers used in many textiles were being replaced by synthetic materials derived from the sophisticated petrochemical industry while sugar prices hit rock bottom, crushed by the large subsidies granted by the industrialized countries to their agricultural sector. The former colonies or neocolonies that had been promised a glowing future after World War II had not yet awakened from the Bretton Woods dream. From top to bottom, the system had been designed for exploitation and plundering. When consciousness was beginning to be roused, the other extremely adverse factors had not yet surfaced, such as the undreamed-of squandering of energy that industrialized countries had fallen prey to. They were paying less than two dollars a barrel of oil. The source of fuel, with the exception of the United States where it was very abundant, was basically in Third World countries, chiefly in the Middle East but also in Mexico, Venezuela, and later in Africa. But not all of the countries that by virtue of yet another white lie classified as "developing countries" were oil producers, since 82 of them are among the poorest and as a rule they must import oil. A terrible situation awaits them if food stuffs are to be transformed into biofuels or agrifuels, as the peasant and native movements in our region prefer to call them. Thirty years ago, the idea of global warming hanging over our species' life like a sword of Damocles was not even known by the immense majority of the inhabitants of our planet; even today there is great ignorance and confusion about these issues. If we listen to the spokesmen of the transnationals and their media, we are living in the best of all possible worlds: an economy ruled by the market, plus transnational capital, plus sophisticated technology equals a constant growth of productivity, higher GDP, higher living standards and every dream of the human species come true; the state should not interfere with anything, it should not even exist, other than as an instrument of the large financial capital. But reality is hard-headed. Germany, one of the most highly industrialized countries in the world, loses sleep over its 10 percent unemployment. The toughest and least attractive jobs are taken by immigrants who, desperate in their growing poverty, break into industrialized Europe through any possible chink. Apparently, nobody is taking note of the number of inhabitants on our planet, growing precisely in the undeveloped countries. More than 700 representatives of social organizations have just been meeting in Havana to discuss various issues raised in this reflection. Many of them set out their points of view and left indelible impressions on us. There is plenty of material to reflect upon as well as new events happening every day. Even now, as a consequence of liberating a terrorist monster, two young men, who were fulfilling their legal duty in the Active Military Service, anxious to taste consumerism in the United States, hijacked a bus, crashed through one of the doors of the domestic flights terminal at the airport, drove up to a civilian aircraft and got on board with their hostages, demanding to be taken to the United States. A few days earlier, they had killed a soldier, who was standing guard, to steal two automatic weapons, and in the plane they fired four shots that killed a brave officer who, unarmed and held hostage in the bus, had attempted to prevent the plane's hijacking. The impunity and the material gains that have rewarded any violent action against Cuba during the last half-century encourage such events. It had been many months since we had such an incident. All it needed was setting a notorious terrorist free and once again death come calling at our door. The perpetrators have not gone on trial yet because, in the course of events, both were wounded; one of them was shot by the other as he fired inside the plane, while they were struggling with the heroic army officer. Now, many people abroad are waiting for the reaction of our Courts and of the Council of State, while our people here are deeply outraged with these events. We really need a large dose of calmness and sangfroid to confront these problems. The apocalyptic head of the empire declared more than five years ago that the United States armed forces had to be on the ready to make pre-emptive attacks on 60 or more countries in the world; nothing less than one third of the international community. Apparently, he is not satisfied with the death, the torture and the uprooting of millions of people to seize their natural resources and the product of their labors. Meanwhile, the impressive international meeting that just concluded in Havana reaffirmed my personal conviction: every evil idea must be submitted to devastating criticism, avoiding any concession. May 7, 2007 5:42 p.m From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 13:22:46 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 13:22:46 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Canada: US Army Contractors' Paranoia Resulted in "Spy" Warnings Message-ID: <20070508132246.158d34cb@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via Toronto Globe & Mail - May 7, 2007 http://www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/RTGAM.20070507.wspycoins0507/BNStory/National/home Mystery revealed: Poppy quarter led to U.S. spy warnings By TED BRIDIS Associated Press WASHINGTON -- An odd-looking Canadian coin with a bright red flower was the culprit behind the U.S. Defence Department's false espionage warning earlier this year, The Associated Press has learned. The odd-looking -- but harmless -- "poppy coin" was so unfamiliar to suspicious U.S. Army contractors travelling in Canada that they filed confidential espionage accounts about them. The worried contractors described the coins as "anomalous" and "filled with something man-made that looked like nano-technology," according to once-classified U.S. government reports and e-mails obtained by the AP. The silver-coloured 25-cent piece features the red image of a poppy -- Canada's flower of remembrance -- inlaid over a maple leaf. The unorthodox quarter is identical to the coins pictured and described as suspicious in the contractors' accounts. The supposed nano-technology actually was a conventional protective coating the Royal Canadian Mint applied to prevent the poppy's red colour from rubbing off. The mint produced nearly 30 million such quarters in 2004 commemorating Canada's 117,000 war dead. The Royal Canadian Mints special 2004 Remembrance Day poppy coins. "It did not appear to be electronic (analog) in nature or have a power source," wrote one U.S. contractor, who discovered the coin in the cup holder of a rental car. "Under high power microscope, it appeared to be complex consisting of several layers of clear, but different material, with a wire like mesh suspended on top." The confidential accounts led to a sensational warning from the Defence Security Service, an agency of the Defence Department, that mysterious coins with radio frequency transmitters were found planted on U.S. contractors with classified security clearances on at least three separate occasions between October 2005 and January 2006 as the contractors travelled through Canada. One contractor believed someone had placed two of the quarters in an outer coat pocket after the contractor had emptied the pocket hours earlier. "Coat pockets were empty that morning and I was keeping all of my coins in a plastic bag in my inner coat pocket," the contractor wrote. But the Defence Department subsequently acknowledged that it could never substantiate the espionage alarm that it had put out and launched the internal review that turned up the true nature of the mysterious coin. Meanwhile, in Canada, senior intelligence officials expressed annoyance with the American spy-coin warnings as they tried to learn more about the oddball claims. "That story about Canadians planting coins in the pockets of defence contractors will not go away," Luc Portelance, now deputy director for the Canadian Security Intelligence Service, wrote in a January e-mail to a subordinate. "Could someone tell me more? Where do we stand and what's the story on this?" Others in Canada's spy service also were searching for answers. "We would be very interested in any more detail you may have on the validity of the comment related to the use of Canadian coins in this manner," another intelligence official wrote in an e-mail. "If it is accurate, are they talking industrial or state espionage? If the latter, who?" The identity of the e-mail's recipient was censored. Intelligence and technology experts were flabbergasted over the warning when it was first publicized earlier this year. The warning suggested that such transmitters could be used surreptitiously to track the movements of people carrying the coins. "I thought the whole thing was preposterous, to think you could tag an individual with a coin and think they wouldn't give it away or spend it," said H. Keith Melton, a leading intelligence historian. But Mr. Melton said the Army contractors properly reported their suspicions. "You want contractors or any government personnel to report anything suspicious," he said. "You can't have the potential target evaluating whether this was an organized attack or a fluke." The Defence Security Service disavowed its warning about spy coins after an international furor, but until now it has never disclosed the details behind the embarrassing episode. The U.S. said it never substantiated the contractors' claims and performed an internal review to determine how the false information was included in a 29-page published report about espionage concerns. The Defence Security Service never examined the suspicious coins, spokeswoman Cindy McGovern said. "We know where we made the mistake," she said. "The information wasn't properly vetted. While these coins aroused suspicion, there ultimately was nothing there." A numismatist consulted by the AP, Dennis Pike of Canadian Coin & Currency near Toronto, quickly matched a grainy image and physical descriptions of the suspect coins in the contractors' confidential accounts to the 25-cent poppy piece. "It's not uncommon at all," Mr. Pike said. He added that the coin's protective coating glows peculiarly under ultraviolet light. "That may have been a little bit suspicious," he said. Some of the U.S. documents the AP obtained were classified "Secret/Noforn," meaning they were never supposed to be viewed by foreigners, even America's closest allies. The government censored parts of the files, citing national security reasons, before turning over copies under the U.S. Freedom of Information Act. Nothing in the documents -- except the reference to nanotechnology -- explained how the contractors' accounts evolved into a full-blown warning about spy coins with radio frequency transmitters. Many passages were censored, including the names of contractors and details about where they worked and their projects. But there were indications the accounts should have been taken lightly. Next to one blacked-out sentence was this warning: "This has not been confirmed as of yet." The Canadian intelligence documents, which also were censored, were turned over to the AP for $5 under that country's Access to Information Act. Canada cited rules for protecting against subversive or hostile activities to explain why it censored the papers. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 13:25:15 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 13:25:15 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] French Election: Is Europe Moving Right? Message-ID: <20070508132515.1c6c69b5@viola.tamara-b.org> The Washington Post - May 8, 2007 http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/05/07/AR2007050701223.html Progressives' French Lesson By E. J. Dionne Jr. Is Europe moving right? Is the democratic left in trouble? The decisive victory of Nicolas Sarkozy over Socialist S?gol?ne Royal in France's presidential election on Sunday was the most recent example of the battering that moderate-left parties are taking from the forces of globalization and discontent over immigration. A few days earlier, Britain delivered a rebuke to outgoing Prime Minister Tony Blair's Labor Party in local elections. Last September, Sweden's Social Democrats were voted out of power, a blow to the progressive spirit in light of the country's standing as a model egalitarian society. Earlier in 2006, in the land of single-payer health care, Canada's Conservatives under Stephen Harper came back from near-death 14 years ago to form a minority government. In 2005, Germany's Social Democrats lost their majority, though they cling to a share of power under Christian Democratic Chancellor Angela Merkel. There are some countertrends toward the left, notably in Australia, according to recent polls. A populist left (quite different from the moderate European variety) has gained ground in Latin America. And Democrats might take heart that France and the United States have moved on opposite electoral cycles ever since Socialist Fran?ois Mitterrand won power in 1981, just a year after Ronald Reagan's election. Nonetheless, the social democratic and liberal left faces a big problem because globalization makes the movement's core pledge -- to produce economic growth that lifts up the poor and the middle class as well as the rich -- far more problematic. For much of the period after World War II, national governments found it relatively easy to redistribute wealth and income through taxes and decent wage agreements negotiated by strong labor unions. Globalization and heightened competition are taking a toll on unionized industrial jobs, while national governments have less freedom of action when capital is so mobile. As a result, thriving emerging economies are enjoying higher growth rates than their traditionally wealthy competitors. In France, Sarkozy promised that by deregulating the labor market, he could create more growth and more jobs. Royal pledged to preserve and expand some of France's generous social protections -- although she also bowed to the imperatives of global capitalism by sounding some modernizing themes. Sarkozy's clarity trumped Royal's well-meaning muddle. Fear that immigrant and particularly Muslim communities were not integrating well into France also helped Sarkozy. His tough-guy image allowed this center-right candidate to court the far-right constituency of Jean-Marie Le Pen. According to the polling agency Ipsos, voters who backed Le Pen in the election's first round went to Sarkozy on Sunday by more than 5 to 1. Here again, Royal played defense by offering her own version of patriotic politics -- French citizens should learn the words of the Marseillaise, she said, and keep a French flag in their cupboards. But she also felt an honorable obligation to criticize some of Sarkozy's harsher positions on immigration. Worries over immigrants trumped fear of Sarkozy's hard line. And where Royal won by almost 3 to 2 among public-sector workers (she also carried students and the unemployed), she lost private-sector workers (as well as the retired). The left can't win without a better showing among workers in the private economy. In fact, Royal's biggest problem was reflected in another Ipsos finding: While 42 percent of her voters said their ballots were aimed primarily at keeping Sarkozy out of the presidency, only 18 percent of Sarkozy's voters said they cast negative ballots against Royal. The left is in trouble when its campaigns are based more on anxiety about the right than on the hopes that progressives inspire. It would be a mistake to draw too many American lessons from the troubles of European social democrats. For one thing, the social insurance system is much weaker in the United States than in Europe, where even conservatives support substantial government provision for health care and child care. If European voters seem willing to gamble on a bit less security because they have a lot of it, American voters now seem inclined to ask for more because they have so little. But the center-left clearly needs a shot of dynamism. It must convey a clearer sense that it knows how to preserve social justice in a globalized economy and how to respond to a growing impatience with government. It must figure out how to preserve civil liberties, protect immigrants and foster an inclusive sense of national solidarity at the same time. With their European friends in some trouble, American progressives may have both the opportunity and the obligation to find the new formulas. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 13:31:24 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 13:31:24 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Communist Revolutionary League View on the Election of Sarkozy Message-ID: <20070508133124.74c84f15@viola.tamara-b.org> International Viewpoint - May 8, 2007 http://www.internationalviewpoint.org/spip.php?article1261 Statement by Olivier Besancenot on election of Sarkozy by Olivier Besancenot Nicolas Sarkozy has been just elected president of the republic with approximately 53% of the votes. With him, it is the programme of the MEDEF (the French employers' organisation) which is now in government. New tax gifts to companies and the rich, new privatisations of public services, the hunting out of 'sans papier' children, challenging fundamental social and democratic rights like the right to strike or unlimited job contracts are on the agenda of the new president of the Republic. This evening, the UMP state once again has central political power. The populist demagogy used in this campaign will lead to anti-social, repressive and antidemocratic measures, which will undoubtedly provoke very broad resistance and struggles. The LCR [Communist Revolutionary League] will now concentrate all its strength on building these mobilisations. It proposes a united front of all the social and democratic forces is immediately built to organise a response faced to the extreme neoliberal and repressive programme of Sarkozy. The LCR will take all the initiatives possible in this direction in the next days. It has also been shown that a social-liberal left, which tried up to the very end to make an alliance with the UDF of Bayrou, is not a very effective protection against a hard and authoritarian right. The openings towards the right only confused the message. Parts of the popular classes have lost their sense of direction and were looking for change. Sigolhne Royal did not know how to blow on this wind of hope for change. This is why she lost. More than ever the building of a powerful anti-capitalist force, implanted in the workplaces, the public services and the popular districts, is necessary to make it possible to win against the right and the MEDEF in the struggles and in the ballot boxes. This was the message of Olivier Besancenot9s and how the LCR intends To continue: to bring together the anticapitalist forces on a basis of independence from the Socialist Party leadership. It is on this base that we are standing in the parliamentary elections, presenting a programme of urgent social and democratic demands. Montreuil, May 6th 2007. [Olivier Besancenot was candidate for the Ligue Communiste Revolutionnaire (LCR - French section of the Fourth International) at the French presidential elections in 2002 and 2007.] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 14:28:49 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 14:28:49 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Peace Moms Call for "Swarm" on DC - May 14 Message-ID: <20070508142849.532df431@viola.tamara-b.org> University of Massachusetts, Boston http://www.disres.umb.edu/announcements.php?item=439 PeaceMajority Report Peace Moms Call For 'Swarm' On DC May 14 "Mother of a March" & May 15-July 31 "Summer of Action" By Kevin Zeese In reaction to President Bush's veto the Democrats are reportedly caving in to give him a Iraq War funding without any obligation to end the war. They are making Bush "the decider" once again. It seems that rather than having a lame duck president we have a lame Congress. The only thing that will end the war is constant, organized and focused pressure from Americans who oppose the war. Two peace moms have called on anti-war activists to come to Washington, DC after Mother's Day. Cindy Sheehan is organizing a "Mother of a March" on May 14, 2007. She is inviting "all mothers and all people who have mothers" to join her. This will be the kick-off to a "Summer of Action," being spearheaded by Marine Mom Tina Richards. This summer peace activists will swarm Congress from May 14 to July 31 to urge an end to the war. You can see an interview of Tina Richards about the "Summer of Action" at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WV-elj7Lo70. The last few months have shown that we can move Congress toward the view that the war must end. When the Democrats came to power they said "we will not use the power of the purse to end the war." Now, they have moved from that position to passing a bill that opposes Bush enough for him to veto it. They did not include ending the war on their first 100 hours agenda - now it is an issue they cannot avoid. More work is needed peace advocated need to consistently stiffen the spine of Congress so they have the courage to do what the people want - end the war. As the 2008 election approaches the power of the anti-war voter becomes greater, especially if it is organized and focused. Cindy Sheehan says "The Camp Casey Peace Institute is calling for a march on Congress on Monday, May 14th to demand an end to the war and an end to the Bush Regime." The marchers will meet at the Ellipse at noon in front of the White House. For more information see http://www.thecampcaseypeaceinstitute.org. Tina Richards has been working in Washington, DC for the past several months and she has seen the power that one committed person can have on the nation's capitol. You can see more about Tina on her website, www.GrassRootsAmericaForUs.org and you can register to join us in the "Summer of Action" in Washington, DC. We want peace advocates to come and join us not only in traditional lobbying but in "extraordinary lobbying." The "Summer of Action" will build on the successful efforts of activists in DC and around the country who have been engaging in "extraordinary lobbying" by occupying offices, protesting in the Halls of Congress and sending a consistent message to end the war. It will build on the Occupation Project, Voices for Creative Non-Violence, and the Declaration of Peace. Already, key anti-war groups are supporting this effort including United For Peace and Justice and Voters For Peace. Bring people from your local peace group and plan an office occupation or a demonstration inside one of the congressional office buildings as part of the "Summer of Action." Or, come alone and join our ongoing efforts to pressure Congress. To get some ideas of the types of events you can organize visit www.WHYNotNews.org. They have been documenting many of the DC events and will be doing so throughout the "Summer of Action." Republicans saw the power of the peace vote in 2006 when they lost majority power and some of their leading incumbents -- senators like George Allen and Rick Santorum who thought they had an easy re-election and were considering running for president -- were defeated. And Democrats saw anti-war candidates win primary and general elections that were unexpected. Democrats know they were elected to end the war. If they fail to fulfill that mandate they will find themselves facing angry voters. In 2008 incumbents will be held accountable for the war if they vote to fund the war. The summer of 2007 will be a historical one that will be noted as the turning point in efforts to end the war. The very visible and dramatic activities of organized citizens swarming on Washington in the "Summer of Action" will be seen as one of the key steps taken by the peace movement to end the war. Come to the Capitol and be a part of history. [Kevin Zeese is Director of DemocracyRising.US and a co-founder of VotersForPeace.US.] PeaceMajority Report 387 Northgate Rd Lindenhurst, IL 60046-8541 From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:16:38 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:16:38 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Posada and Bosch: Terrorism for Sale Message-ID: <20070508161638.33c7d593@viola.tamara-b.org> Agencia Cubana de Noticias (AIN) - May 7, 2007 http://ainch.ain.cu/mailman/listinfo/ingles Luis Posada Carriles and Orlando Bosch: Terrorism for Sale By ?ngel Rodr?guez ?lvarez AIN Special Service Among the first "services" offered by terrorists Orlando Bosch and Luis Posada Carriles to the Central Intelligence Agency, CIA, was the promotion of armed groups from 1959 to 1965 in Cuba's rural regions, particularly in the south-central Escambray Mountains. This variation of irregular war had the dual aim of creating terror among the families and campesinos and to stop the growing support for the Revolution and at the same time recruiting people as an internal military force for a future invasion. Bosch was able to remain for several weeks in El Escambray until he decided it was more useful and comfortable, as well as less dangerous, to travel to the USA and from there continue his dirty war against the island. Although from the first year of the Revolutionary, armed groups appeared in different hilly regions in the country, it was from 1960 that banditry became one of the main instruments of subversion used against Cuba by the US government. This is corroborated through declassified documentation and published in Washington, proving that the CIA stimulated, organized, directed, supplied and supported terrorism against the island. Over a period of almost 6 years, a total of 299 armed gangs operated throughout the country with 3,995 men. These groups, which carried out operations in all of the island's provinces, assassinated voluntary teachers and whole families; set fire to towns; destroyed and looted dozens of schools; stores; cooperatives; sugar cane plantations among others. Their violent acts cost the island over a billion pesos without counting the huge sums of money spent on the military operations against them. In the struggle by the Cuban people against these outlaws, among the combatants killed in operations and civilians assassinated, 549 people died and over 3,000 were injured. The White House prioritized this type of banditry particularly after Washington's defeat in the Bay of Pigs invasion in April of 1961. This new imperialist effort was part of Operation Mongoose, named the "Cuba Project", ordered by the then President John F. Kennedy and was a complete re-organization of the covert war against the island. In a document dated March 14th 1962, the premises of the operation were established. Among them were: "With the objective of provoking the fall of the government in question (Cuba), the United States will use all its native resources, internal and external...Once the native resources are developed, they will be used to prepare and justify intervention, and afterwards to facilitate and support it." Operation Mongoose was officially discontinued in January, 1963, three months after the so called Missile Crisis. In its 14 months, 5,780 terrorist acts were carried out against the island, of them 716 were sabotage against economic targets. However, in the following years, infiltration of terrorist groups, air incursions, attacks against vessels and attempts against businesspeople, factories, warehouses, agricultural plantations and other spheres of society continued at the same rate. The direct participation of the United States supporting the mercenary groups is not only proved in dozens of declassified documents, but also in statements made by CIA officials Austin Frank Young, Peter John Lambton and Richard Allen Pecoraro, captured at different times in Cuban territory when carrying out supervision missions of the groups that operated in the mountains. Now, with pair of Bosch and Posada free in Miami and the growing international condemnation in favor of justice, it is a good time to remember the banditry element as a variant of the terrorist activities practiced against Cuba. And it should be added to the bulky criminal account of both terrorists who are currently both under the protection of George W. Bush. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:18:17 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:18:17 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Attempted Hijacking Another Crime Provoked by US Cuban Adjustment Act Message-ID: <20070508161817.1b17fb69@viola.tamara-b.org> Agencia Cubana de Noticias (AIN) - May 7, 2007 http://ainch.ain.cu/mailman/listinfo/ingles Attempted Hijacking Another Crime Provoked by US Cuban Adjustment Act By Angel Rodriguez Alvarez AIN Special Service The recently failed attempt by two criminals to hijack a civilian plane to get to the United States, killing two Cuban soldiers and endangering the lives of others, deserves reflection. Different causes could have caused such serious and abominable conduct by these two characters but the essence of the issue is ever present in the determinant force, which is the existence of the so called Cuban Adjustment Act, the unquestionable stimulus to carry out vandalism and criminal acts. The law was approved 41 years ago and offers residence and work in the US to all those Cubans that set foot on US soil. The White House's deliberate purpose has always been to promote illegal immigration to the US and manipulate the exodus through propaganda as part of the systematic effort to discredit the Cuban Revolution and its socialist program. The manipulation of the issue cannot be more obvious. Everyone knows that while the US offers privileges, denied to immigrants from the rest of the world, through this Law, it makes the granting of visas in compliance with the accords signed in 1995 between both countries very difficult. This "special" policy has played cruelly with those that should allegedly benefit, making it similar to "Russian roulette" in which the interested party risks everything in order to achieve its sole objective. Suffice to observe this "dry foot, wet foot" policy to understand the level of cynicism and lack of humanism contained in the law. The reasoning is clear: shut down the legal channels, leave as the only option the risk of a raft or hijacking a vessel or plane, as has already happened a number of times and leave the challenge the choice of those that attempt to reach dry land, otherwise they are returned to the island. The cynicism has reached the point that once returned to Cuba, the US Interests Section in Havana, which itself first denied the entry visa, takes on the role of the good guy and will then monitor if the individual or group are well treated by the Cuban authorities. How many people have died in this macabre game of cat and mouse? No one will ever know. The Cuban Adjustment Act promotes acts of terror like that which occurred recently in Havana. We must not forget that various characters, which have in the past murdered Cubans to hijack vessels or planes, walk the streets in Miami and were welcomed with open arms. We must also take into account that such conduct is newly stimulated by the recent release and protection of self confessed assassin Luis Posada Carriles. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:19:57 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:19:57 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] States Compete for Deadly Disease Lab Message-ID: <20070508161957.2ddfcfd8@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by anon at mouse.com (activ-l) May 7, 2007 http://www.dhs.gov/xres/labs/editorial_0762.shtm AP via CFNews13.com - May 7, 2007 http://www.cfnews13.com/News/Science/2007/5/7/states_compete_for_deadly_disease_lab.html States Compete for Deadly Disease Lab WASHINGTON(AP)--A dozen states are competing intensely to play host to a government research lab full of killer germs like anthrax, avian flu and foot-and-mouth disease _ a prospect some of their residents want to avoid like the plague. The states are bidding for a proposed 520,000-square-foot National Bio- and Agro-Defense Facility that will cost at least $450 million to build. It would replace an aging, smaller lab at Plum Island, N.Y., where security lapses after the 2001 terrorist attacks drew scrutiny from Congress and government investigators. The Homeland Security Department facility promises at least 300 lab-related jobs, and more in construction. Congress provided money for the $47 million design and architecture, but no money has been appropriated yet for construction or operations. States' written bids have not been made public. However, they were required to make available at least 30 acres of land. The competition intensified last month as federal officials began visits to 17 potential sites. The government has said it would take into account offers of roads, cheap water supplies and discounted utilities, and states are dangling their premier scientific expertise and community treasures as bait. "Protecting human life and our livestock and food supply is important to society and we want to be a part of that," said Harold Timboe, a university researcher in San Antonio who is leading the city's effort. San Antonio is offering three sites that officials will visit Monday and Tuesday. Besides Texas, which has a total of four sites in contention, states bidding for the site are California, Georgia, Kansas, Oklahoma, Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina and Wisconsin. Georgia, Kansas and Mississippi are offering two sites each, while Kentucky and Tennessee are working together for one site in Kentucky. In June, officials will narrow down their options to three to five sites. The winner should be announced in October 2008, with the lab operating by 2014. Pockets of opposition have emerged in some states. The Dunn, Wis., Town Board, the Dane, Wis., County Board of Supervisors and the Tracy, Calif., City Council voted to oppose the sites proposed for their communities. The Wisconsin bid has drawn the ire of patent lawyer George Corrigan, who is concerned about pathogens finding their way into the community near a Lake Kegonsa home he owns. The rural area just outside Madison includes many landowners who have bought development rights to preserve the land, and much of the opposition stems from the development the lab would bring. "They made sweeping statements of 'Trust us,' generalizations that nothing bad will happen. That may be good enough for some people, but not for me," Corrigan said. At a public meeting, neighbors of the potential Leavenworth, Kan., site voiced concerns about lab safety, the lab's effect on property, congestion and the project's potential to make the area a terrorism risk. Opponents in Mississippi have posted "No Bio-Lab" signs. According to local news reports, opponents in Kentucky greeted federal officials visiting that site with signs that said "Hal! No! We won't go!" a reference to Rep. Hal Rogers, R-Ky., who serves on the House Appropriations homeland security subcommittee. The Plum Island lab conducts research on foot-and-mouth disease and other germs to protect agriculture and livestock from foreign diseases. John Vitko, director of the Homeland Security Department's chem-bio division in its Science and Technology directorate, said that would remain the priority at the new lab, particularly foot-and-mouth disease, classical swine fever and African swine fever. Homeland Security officials are still deciding which additional pathogens will be researched at the lab. Scientists and officials from various states have named, among others, anthrax, smallpox and Marbug and Lhasa, rare hemorrhagic fevers that attack the vascular system. The lab will have the highest-level security rating, BSL-4, meaning it would be equipped to handle the most lethal, incurable disease agents. The lab will be the only one in the country to integrate study of lethal agents that could be used as bioweapons on humans and in agriculture, research on diseases that could be passed between animal and human, and foreign animal diseases. The department wouldn't give an estimated budget for the new lab, where research for the Homeland Security, Health and Human Services and Agriculture departments will be conducted. The current Plum Island lab received $26 million in federal money for operations and maintenance this year and about $14.4 million for Homeland Security and Agriculture research. San Antonio's privately run BSL-4 lab is operated by Southwest Foundation for Biomedical Research. One of its scientists, Jean Patterson, was involved in the decontamination of the Senate offices that received envelopes of anthrax in 2001. A consortium in North Carolina contends that its site, a plot of state-owned land north of Raleigh, is better because its biotechnology industry has been around a lot longer and is larger than San Antonio's. Along with three top universities in its Research Triangle, North Carolina is home to several major pharmaceutical companies, said Barrett Slenning, associate professor at the North Carolina State College of Veterinary Medicine. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:21:59 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:21:59 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Asia's Real Currency Worries May be over US Dollar Message-ID: <20070508162159.40c6856f@viola.tamara-b.org> Reuters - May 6, 2007 http://www.reuters.com/article/bondsNews/idUST21280820070506 Asia's Real Currency Worries May Be Dollar By Hideyuki Sano KYOTO, Japan -- Although Asian finance ministers have just agreed on a new contingency measure to defend their currencies, their real concerns appear to be a plunge in the U.S. dollar rather than a rise in their own units. "Should the financial markets lose confidence in the U.S. dollar, huge capital outflows from the U.S. could lead to a rapid depreciation of the U.S. dollar, and thus dramatic appreciation of other currencies," Thai Finance Minister Chalongphob Sussangkarn told the annual meeting of the Asian Development Bank in Kyoto, western Japan. Some Asian finance ministers voiced concerns over global imbalances -- a euphemism for the huge U.S. trade deficit and the large surpluses in Asia and oil-rich countries -- in their speeches to the ADB's annual meeting. South Korean Finance Minister Kwon Okyu said global imbalances were their central concern. "Any abrupt and disorderly unwinding of these imbalances may send a tremendous shock through the global financial markets," Kwon said. If the dollar falls further on speculation that the U.S. trade deficit can be rectified only by a cheaper dollar that would give a headache to some Asian countries already nervous about the strength of their currencies. Concerns that strength in the currency could sap exports and choke off growth pushed Thailand to take unusual capital control measures in December. Nevertheless, the Thai baht has continued to rally, hitting a 9 1/2-year high in March. South Korea's Kwon also told Reuters in an interview on Sunday that the won's strength is a source of concern. The ministers' comments came a day after Asian finance heads agreed on a new policy framework meant to cope with possible falls in Asian currencies rather than rises against others. Ministers from ASEAN member nations and China, Japan, and South Korea -- the so-called ASEAN+3 -- agreed to pool part of their massive foreign reserves for common use to help avoid a repeat of the financial crisis that devastated the region a decade ago. That may be a landmark in regional monetary cooperation, but many analysts think Asian countries will not need to make use of such a measure in the near future, given the huge amount of reserves these nations have amassed already. The region's reserves have more than quadrupled to almost $3 trillion since 1997, when the region was hit by a wave of currency meltdowns. While Asian finance ministers unanimously supported the new measure to "multinationalize" their currency defences, there may not be agreement on how to tackle global imbalances. South Korea's Kwon also said there was another imbalance -- in the share of the burden of the fall in the U.S. dollar. That may be a possible swipe at Japan and China, whose currencies have not appreciated much against the U.S. currency in recent years. The Chinese yuan rose about 7 percent against the dollar since it ended its peg against the dollar in July 2005. In the same period, the Japanese yen weakened about 7 percent while the Korean won rose 13 percent. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:23:59 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:23:59 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] US to Reduce Prison Terms of Anti-Cuba Terrorists Message-ID: <20070508162359.29625ba2@viola.tamara-b.org> Agencia Cubana de Noticias (AIN) http://ainch.ain.cu/mailman/listinfo/ingles Prison Terms of Anti-Cuba Terrorists to be Reduced Havana, May 7 (ACN) US federal prosecutors agreed to reduce the prison sentences of two Cuban exiles with ties to international terrorist Posada Carriles, after their lawyers recently surrendered a stockpile of illegal machine guns, explosives and a grenade launcher to federal agents. Santiago Alvarez and his colleague Osvaldo Mitat, known for having been involved in several criminal activities against Cuba, pleaded guilty last fall to the possession of illegal weapons in a 2005 criminal case, which was not related to the recent firearms surrender, reported the Miami Herald newspaper online. Their plea deal led to complicated negotiations with prosecutors, resulting in the turnover of the new cache of weapons last January as an effective way to bring down the prison terms of the two exiles sentenced to four years for Alvarez and three for Mitat, reports the Herald. The U.S. attorney's office said, in a motion filed last week, that Alvarez and Mitat "had substantially assisted the government." Prosecutors did not recommend the length of the sentence reductions to U.S. District Judge James Cohn, saying they would explain the "nature and substance of the assistance" at an upcoming hearing. Cohn could shave off several months or more than one year. The firearms surrendered consisted of dozens of machine guns, rifles, C-4 explosives, dynamite, detonators, a grenade launcher and ammunition, federal law enforcement officials said. The cache was considerably larger than the nine illegal firearms seized by federal agents in the fall of 2005 when Alvarez and Mitat were first indicted on weapons charges in Broward County. Agents for the FBI and Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives Agency collected the latest stash of weapons at the Miami law office of Silvia Pi?era-Vazquez and Sofia Powell-Cosio. Alvarez is known as the benefactor of Cuban exile militant Luis Posada Carriles, a longtime anti-Castro figure who is facing unrelated criminal charges for immigration fraud. He is under house arrest in Miami. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:28:23 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:28:23 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] White House Observes "Natinal Day of Prayer" Message-ID: <20070508162823.7d388675@viola.tamara-b.org> Winston-Salem Journal - May 5, 2007 http://www.journalnow.com/servlet/Satellite?pagename=WSJ/MGArticle/WSJ_BasicArticle&c=MGArticle&cid=1173351077855 White House holds observance of the National Day of Prayer WASHINGTON - President Bush was the host of an interfaith observance of the National Day of Prayer on Thursday, citing several reasons why he believes that Americans are drawn to prayer. "We're a prayerful nation," the president said in remarks in the East Room of the White House. "I believe that makes us a strong nation." Bush said that people pray to give thanks, to gain strength to follow God's will and to yield to God's authority, but he said that the last reason can be the most challenging. "We pray to acknowledge God's sovereignty in our lives and our complete dependence on him," Bush said, speaking to a crowd of 200 that included Christians, Jews, Muslims and Hindus. "This is probably the toughest prayer of all, particularly for those of us in politics. In the humility of prayer we recognize the limits of human strength and human wisdom." The National Day of Prayer has been observed since 1952, when it was established by Congress. It is marked each year on the first Thursday in May. Shirley Dobson, the head of the National Day of Prayer Task Force, thanked Bush for holding a White House prayer observation for the past six years. "Thank you, Mr. President, for honoring God through your consistent support of the National Day of Prayer," said Dobson, the wife of James Dobson, the founder of Focus on the Family. The White House ceremony also included prayers and readings by a rabbi, a Southern Baptist minister, a bishop of the Church of God in Christ and a cadet chaplain from Virginia Tech. Some advocates for church-state separation criticized the observances. "A church-sponsored day of prayer would not be a problem," said Dan Barker, a co-president of the Freedom From Religion Foundation. "But it is inappropriate for the president and governors to be dictating that citizens pray." From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:30:33 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:30:33 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Atheists go on the political offensive in God-fearing US Message-ID: <20070508163033.76f3bb1d@viola.tamara-b.org> Sunday Telegraph (UK) - May 6, 2007 (posted 7/5/07) http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2007/05/06/wgod06.xml Atheists go on the political offensive in God-fearing US By Tim Shipman in Washington By day, Joe Zamecki works as a landscaper and valet in Austin, capital of George W Bush's home state of Texas, which is regarded by many natives as God's own country. In his spare time, however, he is quietly working to undermine the dominance of America's God-fearing majority. He is one among a growing band of "out" atheists, and wants a US that is "one nation under no god". On Thursday, while Christian Americans were celebrating National Prayer Day, Mr Zamecki, the state director of American Atheists, was leading a demonstration against the public display of the words "In God We Trust" in the state legislature. Atheist groups from Los Angeles to Little Rock observed a National Day of Reason instead. Groups including Atheists for Human Rights and Atheist Alliance International - "Call 1-866-HERETIC" - are setting up summer camps and an internet recruiting campaign. Mr Zamecki told The Sunday Telegraph: "We are seeing support for atheist groups grow. Those with no religious affiliation are the fastest-growing group in America, more even than Muslims." Official figures show the ranks of the non-religious have doubled to 13 per cent, or 30 million people, since 1990. Now a hard core of five million atheists is seeking the political clout that has made Christian conservatives and the Jewish lobby powerhouses in Washington politics. They got a boost with the admission in March by the Californian Democrat congressman, Pete Stark, that he "does not believe in a supreme being", 127 years after Charles Bradlaugh became Britain's first openly atheist MP. America's first atheist congressman was flushed out by the Secular Coalition for America, the first godless group with a full-time Washington lobbyist. The US constitution outlaws religious discrimination, but polls show only 45 per cent of Americans would be willing to vote for an atheist candidate for president, even if he or she was the best-qualified. Yet a succession of books extolling atheism has proved very popular, led by Richard Dawkins's The God Delusion. The Oxford University evolutionary biologist's work has been on the best-seller list for several months. Sam Harris has sold 250,000 copies of The End of Faith: Religion, Terror, and the Future of Reason and has a new book out, Letter to a Christian Nation. The shelves of American bookshops groan under titles like Atheism on the March, The Atheist Manifesto, and The Quotable Atheist. Mr Dawkins said last week: "On my book tour of America I was agreeably surprised by the positive reception it got. There is a huge undercurrent of non-believing feeling in America which has felt repressed, suppressed, almost persecuted. "Many people said, 'Thank you for saying what I have always wanted to say but didn't feel I could'." Mr Dawkins is an advocate of increasing atheist militancy. "The secular, non-religious vote, if properly mobilised, is nine times as numerous as the Jewish vote," he said. The Freedom from Religion Foundation, which boasts 10,000 members, has launched a case in the Supreme Court, calling for a ban on President Bush's federal support of faith-based groups as a breach of the constitutional division of church and state. The group's president, Dan Barker, once an evangelist preacher, said: "There can be a tipping point in any society where people say enough is enough. If enough atheists and agnostics speak out, it can cause quite a sensation." Joe Zamecki thinks the rise of atheism is in part a response to the overtly religious Mr Bush, whose father once declared: "I don't know that atheists should be considered citizens, nor should they be considered patriots." Mr Zamecki said: "The war in Iraq, which was partly justified as a religious war, has turned a lot of people off religion. The internet has helped our movement. There is a whole generation of young Americans that is exposed to free and open debate." Blogger Hemant Mehta, 24, who writes under the pen name "friendlyatheist", regularly debates with Christian fundamentalists online. He wrote: "We are not the bogeymen we have been made out to be for so long." The atheists still have a mountain to climb. In a Republican presidential debate last week, candidates mentioned their faith 16 times, and three said that they did not believe in evolution. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:31:53 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:31:53 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] FAS Secrecy News - 05/07/2007 Message-ID: <20070508163153.7b81a9ed@viola.tamara-b.org> SECRECY NEWS from the FAS Project on Government Secrecy Volume 2007, Issue No. 48 May 7, 2007 Secrecy News Blog: http://www.fas.org/blog/secrecy/ Support Secrecy News: http://www.fas.org/static/contrib_sec.jsp ** ARMY DOCUMENTS POSTED "ILLEGALLY," ARMY SAYS ** THE EVOLUTION OF ARMY OPSEC ** ARMY UPDATES REGULATION ON INTELLIGENCE ACTIVITIES ** SELECTED CRS REPORTS ARMY DOCUMENTS POSTED "ILLEGALLY," ARMY SAYS A U.S. Army official told the Federation of American Scientists that Army documents on the FAS web site had been published by FAS "illegally" and must be removed. "There are only 5 Official Army Publications Sites," wrote Cheryl Clark of the U.S. Army Publications Directorate in a May 4 email message. "You are not one of them." "You can link to our publications, but you cannot host them," she wrote. Furthermore, she indicated, a recent Army Regulation on "Operations Security" (first published by Wired News and mirrored on the FAS site) was "not intended for Public release." "Please remove this publication immediately or further action will be taken," Ms. Clark warned. http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/2007/05/sa050707.html#req "I have considered your request that we remove Army publications from the Federation of American Scientists web site," I responded today. "I have decided not to comply." By law the Army cannot copyright its publications, the response explained. Nor is FAS, a non-governmental organization, subject to internal Army regulations on information policy. "Accordingly, our publications are not illegal nor in violation of any applicable regulation." http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/2007/05/sa050707.html To eliminate potential confusion, we added a disclaimer to our Army doctrine web page indicating that the FAS collection of Army records is not an official Army source, and directing readers to several such official sites. THE EVOLUTION OF ARMY OPSEC The recent evolution of Army operations security (OPSEC) policy can be traced from the 1995 regulation on the subject-- http://www.fas.org/irp/doddir/army/ar530-1-1995.pdf to the 2005 revision-- http://www.fas.org/irp/doddir/army/ar530-1-2005.pdf to the latest iteration of April 2007-- http://www.fas.org/irp/doddir/army/ar530-1.pdf In response to reporting by Noah Shachtman of Wired News and the Danger Room blog, the Army issued a Fact Sheet on May 2 asserting that Army OPSEC policy on military blogging was unchanged: http://www.fas.org/irp/agency/army/blog050207.pdf ARMY UPDATES REGULATION ON INTELLIGENCE ACTIVITIES The U.S. Army issued an updated regulation governing its conduct of intelligence activities, including domestic surveillance policy and practice. The new regulation makes several technical changes and rescinds the "For Official Use Only" status of the prior edition. See "U.S. Army Intelligence Activities," Army Regulation 381-10, May 3, 2007: http://www.fas.org/irp/doddir/army/ar381-10.pdf For comparison, the prior edition, dated 22 November 2005, may be found here: http://www.fas.org/irp/doddir/army/ar381-10-2005.pdf SELECTED CRS REPORTS Some noteworthy new (or newly updated) publications of the Congressional Research Service that have not otherwise been made available to the public online include the following. "FY2007 Supplemental Appropriations for Defense, Foreign Affairs, and Other Purposes," updated May 2, 2007: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/natsec/RL33900.pdf "Congressional Authority To Limit U.S. Military Operations in Iraq," updated April 24, 2007: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/natsec/RL33837.pdf "Presidential Signing Statements: Constitutional and Institutional Implications," updated April 13, 2007: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/natsec/RL33667.pdf "Clinical Trials Reporting and Publication," updated April 27, 2007: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL32832.pdf "Nuclear Warheads: The Reliable Replacement Warhead Program and the Life Extension Program," updated April 4, 2007: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/nuke/RL33748.pdf _______________________________________________ Secrecy News is written by Steven Aftergood and published by the Federation of American Scientists. To SUBSCRIBE to Secrecy News, send email to secrecy_news-request at lists.fas.org with "subscribe" in the body of the message. To UNSUBSCRIBE, send a blank email message to secrecy_news-remove at lists.fas.org OR email your request to saftergood at fas.org Secrecy News is archived at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/news/secrecy/index.html Secrecy News is available in blog format at: http://www.fas.org/blog/secrecy/ SUPPORT Secrecy News with a donation here: http://www.fas.org/static/contrib_sec.jsp _______________________ Steven Aftergood Project on Government Secrecy Federation of American Scientists web: www.fas.org/sgp/index.html email: saftergood at fas.org voice: (202) 454-4691 From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:35:24 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:35:24 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] HerStory: Protest at Heart of Mother's Day Observance Message-ID: <20070508163524.04d1bf80@viola.tamara-b.org> Womens eNews - May 7, 2007 http://www.womensenews.org Protest is at Heart of Mother's Day Observance By Louise Bernikow WeNews historian Before it was co-opted by sellers of greeting cards and flowers, Mother's Day was an occasion for women to march for peace and to stage public anti-war protests. Julia Ward Howe organized a Mother's Day peace march in Boston after the Civil War and it became a national tradition in the late 19th century. Feminists in decades since have followed in Howe's footsteps. In May 1982, Mother's Day in northern California saw a gathering that would have startled the somewhat staid Howe. The site was the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, run by the University of California. Livermore was one of two places in the United States that was designing and developing nuclear weapons. Although there was a long history of anti-nuclear protest across the country, an alarming near-meltdown of the Three Mile Island reactor in Pennsylvania in 1980 had swelled the anti-nuke movement, which included many feminists. In California, especially, an evolving feminist spirituality movement had brought ecology-minded activists and practitioners of the ancient craft of Wicca into a tide of people determined to save the earth, starting with the elimination nuclear power. The women who gathered at the gates of Livermore on Mother's Day included Jackie Cobasso, who had been involved in Vietnam War protests as a student, and Starhawk, a Wiccan who had been leading rituals in political contexts and getting arrested for civil disobedience for some years. Many demonstrators came that day in costumes depicting death or adorned in clownish attire, but there were also gray-haired women in conventional skirts. In previous actions, demonstrators had stood at the main gate in costumes and carrying signs, waiting to be arrested, but this time a cordon of police were waiting. Eighty-one women sat down in the middle of the road, refusing to move. Some employees, prevented from driving in, menaced the women with their cars. Four demonstrators chained themselves to the gate and poured blood on the ground. Those arrested gave their names as Karen Silkwood, the era's famous whistleblower who had revealed contamination in nuclear plants and died mysteriously. The arrests provoked larger protests. The women returned in June, along with the largest number of people in the San Francisco Bay area willing to go to jail over nuclear arms. Cobasso went on to become director of the Western States Legal Foundation, active to this day on environmental issues. Starhawk drew more adherents and wrote many books about the power of spirituality as protest. Livermore is still there, protestors still at its gates. For more information: Julia Ward Howe, Mother's Day Proclamation: http://www.prism.net/user/fcarpenter/howe.html [Louise Bernikow is the author of seven books and numerous magazine articles. She travels to campuses and community groups with a lecture and slide show about activism called "The Shoulders We Stand On: Women as Agents of Change." She can be reached at louise at womensenews.org.] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:38:17 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:38:17 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Christian Fundy Zionists: Elmer Gantry with a foreign policy Message-ID: <20070508163817.247a9054@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Steven L. Robinson (activ-l) - May 8, 2007 Washington Report on Middle East Affairs - April, 2007 http://www.wrmea.com/archives/April_2007/0704058.html "Elmer Gantry with a foreign policy" The Dangerous Potent Elixir of Christian Zionism By Pat Morrison WHAT MAY BE potentially the greatest U.S.-born political threat to peace is not terrorist sleeper cells or even the deployment of more U.S. troops to the Middle East. Instead, it's the prolific spread of a brand of fundamentalist Christian "End Times" pseudotheology linked to massive support-military and financial-for the state of Israel. The threat goes by the name Christian Zionism. According to expert observers and critics, the movement is harnessing incredible religious, political and financial power, thanks largely to highly visible and well-funded preachers, their churches and congregations' financial commitment. And the implications of Christian Zionism's -belief system-cum-political agenda are frightening. One of those experts watching the rise of Christian Zionism-and alerting mainline Christians, as well as Muslims, Jews and the public in general to its danger-is the Rev. Donald Wagner. An ordained Presbyterian minister, Wagner is associate professor of religion and Middle Eastern studies at North Park University in Chicago and executive director of its Center for Middle Eastern Studies. His most recent book is Anxious for Armageddon, a critique of Christian Zionism (and available from the AET Book Club). In a packed presentation last fall at the Kansas City Sabeel Conference, Wagner outlined the movement's growth, major proponents and political agenda. Christian Zionism as a fringe biblical theory has been around in some shape or form since the 1600s, Wagner said-long before the establishment of modern Israel. But most recently it has morphed into a new entity that links its literal and fundamentalist interpretation of the Christian Bible with a convergence of political and sociological trends on the American landscape. According to Wagner, these include: 1) growth of a "fear factor" in the United States since 9/11, fueled by 2) the millennium and "End Times" prophecy, as well as intensely marketed Christian fiction like the Left Behind series; and 3) the rise of right-wing political conservatism in the United States. The Bush administration's talk about "the axis of evil" and its "Crusader" mindset, coupled with the neocons' constant language of empire, captured the imagination of many Christians who already were reading and identifying with End Times biblical interpretation. Blend all these ingredients together and you have the perfect recipe for Christian Zionism, Wagner noted, and an audience primed to accept and push it. Although popular TV fundamentalist preachers like Pat Robertson and Jerry Falwell are enthusiastic supporters of Israel, Christian Zionism's newest and most ardent promoter is Dr. John C. Hagee. Hagee, who is founder and pastor of the 18,000-member non-denominational evangelical Cornerstone Church in San Antonio, Texas, has a worldwide following through his John Hagee Ministries. Some commentators have described the charismatic and avuncular Hagee as a "kinder, gentler" Rush Limbaugh look-alike, of similar political persuasion. As one critic colorfully summed it up: "If there is one thing worse than Elmer Gantry, it's Elmer Gantry with a foreign policy." Today Hagee is perhaps best known as founder of an ultra-right wing Christian Zionist political lobby in Washington, Christians United for Israel, or CUFI. According to Wagner, CUFI is completely aligned to AIPAC, the pro-Israel U.S. lobby, and "defends a hard-right maximalist Israeli agenda: They support Israel having control of all of the West Bank and Gaza because 'God gave it to the Jews exclusively.'" CUFI also fully supports the Israeli settler movement, Wagner said, and financially underwrites the relocation of European Jews to illegal settlements because Israel is "their land" promised them by God. At the February 2006 launch of CUFI, Hagee stated that Christians United for Israel "will [soon] have organized offices in every state in the union, mobilizing every Christian and whoever will work with us on a pro-Israeli agenda." By mid-July of last year, Wagner said, Hagee had 3,500 CUFI supporters "deployed to every congressional office in Washington, pressing for more arms to be sent to Israel [during the Israeli-Hezbollah war] but also calling for the U.S. to attack Iran [because Hagee sees war with Iran as a prelude to Armageddon]." In San Antonio last October, more than 10,000 CUFI supporters gathered to work on their political platform and strategies. Among the key conference presenters was former CIA director James Woolsey, a close supporter of AIPAC and outspoken opponent of the peace movement and of churches active in it. Hagee coined the term "Islamofascist" at CUFI's founding conference, Wagner noted, "and within a week [President] Bush was using it, then [former Secretary of Defense Donald] Rumsfeld." Wagner said his two greatest concerns about Christian Zionism-which claims to count up to 100,0000 evangelical believers around the world-is that it is extremely Islamophobic and anti-islamic, and that it projects a militant image of Christianity throughout the world. "What [Christian Zionists] are projecting is a Western white, militant Zionist image of Christianity into the region," Wagner said. "And what this does is give global Muslims, and global Christians, the impression that Christianity is really a militant, Crusader type of religion. In the end, even Jesus comes back in warrior fashion!" In fact, he said, Christian leaders in the Holy Land are so worried about Christian Zionism's harmful effects in the region that Catholic, Lutheran and Orthodox church leaders invited Wagner and a group of other experts to speak to them and help them inform their people about the movement's dangers and its impact on the Muslim world. Christian Zionism seriously damages Christian-Muslim and Christian-Jewish relations, especially in the Middle East. But what is even more worrisome, Wagner warned, is that because the resources of movement leaders like Falwell, Robertson and Hagee include worldwide missionaries and media outlets, they "have the reach to inflame the entire region." [Pat Morrison writes from Dayton, Ohio. She has covered the Middle East, especially Israel/Palestine, extensively.] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:40:33 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:40:33 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Ramadi: 68 Iraqis killed or found dead Message-ID: <20070508164033.0c790bf0@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via Hindustan Times - May 8, 2007 http://www.hindustantimes.com/StoryPage/StoryPage.aspx?id=68a490e2-673d-42f7 -be1d-b0ab3356f038&&Headline=68+killed+or+found+dead+in+Iraq 68 killed or found dead in Iraq as suicide bombers focus on the Sunni city of Ramadi By Ravi Nessman The Associated Press Suicide bombers killed 13 people in a pair of attacks on Monday around the Sunni city of Ramadi in what local officials said was part of a power struggle between al-Qaida and tribes that have broken with the terror network. In all, at least 68 people were killed or found dead nationwide on Monday, police said. They included the bullet-riddled bodies of 30 men found in Baghdad - the apparent victims of sectarian death squads. All but two were found in west Baghdad, including 17 in the Amil neighborhood where Sunni politicians have complained of renewed attacks by Shiite militiamen, according to a police official who spoke on condition of anonymity because he was not supposed to release those details. Sunni complaints prompted the country's Sunni vice president to threaten to leave the Shiite-dominated government unless key unspecified amendments to the constitution are not made by May 15. The power struggle between al-Qaida and Sunni tribesmen, which surfaced last year, could prove decisive in the US campaign to win over significant portions of the Sunni community, which has formed the bedrock of the insurgency. The first of the Ramadi area attacks happened about noon in a market on the northwest outskirts of the city, killing eight people and wounding 13, said police Col Tariq Youssef. About 15 minutes later, police at a nearby checkpoint spotted a second car bomb and opened fire, but the driver was able to detonate the vehicle, Youssef said. Five people, including two policemen, were killed and 12 were wounded, Youssef said. The attacks occurred in areas controlled by the Anbar Salvation Council, an alliance of Sunni tribes formed last year to drive al-Qaida from the area. Council officials blamed the attacks on al-Qaida. "They committed this crime because we have identified their hideouts and we are chasing them," said Sheik Jabbar Naif al-Dulaimi. In a Web statement Monday, an al-Qaida front organization, the Islamic State of Iraq, warned Sunnis against joining the government security forces _ a move supported by the Salvation Council. "We tell every father, mother, wife or brother who does not want to lose a relative to advise them not to approach the apostates and we swear to God that we will use every possible means to strike at the infidels and the renegades," the group said. The Islamic State also claimed responsibility Monday for attacks that killed 34 people over the weekend _ including six US soldiers and a Russian embedded photojournalist who died in a roadside bombing in Baqouba. The 34 also included the police chief of Samarra, Col Jalil Nahi Hassoun, who was killed Sunday in an attack on police headquarters. He was buried Monday following a tearful procession by police in blue uniforms who escorted the flag-draped coffin as it was driven in the bed of a white pickup truck through the Sunni city. At least five al-Qaida fighters were killed in the fighting in Samarra, a US military official told, speaking on condition of anonymity because he was not authorized to release details of the attack. Also Monday, the military announced a US soldier had been killed by small-arms fire in western Baghdad the day before, bringing to nine the number of troops who died Sunday. The security situation in the capital figured high in talks between Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki and President George W Bush, who conferred Monday in a video conference. Al-Maliki told Bush of the need to maintain cooperation between US and Iraqi forces as they continue their crackdown, which is intended to end the chaos and violence in Baghdad, the prime minister's office said in a statement. White House spokesman Tony Snow said Bush and al-Maliki spoke about the Iraqi leader's push for political reconciliation in his country, an area considered vital to greater stability. The two leaders spoke for about 25 minutes with staff members in attendance, then for another period of time one-on-one, according to Snow. "The prime minister is working with the presidency council to advance the political process in Iraq, including a lot of the legislation that we've been discussing over the last few months," Snow told reporters. "But issues of communications and reconciliation were at the fore." Al-Maliki, a Shiite, reiterated his determination to work with Sunni leaders, Snow said. But al-Maliki's government remains burdened by "narrow agendas" standing in the way of unity and crucial US-backed legislation, such as a proposed law to share Iraq's oil wealth, said Gen David Petraeus, the top US commander in Iraq. In an interview with CNN, Vice President Tariq al-Hashemi said he would lead a Sunni walkout from the Cabinet and parliament if changes are not made to the constitution by May 15. He also said he turned down an offer by President Bush to visit Washington until he can count more fully on US help, CNN said on its Web site. A walkout by the Sunnis, who control 44 of the 275 parliament seats and five Cabinet posts, would plunge Iraq into a political crisis. In other violence, a mortar attack killed five people in Baghdad's mixed Baiyaa neighborhood, where more than 30 people were slain in a car bombing the day before. In northern Iraq, gunmen attacked an Iraqi military checkpoint at the town of Baaj, killing two soldiers, two police officers and a civilian, police said. The international Red Cross announced on Monday it would increase its operations to provide food, water and medical treatment for the hundreds of thousands of Iraqis who have fled their homes but remain in the country. "This conflict is inflicting immense suffering on all Iraqis," Beatrice Megevand-Roggo, head of Middle East operations for the International Committee of the Red Cross, said in Geneva. "Civilians are bearing the brunt of the relentless violence." Hundreds of thousands of other Iraqis have fled to Jordan and Syria. Jordan said on Monday that the more than 750,000 displaced Iraqis residing in the country has cost the government $1 billion a year and increased Jordan's population by 14 percent. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 16:44:34 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 16:44:34 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Super Heroes Rally for Peace and Impeachment - Palo Alto - May 9 Message-ID: <20070508164434.5efebff5@viola.tamara-b.org> Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, http://www.communitycurrency.org/impeach.html Carol Brouillet-650-857-0927, cbrouillet at igc.org Press Release - May 7, 2007 Heroes Rally, Sing, and March for Impeachment and Peace Superman, Wonder Woman, and Spiderman will rally at 1:00 p.m. at Lytton Plaza in Palo Alto on Wednesday, May 9, 2007 with other heroic citizens to demand the impeachment of Bush and Cheney. During the rally, musician August Bullock will sing "Heroes of America" http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tYgYVcFzw9s, which inspired the theme for this month's rally, and the Raging Grannies will also perform. After the music, "Heroic Citizens for Impeachment" awards will be presented to Brad Newsham, who organized the two major "Beach Impeach" events in San Francisco, inspiring Impeachment spellings across the country; Cynthia Peterson from Code Pink, who organized vigils at Nancy Pelosi's mansion as well as rallies and marches for impeachment; Carol Wolman ( http://www.impeachbush-cheney.com), who ran for Congress in 2006 on an Impeachment platform; and Don Spark from World Can't Wait, who helped organize major impeachment events and street actions. At 2:00 p.m. the heroes will call for impeachment as they march through downtown Palo Alto to Congresswoman Anna Eshoo's office at 698 Emerson Street. The rally at Lytton Plaza, which will include entertainment and refreshments, is open to the public. The heroes in Palo Alto are not the only ones calling for impeachment. Congressman Dennis Kucinich introduced articles of impeachment against Vice President Cheney on April 24th. The two cosponsors are US Reps. Wm. Lacy Clay (D-MO) and Janice Schakowsky (D-IL). Congressman John Murtha mentioned impeachment as an option on CBS's Face the Nation: "We need to make this president understand, Mr. President, the public has spoken. There's three ways or four ways to influence a president. One is popular opinion, the election, third is impeachment and fourth is the purse." When Bob Schieffer pressed him on whether impeachment was a serious option on the table, Murtha responded, "I'm just saying that's one way to influence a president." On April 28th, "the national day of impeachment" in over 125 locations across the country, citizens spelled out "IMPEACH" to get their message across to the public, the press and the Congress. Over 1500 people gathered on Ocean Beach in San Francisco to spell out "IMPEACH NOW!" and then "PEACE NOW!" This demonstration, dramatically visible from the air, was followed by a parade to Nancy Pelosi's San Francisco mansion for an impeachment rally. Jacob Park's website for the impeachment actions at http://www.a28.org was overwhelmed by photos, videos, and reports of actions from around the U.S. as well as other countries, including Italy and Egypt. A concerted effort is underway to pressure Congress and the press to recognize and stop the criminal activities, including war, being carried out by the US government. Congresswoman Eshoo has repeatedly rejected calls for impeachment, claiming that removing the President would tear the country apart. Brouillet and other activists intend to remind her that her oath of office requires her to defend the Constitution against all enemies, even when those who threaten the Constitution include the President and Vice President. Sponsors of the event include the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, The Santa Clara County Green Party, the Silicon Valley Impeachment Coalition. ### From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Tue May 8 17:08:57 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Tue, 8 May 2007 17:08:57 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Haiti Reborn Update - May 8, 2007 Message-ID: <20070508170857.738f2a18@viola.tamara-b.org> Quixote Center/Haiti Reborn http://www.quixote.org Haiti Reborn Update - May 8, 2007 Dear Friends, This week we are asking you to take action in support of extending temporary protective status (TPS) to Haitian refugees. TPS would allow Haitians currently in the U.S. to stay temporarily, as a response to the natural disasters and political strife that have recently plagued the country. TPS would allow hard-working people to remain temporarily and legally in the U.S. and continue to support themselves, send money back home to their relatives and contribute to the U.S. economy. Just last week the Department of Homeland Security extended TPS to refugees from Honduras, Nicaragua, and El Salvador. TPS means that immigrants in the United States from these countries will not face deportation. The statement from DHS Secretary Chertoff says, "Although Honduras, Nicaragua, and El Salvador have made significant progress in their recovery and rebuilding efforts, each country continues to face social and economic challenges in their efforts to restore their nations to normalcy," said USCIS Director Emilio Gonzalez. "This 18 month extension reflects the United States' commitment to continue assisting our Central American neighbors on their road to recovery." The scenarios outlined are of course equally true of Haiti: the collapse of the economy, years of civil conflict, and recent natural disasters. What is different is the willingness of this administration to "continue assisting" its Haitian neighbor. Alcee Hasting (D-FL) responded to the announcement this way: Granting TPS to Haitian nationals is, now more than ever, a matter of fairness and consistency in our immigration policies. Again, I respectfully request that you grant Haitians the same consideration and protection that you have supported for other deserving nations and people. The continuation of unfair and discriminatory immigration policies toward Haitians has not allowed Haiti to obtain the sense of normalcy that its Central American counterparts are being given the opportunity to achieve. [You can read Hasting's full letter, and the announcement from Chertoff below.] To show Congress you care, call the U.S. Capitol switchboard, 202-224-2131 and ask for your member of the U.S. House of Representatives by name (or if you do not know his/her name, give your zipcode). Your message does not need to be complex or eloquent. Merely telling your Representative's receptionist "I am urging Rep. ____ to co-sponsor H.R.522IH, the Haitian Protection Act of 2007" will help make a difference. If you want to do more, ask for the staffer who deals with immigration issues, and discuss your concerns with him or her. Ask your Representative to contact Audrey Nicoleau in Rep. Hastings' office, 202-225-1313 to sign up or with any questions. Current co-sponsors: Rep Berman, Howard L. [CA-28]; Rep Brown, Corrine [FL-3] - Rep Carson, Julia [IN-7]; Rep Castor, Kathy [FL-11]; Rep Clarke, Yvette D. [NY-11]; Rep Conyers, John, Jr. [MI-14]; Rep Crowley, Joseph [NY-7]; Rep Delahunt, William D. [MA-10]; Rep Diaz-Balart, Mario [FL-25]; Rep Fattah, Chaka [PA-2]; Rep Gonzalez, Charles A. [TX-20]; Rep Green, Al [TX-9]; Rep Grijalva, Raul M. [AZ-7]; Rep Gutierrez, Luis V. [IL-4]; Rep Jackson-Lee, Sheila [TX-18]; Rep Johnson, Eddie Bernice [TX-30]; Rep Kennedy, Patrick J. [RI-1]; Rep Lee, Barbara [CA-9]; Rep McGovern, James P. [MA-3]; Rep Meehan, Martin T. [MA-5]; Rep Meek, Kendrick B. [FL-17]; Rep Nadler, Jerrold [NY-8]; Rep Payne, Donald M. [NJ-10]; Rep Rangel, Charles B. [NY-15]; Rep Ros-Lehtinen, Ileana [FL-18]; Rep Rush, Bobby L. [IL-1]; Rep Schakowsky, Janice D. [IL-9]; Rep Serrano, Jose E. [NY-16]; Rep Thompson, Bennie G. [MS-2]; Rep Towns, Edolphus [NY-10]; Rep Wasserman Schultz, Debbie [FL-20]; Rep Waters, Maxine [CA-35]; Rep Watson, Diane E. [CA-33]; Rep Wexler, Robert [FL-19] Letter from Congressman Hastings to President Bush May 3, 2007 The Honorable George W. Bush The White House 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW Washington, D.C. 20500 Dear Mr. President: I write to bring your attention to a recent statement from Emilio Gonzalez, Director of the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services. In an article in today's South Florida Sun-Sentinel, Mr. Gonzalez is quoted as saying: "Although Honduras, Nicaragua, and El Salvador have made significant progress in their recovery and rebuilding efforts, each country continues to face social and economic challenges in their efforts to restore their nations to normalcy." Mr. President, Nicaraguans and Hondurans have continued to receive Temporary Protected Status designation renewal for almost ten years now. As you know, the original designation for Nicaragua and Honduras was granted in response to the devastations from Hurricane Mitch in 1998 and for El Salvador, which is approaching their seventh year of protection, after two deadly earthquakes in 2001. In the case of all three countries, the U.S. federal government has acknowledged and rightfully supported their struggle to return to a sense of normalcy by granting TPS. However, at the same time, and under similar dire situations, Haitian migrants have not received similar treatment. I ask, why? According to the U.S. Coast Guard count for the month of April 2007, a total of 704 Haitians were rescued from vessels and repatriated to Haiti. This number is a dramatic increase compared to 43 Haitians rescued in April 2006 and a total of 769 in all of 2006. Judging by these numbers, it is quite evident that the situation in Haiti is reaching new heights of desperation. Even more, Haiti's current police force dwarfs in comparison to its population of 8 million, which includes an increasing number of gangs and kidnappers who continue to severely debilitate effective and lasting governance on a daily basis. Due to Haiti's unstable condition, foreign investment is discouraged, creating vast unemployment throughout the country. This has forced countless Haitians to risk their lives in the treacherous seas in a quest to provide not only for themselves, but for their family and community members back home. Repatriation of the very people who can help Haiti through remittances only makes this sizeable problem even larger and out of control. Granting TPS to Haitian nationals is, now more than ever, a matter of fairness and consistency in our immigration policies. Again, I respectfully request that you grant Haitians the same consideration and protection that you have supported for other deserving nations and people. The continuation of unfair and discriminatory immigration policies toward Haitians has not allowed Haiti to obtain the sense of normalcy that its Central American counterparts are being given the opportunity to achieve. Thank you for your consideration of this urgent request. I look forward to your expeditious response regarding this matter. With warm regards, I remain, Sincerely, Alcee L. Hastings Member of Congress Secretary Chertoff Extends Temporary Protected Status for eligible Hondurans, Nicaraguans and Salvadorans Re-Registration Details Forthcoming WASHINGTON - U.S. Department of Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff announced today his decision to extend Temporary Protected Status (TPS) designations for eligible nationals of Honduras, Nicaragua and El Salvador by an additional 18 months. It will allow current TPS beneficiaries from these three countries to extend their status and continue living and working in the United States for an additional 18 months, and will affect approximately 78,000 Hondurans, 4,000 Nicaraguans, and 230,000 Salvadorans. The extension is part of the Administration's ongoing assistance to Honduras, Nicaragua and El Salvador in recovering from natural disasters that have affected Central America. Current TPS designations for Hondurans and Nicaraguans expire on July 5, 2007. The current TPS designation for El Salvadorans expires on September 9, 2007. In accordance with a schedule to be announced in forthcoming Federal Register notices, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will begin processing TPS re-registration applications for eligible Hondurans and Nicaraguans first. USCIS will make an announcement later this summer on the TPS re-registration process for Salvadorans. All TPS beneficiaries have registered with the department and have been provided with biometric and secure identification cards. "Although Honduras, Nicaragua, and El Salvador have made significant progress in their recovery and rebuilding efforts, each country continues to face social and economic challenges in their efforts to restore their nations to normalcy," said USCIS Director Emilio Gonzalez. "This 18 month extension reflects the United States' commitment to continue assisting our Central American neighbors on their road to recovery." Filing periods for these three designations have not yet begun. Applications received prior to or after the announced registration period for each designation will be rejected. Details on where, when and how to file under each designation will soon be published in the Federal Register and additional information will be provided online at: http://www.uscis.gov. Customers may also call the USCIS National Customer Service Center at 1-800-375-5283. - USCIS From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:28:04 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:28:04 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Iraqi oil workers to strike Thursday, need support Message-ID: <20070509152804.3279ced9@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Andy Pollack - May 8, 2007 (P.S. to the below: see http://www.uslaboragainstwar.org for dates of their U.S. tour) A Solidarity Alert From US Labor Against the War Iraqi Oil Workers to Strike Over Privatization Law Dear Sisters and Brothers: This morning we received notice from our friends in England that the Iraqi oil workers intend to strike on Thursday to demonstrate their opposition to the proposed hydrocarbon law that has been pressed upon the Iraqi government by the Bush administration and the IMF. The press release is reproduced below. Listed below is a list of things your organization can do to support these courageous Iraqi workers and their unions. Opposition to this law within the Iraqi labor movement is universal. WHY ARE IRAQI UNIONS OPPOSED TO THE OIL LAW? The proposed hydrocarbon law, if adopted by the Iraqi parliament as proposed, would provide a backdoor opportunity for multinational oil corporations to secure long-term (as long as 30 years) control over more than 2/3 of Iraq's undeveloped oil reserves. The Bush administration and its corporate and political allies are putting tremendous pressure on the Iraqis to adopt this law. It has engaged the services of the IMF to pressure Iraq by making adoption of the law a condition of debt relief and further financing from the international community. By making its adoption a benchmark of "progress" and "cooperation," the Congress would become complicit in effectively privatizing Iraqi oil while simultaneously undermining Iraq's sovereignty and depriving it of the resources that would otherwise be derived from the sale of its oil to finance reconstruction of the country we have destroyed. If the Iraqi government succumbs to this pressure (which it well might under these circumstances), Congressional action to require adoption of the law would provide legitimacy to this raid on Iraq's oil resources. Last week we sent you the Open Letter we sent to the leadership of the Congressional Out of Iraq Caucus, Speaker Pelosi and others in which we critiqued the draft hydrocarbon law that is referenced in the supplemental appropriation, H.R. 508 and the other bills. If the leadership of the Congressional Out of Iraq Caucus had read the law which the Bush administration and oil lobby have been pressing the Iraqi government to adopt, they would not support a provision in the supplemental appropriation and H.R. 508 (Sec. 109), that establishes adoption of the oil law as a benchmark of "progress" or "cooperation," as is presently the case. I am confident that most members of the Out of Iraq Congressional Caucus embraced this concept in the belief that adoption of an oil law that assures a fair and equitable distribution of oil revenues to all parts of Iraq is a condition for national unity and national progress in Iraq. I am equally certain that in doing so, they did not realize that the oil law contemplated would have such deleterious effects on the Iraqi people - and the exact opposite of the intended result: _It would instead establish the conditions for the continuing presence of U.S. troops (to protect U.S. "vital" interests - read corporate investment in oil field development). _It would allow each province/governate of Iraq to negotiate its own deals, pitting region against region, and undermining the central government's authority and control over oil policy (a prescription for even sharper regional competition and conflict). _It would very likely result in greater unemployment among Iraqis who would be displaced from the oil industry by foreign workers (because there is no requirement that foreign contract holders hire local workers). _It would siphon oil revenues out of the country, giving the central government fewer resources with which to reconstruct the nation's shattered infrastructure, social programs and economy (the law mandates a royalty of just 12.5%; foreign contract holders are not required to reinvest in Iraq and can repatriate all their profits; they can even transfer ownership shares without approval of the Iraqi government). _It contains only one sentence that talks about equitable sharing of revenues, but even if rigorously enforced, this would only apply to revenues paid to the government in royalties AFTER the oil cartel takes its cut. _It would further undermine workers' rights and the rights of unions in Iraq, forcing them to deal with foreign multinational corporations that are known to be hostile to labor rights (as well as environmental protection) rather than their own government which can be held accountable to the Iraqi people. (Iraq still does not have a basic labor law that respects the right of workers to organize, bargain and strike). For a more detailed analysis, please look at the open letter. USLAW has also assembled an comprehensive archive of articles and analyses on this issue on our website. Yours in solidarity for peace with justice in Iraq, Michael Eisenscher, National Coordinator ACTIONS YOU CAN TAKE TO SUPPORT THE IRAQ OIL WORKERS, THEIR UNION, AND THE IRAQ PEOPLE 1. CONTACT YOUR CONGRESSIONAL REPRESENTATIVE. Explain why they should reject adoption of an oil investment law as a benchmark of progress or Iraqi cooperation in the next version of the Supplemental Appropriation, and any in other legislation they may be asked to consider. 2. CONTACT YOUR NATIONAL UNION Send them a copy of this message and ask that they mobilize their Political Department staff to lobby Congress in opposition to any oil law benchmark. Please ask that they act quickly as a vote on a new supplemental appropriation could come up as early as Friday. 3. ASK YOUR UNION TO SEND SOLIDARITY MESSAGES TO THE IRAQI FEDERATION OF OIL WORKERS Our sisters and brothers in Iraq are risking their jobs and their lives in the struggle to secure their rights, to care for their families and to protect the interests of Iraq as a sovereign nation. They need to know that workers around the world support them. Send solidarity messages for the Federation of Oil Unions to President Hassan Juma'a Awad Al Assadi, c/o USLAW at < iraqsolidarity at uslaboragainstwar.org>. They will be transmitted to the Oil Workers Union and posted to the USLAW website. 4. MAKE A CONTRIBUTION TO THE USLAW IRAQ LABOR SOLIDARITY FUND USLAW is organizing a speaking tour of the U.S. for Faleh Abood Umara, General Secretary of the Federation of Oil Unions, and Hashmeya Muhsin Hussein, President of the Electrical Utility Workers Union for June 4-29. This tour will provide an opportunity for Iraq labor leaders to speak directly to the American people and Congress to explain their opposition to the oil law, to describe the impact the occupation has had on working people, and to discuss the likely consequences of the occupation continuing and the occupation ending. Funds are desperately needed to defray the $25,000 in expenses of this tour. All funds raised in excess of the expenses will be contributed directly to Iraqi labor organizations to support their important work. Please make a generous donation and ask your union/labor council/or other labor organization to do likewise. Donate on line or send a check payable to USLAW Iraq Labor Solidarity Fund to USLAW, 1718 M Street, NW, #153, Washington, DC 20036. (If you want a tax deduction, make it payable to USLAW/IPS and put Solidarity Fund in the memo line, but be aware that this will reduce the value of your contribution due to processing fees assessed by our fiscal sponsor, Institute for Policy Studies. ) ** For Immediate Release Tuesday May 8th 2007 Iraqi Oil Workers to Strike Over Privatisation Law Iraq_s largest oil workers_ trade union will strike this Thursday, in protest at the controversial oil law currently being considered by the Iraqi parliament. The move threatens to stop all exports from the oil-rich country. The oil law proposes giving multinational companies the primary role in developing Iraq_s huge untapped oilfields, under contracts lasting up to 30 years. Oil production in Iraq, like in most of the Middle East, has been in the public sector since the 1970s. The Union, representing 26,000 oil workers, has held three previous strikes since 2003, each time stopping exports, for up to two days at a time. The announcement of the strike has spurred negotiations with the Ministry of Oil, which are ongoing. Imad Abdul-Hussain, Federation Deputy Chair of the IFOU said: "The central government must be in total ownership and complete control of production and the export of oil". He warned against the controversial Production Sharing Agreements favoured by foreign companies, saying other forms of co-operation with foreign companies would be acceptable but not at the level of control and profiteering indicated in the current Oil Law. Federation President Hassan Jumaa Awad al Assadi said: _The oil law does not represent the aspirations of the Iraqi people. It will let the foreign oil companies into the oil sector and enact privatisation under so called production sharing agreements. The federation calls for not passing the oil law, because it does not serve the interests of the Iraqi people." The Union is not alone in its_ condemnation of the current oil law. Opponents of the law also include all of Iraq_s other trade unions, a number of political parties, and a group of over 60 senior Iraqi oil experts. Hassan Jumaa went on to say: "The federation calls on all unions in the world to support our demands and to put pressure on governments and the oil companies not to enter the Iraqi oil fields." Union members are also demanding an improved salary structure and a distribution of land for building homes. Ewa Jasiewicz of Naftana _ the UK Support Committee for the IFOU said: _The Iraqi Federation of Oil Unions, like any union, has the right to engage in collective bargaining over issues important to their members. In this case, the issue of who controls Iraq_s oil and the economic future of the country is an issue which is important to all Iraqis. The Union has repeatedly called for civil society inclusion in the drafting of the oil law and has been ignored. They are now asserting their right to have a voice in the decision making process affecting their industry and Iraq_s economic future _ their courage and commitment to democracy should be supported_. Instead of the union_s participation being welcomed, leaders have been accused of jeopardizing security and threatened with legal action. Farouq Al-Asadi, the Federation's Secretary said: _The Oil Minister chooses to forget that the right to strike is guaranteed by the constitution - we have chosen the legal path_. Union leaders have already received a number of death threats which they are taking seriously. "As soon as the federation called for the strike, many of our members and officials were physically threatened by parties active in the political process, with the aim of thwarting the strike and undermining the message of the strike organisers." Contacts Hassan Jumaa Awad Al Assadi, President of the Iraqi Federation of Oil Unions 00964 7801 001 196 or 00964 7804 114 619 www.basraoilunion.org Sami Ramadani, lecturer and writer and member of Naftana _ UK Support Committee for the IFOU 0044 7863 138 748 sami.ramadani at londonmet.ac.uk Ewa Jasiewicz, Naftana UK Support Group for the IFOU and Hands Off Iraqi Oil Campaign 0044 7749 421 576 freelance at mailworks.org www.handsoffiraqioil.org Notes The IFOU is an independent trade union representing workers across 4 southern provinces in Iraq: Misan, Dhi Qar, Basra and Mauthanna in nine oil and gas related companies. The Union has been organizing since April 2003 and has stopped oil exports and production over wages and workers rights in the past. It has also held protests against oil smuggling, former regime bosses and what the union sees as the deliberate neglect and degradation of the industry in order to justify private investment. Union members have carried out reconstruction work on drilling rigs, port equipment, pipelines and refineries since the invasion with minimal, mostly local resources. The Union is not linked to any political party in Iraq but has members which belong to various parties. The Union enjoys the support of trade unions and civil society organizations around the world including the International Confederation of Energy, Mining and General Workers Union (ICEM), the AFL-CIO in the US, and the Trade Unions Congress (TUC) in the UK including the NUJ and TGWU. The union is partnered with UK development charity War on Want, the 3 milllion strong US Labor Against War in the USA, and Italian NGO Un Ponte Per. U.S. Labor Against the War (USLAW) www.uslaboragainstwar.org Email: PMB 153 1718 "M" Street, NW Washington, D.C. 20036 Voicemail: 202/521-5265 From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:32:33 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:32:33 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] HBO whitens "Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee" Message-ID: <20070509153233.0b257a14@viola.tamara-b.org> [Full article from the NY Times follows Andy's comments. -NYTr] sent by Andy Pollack HBO whitens "Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee" Some choice quotes with commentary: When the historian Dee Brown published _Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee_ in 1971, it became an instant sensation. In an age of rebellion, this nonfiction book told the epic tale of the displacement and decline of the American Indian not from the perspective of the winners, but from that of the Indians. But the fact that Mr. Brown_s work has been translated into 17 languages and has sold five million copies around the world was not enough to convince HBO that a film version would draw a sizable mainstream audience. When the channel broadcasts its two-hour adaptation of the book, beginning Memorial Day weekend, at its center will be a new character: a man who was part Sioux, was educated at an Ivy League college and married a white woman. _Everyone felt very strongly that we needed a white character or a part-white, part-Indian character to carry a contemporary white audience through this project,_ Daniel Giat, the writer who adapted the book for HBO Films, told a group of television writers earlier this year. [!!!!!!!] _This was not an attempt to do the Ken Burns version of the Indian experience,_ Mr. Wolf said in an interview. _It is a dramatization, and we needed a protagonist._ [I guess Indians fighting bravely against genocide make for boring protagonists.] For decades the book eluded attempts to turn it into a film, partly because of Mr. Brown_s distrust of Hollywood. [Duh, I wonder why?] HBO executives said they saw no problem with the inconsistencies. _When we look at historical accuracy, we look at history as it plays in the service of a narrative,_ said Sam Martin, a vice president at HBO Films in charge of production on the project. [Got that? History serves narrative, not the other way around.] To its credit, HBO_s version of _Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee_ does not glamorize Sitting Bull, but rather portrays him as he was: an egotistical, often brutal leader whose pride endangered members of his tribe as they suffered through famine, drought and disease. [To its credit? How about portraying him as he deserves: a heroic fighter against colonial maniacs who deserved every defeat they suffered? This paragraph REALLY demands an outraged response and/or pickets.] Some people who have seen advance screenings of the HBO version have praised it. _This is the first time I_ve seen a film so accurately portray the impact of federal policy on our people,_ said Jacqueline Johnson, the executive director of the National Congress of American Indians, which is cooperating with HBO on educational projects featuring the film. [Cooperating obviously means getting paid.] Mr. Proctor said his grandfather wouldn_t necessarily be surprised by HBO_s tinkering. _I don_t think he ever thought anything historically accurate would come out of any film version,_ he said. Still, before this, _nobody had ever before gone and gutted it and turned it into a love story._ *** Full article: The New York Times - May 9, 2007 http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/09/arts/television/09knee.html Classic Book About America?s Indians Gains a Few Flourishes as a Film By EDWARD WYATT LOS ANGELES, May 8 ? When the historian Dee Brown published ?Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee? in 1971, it became an instant sensation. In an age of rebellion, this nonfiction book told the epic tale of the displacement and decline of the American Indian not from the perspective of the winners, but from that of the Indians. But the fact that Mr. Brown?s work has been translated into 17 languages and has sold five million copies around the world was not enough to convince HBO that a film version would draw a sizable mainstream audience. When the channel broadcasts its two-hour adaptation of the book, beginning Memorial Day weekend, at its center will be a new character: a man who was part Sioux, was educated at an Ivy League college and married a white woman. ?Everyone felt very strongly that we needed a white character or a part-white, part-Indian character to carry a contemporary white audience through this project,? Daniel Giat, the writer who adapted the book for HBO Films, told a group of television writers earlier this year. The added character is based on a real person: Charles Eastman, part Sioux and descended from a long line of Santee chiefs but who was sent away by his father to boarding school and then held up as a model of the potential assimilation of 19th-century Native Americans. But the film fictionalizes significant portions of his life. In the HBO version he dodges bullets at the Battle of Little Bighorn. In reality he was far away, in grade school in Nebraska. Fictionalizing history has long been standard in Hollywood. But rarely do filmmakers directly hitch their historically inaccurate projects to revered works of nonfiction. Dick Wolf, an executive producer of the film who is best known for the ?Law & Order? television franchise, defended the fabrications. ?This was not an attempt to do the Ken Burns version of the Indian experience,? Mr. Wolf said in an interview. ?It is a dramatization, and we needed a protagonist.? (The chief executive of HBO, Chris Albrecht, announced yesterday that he was taking a leave of absence after being charged with assaulting a girlfriend in a Las Vegas parking lot early on Sunday.) At the time it was published, Mr. Brown?s epic, subtitled ?An Indian History of the American West,? struck a chord in a country embroiled in a divisive war in Vietnam and still shuddering from the American military?s massacre in the village of My Lai. Segregation was dying hard in the South, and the American Indian Movement was ascending. The story is a relentless tragedy, tracing the history of American Indian nations from 1860, shortly after the first new states extended into the ?permanent Indian frontier,? through 1890 and the massacre at Wounded Knee, in what is now South Dakota. It became a blockbuster best seller and helped shape the way the history of the American Indians has been interpreted ever since. For decades the book eluded attempts to turn it into a film, partly because of Mr. Brown?s distrust of Hollywood. At least two attempts by potential moviemakers to adapt the book failed. When the current producers optioned the book five years ago, Mr. Brown was in the last years of his life and, according to his grandson, did not believe anything would come of the project. (Mr. Brown died in 2002 at 94.) Tom Thayer, the executive producer who originated the project, said the HBO team wrestled for months with how to boil down a book that spans 30 years and dozens of tribes into a 130-minute film. ?The book is basically an editorialized textbook,? Mr. Thayer said. ?It doesn?t have a single narrative; it?s anthropological and episodic.? Therefore, he added, ?we felt that to tell a story of that size, the Eastman character would be a great hand-holder for the audience.? Many literary critics, and millions of readers, however, had little trouble following Mr. Brown?s story. Writing in The New York Times Book Review in March 1971, N. Scott Momaday, a Pulitzer Prize-winning novelist, emphasized that the book was a story, ?a whole narrative of singular integrity and precise continuity; that is what makes the book so hard to put aside, even when one has come to the end.? The film largely restricts itself to the late 1880s, the time of the Ghost Dance, a messianic movement that swept through the Plains Indian tribes. Within that period it weaves together three strands: the story of Sitting Bull, the legendary chief of the Sioux, who fought against Custer?s forces at Little Bighorn in 1876; that of Henry L. Dawes, the Massachusetts senator who pushed into law a plan to allocate portions of Indian land to individual tribe members; and Eastman, who was taken from his tribe by his father and attended Dartmouth and then Boston University School of Medicine. It is in the last two stories that the film begins to bend history. ?Eastman was the most well-known, well-educated Indian at the beginning of the 20th century,? said Raymond Wilson, a professor of history at Fort Hays State University in Hays, Kan., who wrote what is considered to be the definitive biography of Eastman. ?When I heard they were doing the film,? he said, ?I joked with a couple of people that I hoped they didn?t have Charles Eastman shaking hands with Sitting Bull at Pine Ridge.? Not quite, but almost. The film?s climactic scene has Eastman watching as Sitting Bull addresses a group of Sioux in Pine Ridge at a meeting of which Dawes is the chairman. Sitting Bull tells them not to accept the government land allotments. In fact, the chief lived 200 miles away at the Standing Rock agency, and the meeting never happened. As for placing Eastman at the Battle of Little Bighorn, Mr. Giat, the screenwriter, defends that choice by noting that some members of Eastman?s tribe were there. The film also shows Eastman courting Elaine Goodale, a Massachusetts poet and teacher who oversaw schools for Indians in the Dakota territory, over a period of years, beginning while he was in college. In fact, Eastman met her when he arrived at Pine Ridge less than two months before the Wounded Knee massacre. Nor was Goodale anywhere near the reservation in 1883 when Sitting Bull arrived, as shown in the film; she was in Virginia. HBO executives said they saw no problem with the inconsistencies. ?When we look at historical accuracy, we look at history as it plays in the service of a narrative,? said Sam Martin, a vice president at HBO Films in charge of production on the project. HBO has at times gone the opposite route; last year it publicized the pains it took to ensure the factual accuracy of its Emmy-winning miniseries ?Elizabeth I.? To its credit, HBO?s version of ?Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee? does not glamorize Sitting Bull, but rather portrays him as he was: an egotistical, often brutal leader whose pride endangered members of his tribe as they suffered through famine, drought and disease. Some people who have seen advance screenings of the HBO version have praised it. ?This is the first time I?ve seen a film so accurately portray the impact of federal policy on our people,? said Jacqueline Johnson, the executive director of the National Congress of American Indians, which is cooperating with HBO on educational projects featuring the film. ?You see the beginning of issues and policies whose effects we are still dealing with today.? But others are dismayed. Nicolas Proctor, Mr. Brown?s grandson and one of three people who oversees his estate, as well as an associate professor of history at Simpson College in Iowa, said that as a historian he was ?always kind of shocked that history is not moving enough, is not evocative enough and rich enough to keep people from having to get in there and start monkeying around with it.? He said that the estate had no control over the film?s content. Mr. Proctor said his grandfather wouldn?t necessarily be surprised by HBO?s tinkering. ?I don?t think he ever thought anything historically accurate would come out of any film version,? he said. Still, before this, ?nobody had ever before gone and gutted it and turned it into a love story.? Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:33:15 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:33:15 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Air raid 'kills Afghan civilians' Message-ID: <20070509153315.4971bcc3@viola.tamara-b.org> BBC - May 9, 2007 http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/6637957.stm Air raid 'kills Afghan civilians' US-led forces have killed at least 21 civilians in an air strike in southern Afghanistan, local officials say. Helmand provincial Governor Asadullah Wafa said civilian homes were bombed in Sangin district, where foreign and Afghan troops are battling the Taleban. The US-led coalition said one of its troops died in fighting in Sangin, but it had no reports of civilian deaths. Mounting civilian casualties have caused an outcry in Afghanistan, with foreign forces accused of carelessness. Wednesday's reported deaths came a day after the US military said it was "deeply ashamed" over the killings of 19 Afghan civilians by US Marines in early March. The apology came as the Afghan Senate called on the government in Kabul to open direct talks with local Taleban militants, and for attacks on them to stop. Public discontent in Afghanistan is growing over the rising number of civilian casualties and the government's failure to improve the lives of most Afghans. In January, Nato said its biggest mistake last year had been killing civilians, and promised to do better. Enemy casualties Mr Wafa said said international forces were ambushed by Taleban insurgents on Tuesday afternoon, and air strikes were called in later against three villages. He said women and children had been among those killed when planes attacked in support of Nato troops trying to drive militants from the lawless, opium-producing region of Sangin. Nato said it was "unaware, at this time, of any Nato air strikes resulting in civilian casualties over the past 24 hours". A statement from the American-led task force in Afghanistan, which works outside Nato command in counter-terrorism operations, confirmed that US special forces were in the area. It said they had been working alongside the Afghan national army and had come under mortar, rocket and small arms fire while on patrol 25km (15 miles) north of Sangin. "Coalition close air support aircraft destroyed three enemy command and control compounds including an enemy underground tunnel network located along the upper Sangin River Valley," a statement said. A US military spokesman Maj William Mitchell told the Associated Press news agency that the troops had killed a "significant" number of militants. "We don't have any report of civilian casualties. There are enemy casualties - I think the number is significant," Maj Mitchell said. Residents of the bombed area said Western troops and Afghan forces were preventing people from entering. Correspondents say that casualties in remote battle sites in Afghanistan are almost impossible to verify. Taleban fighters are often accused of seeking shelter in peoples' homes, leading to civilian casualties, and it is often difficult to determine if people killed in such air strikes were militants or civilians. 'Dire consequences' One local resident told the BBC that a number of bodies had been taken to the British base in Sangin to show they were not Taleban fighters. But British forces would not confirm this. Nato said their helicopters were helping to airlift injured civilians for hospital treatment. The BBC's Alastair Leithead in Kabul says there have been a number of incidents in the past few weeks where US special forces outside Nato remit have been blamed for killing civilians. In the worst incident, more than 50 civilians were reported killed in the western province of Herat last week. President Hamid Karzai recently warned of "dire consequences for all" if civilian killings continued. As details of the fighting in Sangin emerged, Nato announced it would allow more involvement by the Afghan government in the planning of operations, and that a system would be set up to investigate claims of civilian casualties. ? BBC MMVII From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:33:57 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:33:57 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Iraq: Cheney Greeted by rocket attack on Green Zone Message-ID: <20070509153357.6d820524@viola.tamara-b.org> AFP - May 9, 2007 http://www.afp.com/english/news/stories/070509165819.khxzahjv.html Bombing mars Cheney Iraq trip BAGHDAD (AFP) - A deadly bomb attack in a once safe Kurdish city and a rocket blast in Baghdad's Green Zone served as a violent backdrop Wednesday to a surprise Iraq visit by US Vice President Dick Cheney. Cheney arrived in the war-torn capital to meet senior Iraqi leaders just as a new poll revealed that 59 percent of American voters want the White House to to set a timetable for withdrawing US troops from Iraq. The vice-president brought Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki the message that Washington's patience with the slow pace of Iraq's political peace process is running out, even as new attacks further undermined its progress. A powerful bomb exploded in front of the regional interior ministry in Arbil, the capital of northern Iraq's autonomous Kurdish region, an area that has been spared the worst of Iraq's descent into sectarian bloodshed. The blast tore a two metre (yard) deep crater in front of the ministry, and scattered the bodies of dead and injured outside the heavily guarded building. Kurdistan's health minister, Zirian Abdelrahman, said 19 were people killed, although his colleague at the interior ministry later gave a lower toll. "It was a truck bomb carrying cleaning products that targeted our ministry and killed 14 people and wounded 87, including government employees," regional interior minister Karim Sinajri told journalists. While insurgent car and truck bombings are an almost daily scourge in central Iraq, this was a rare incident in the Kurdish region, and a blow to its campaign to portray itself as an investor-friendly haven of calm. In Baghdad, a rocket exploded near the US embassy in the fortified Green Zone during Cheney's visit, an Iraqi defence official said. Smoke could be seen rising near the US compound shortly after the blast, which was heard at around 6:15 pm (1415 GMT). The Iraqi official, who spoke on condition of anonymity, could not say if there were any casualties. Cheney's movements during his visit were kept secret for security reasons, but the vice president later confirmed at at a press conference that "I spent today here basically in our embassy and military headquarters." Reporters covering Cheney's trip to Iraq were ushered from their workspace here after hearing a muffled boom that rattled the windows. A spokeswoman for Cheney, Lea Anne McBride, said "his meeting was not disrupted and he was not moved" as a result of the explosion. Last Thursday, four Asian contractors working for the US embassy were killed in a rocket attack. Insurgent and militia groups opposed to the ongoing US troop presence in Iraq regularly fire rockets and mortars into the Green Zone, a walled city district that houses the US embassy and Iraqi government. Elsewhere in the city a high-ranking official in the housing ministry was assassinated and a construction worker building a controversial wall around the Sunni neighbourhood of Adhamiyah was shot dead. US military spokesman Major General William Caldwell told reporters that after dropping by two-thirds due to a massive security operation in the capital, assassinations and executions were on the rise again. "There has been a slight uptick in the last two weeks in the number of murders and executions observed in Baghdad," he said. Both the Iraqi and US commands refuse to reveal the figures upon which they base such reports. An interior ministry official, speaking on condition of anonymity told AFP that 25 bodies were found on Tuesday alone. In the central Iraqi city of Samarra, Sunni insurgents destroyed two police stations belonging to the Shiite-led National Police just days after a deadly assault left 12 policemen dead, including their commander. And in Al-Rashad, northern Iraq, gunmen murdered four journalists working for a US-sponsored weekly that has taken a strong line against terrorism. Cheney was in Baghdad to warn top Iraqi leaders that US patience with their faltering attempts to reunite Iraq's warring factions is running short. Shortly after the rocket exploded, and after meeting Maliki and President Jalal Talabani, Cheney told reporters that he had sensed "a greater sense of urgency" among Iraqi officials working to resolve the conflict. "I did sense, today, a greater awareness on the part of the Iraqi officials I talked to of the importance of their working together to resolve these issues in a timely fashion," he said. The White House's own sense of urgency will have been fueled by the latest USA Today/Gallup poll, which showed that 59 percent of Americans support setting a deadline for removing US troops from Iraq. The opposition-controlled US Congress is working on a second bill that would seek to tie future troop funding to some kind of measure of success in Iraq, but President George W. Bush has vowed in advance to veto it. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:35:47 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:35:47 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Atlantic's First Named Storm of the Year Forms Early Message-ID: <20070509153547.731fb6a6@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 9, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/T/TROPICAL_WEATHER?SITE=OKPON&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT Atlantic's First Named Storm of the Year Forms Early, 3 Weeks Before Season's Official Start By JESSICA GRESKO Associated Press Writer MIAMI (AP) -- The first named storm of the year formed Wednesday off the southeastern U.S. coast, more than three weeks before the official start of the Atlantic hurricane season, forecasters said. Subtropical Storm Andrea had top sustained winds around 45 mph Wednesday morning and didn't appear to be much of a threat, the National Hurricane Center in Miami said. Still, a tropical storm watch was issued for parts of Georgia and Florida, meaning tropical storm conditions are possible within 36 hours. "We're not looking at this system strengthening significantly," said Richard Pasch, a senior hurricane specialist at the center. "We're not viewing this as a major threat." The storm's winds have been blowing smoke from wildfires across Georgia and Florida, though it didn't appear to hinder firefighting efforts, said Jim Harrell, a spokesman for Florida's Division of Forestry. Those battling the blazes won't get much immediate help from rain, because forecasters said no significant downpours were expected over land through at least Thursday morning. The storm's lightning could also spark more fires, meteorologists warned. Already, wind-driven waves have been causing coastal erosion in South Carolina, Georgia and Florida and the ocean has lapped at beachfront homes and condominiums. At 11 a.m. EDT, Andrea was centered about 140 miles southeast of Savannah, Ga., and about 150 miles northeast of Daytona Beach. The storm was moving west at about 3 mph. Subtropical systems are hybrid weather formations that are usually weaker than hurricanes and tropical storms. They are kind of a half-breed, sharing characteristics of tropical systems, which get their power from warm ocean water at their centers, and more typical bad weather that forms when warm and cold fronts collide, Pasch said. Forecasters said Andrea has the warm center characteristic of tropical storms but its core is not particularly well defined. In addition, its winds are farther out from the center than they would be in a tropical storm. Typically about one subtropical storm forms each year, but they often turn into tropical storms. That doesn't appear to be the case with Andrea, senior hurricane specialist Jack Beven said. It only has a small area of warmer water to draw energy from and is also facing dry winds. He said it wasn't unusual for the storm to form in May, outside the hurricane season that starts June 1 and end Nov. 30. "What we call the hurricane season is a totally manmade creation. Nature doesn't always pay attention to that," Beven said. Eighteen tropical storms and four hurricanes have been recorded in that month since 1851, and none of the hurricanes made landfall in the U.S. The earliest hurricane to strike the U.S. was Alma in northwest Florida on June 9, 1966. Private and university forecasters have predicted the 2007 season will be especially active, producing up to 17 tropical storms and hurricanes and a "well above average" possibility of at least one striking the U.S. The federal government plans to release its predictions May 22. The Atlantic basin has been in a busy period for hurricanes since 1995. Some federal forecasters believe this is part of a natural cycle. But the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, a U.N.-sponsored group, says global warming caused by humans has led to an increase in stronger hurricanes. ? 2007 The Associated Press. *** National Hurricane Center "NHC Mail (Atlantic Marine)" STS ANDREA Forecast/Advisory 1 Wed, 09 May 2007 14:50:01 +0000 000 WTNT21 KNHC 091444 TCMAT1 SUBTROPICAL STORM ANDREA FORECAST/ADVISORY NUMBER 1 NWS TPC/NATIONAL HURRICANE CENTER MIAMI FL AL012007 1500 UTC WED MAY 09 2007 AT 11 AM EDT...1500 UTC...A TROPICAL STORM WATCH HAS BEEN ISSUED ALONG THE SOUTHEAST COAST OF THE UNITED STATES FROM ALTAMAHA SOUND GEORGIA SOUTHWARD TO FLAGLER BEACH FLORIDA. A TROPICAL STORM WATCH MEANS THAT TROPICAL STORM CONDITIONS ARE POSSIBLE WITHIN THE WATCH AREA...GENERALLY WITHIN THE NEXT 36 HOURS. SUBTROPICAL STORM CENTER LOCATED NEAR 30.8N 79.3W AT 09/1500Z POSITION ACCURATE WITHIN 30 NM PRESENT MOVEMENT TOWARD THE WEST OR 270 DEGREES AT 3 KT ESTIMATED MINIMUM CENTRAL PRESSURE 1003 MB MAX SUSTAINED WINDS 40 KT WITH GUSTS TO 50 KT. 34 KT.......100NE 100SE 60SW 60NW. 12 FT SEAS..120NE 90SE 0SW 120NW. WINDS AND SEAS VARY GREATLY IN EACH QUADRANT. RADII IN NAUTICAL MILES ARE THE LARGEST RADII EXPECTED ANYWHERE IN THAT QUADRANT. REPEAT...CENTER LOCATED NEAR 30.8N 79.3W AT 09/1500Z AT 09/1200Z CENTER WAS LOCATED NEAR 30.8N 79.1W FORECAST VALID 10/0000Z 30.6N 79.9W MAX WIND 40 KT...GUSTS 50 KT. 34 KT...100NE 100SE 60SW 60NW. FORECAST VALID 10/1200Z 30.2N 80.6W MAX WIND 35 KT...GUSTS 45 KT. 34 KT...100NE 100SE 40SW 60NW. FORECAST VALID 11/0000Z 29.8N 81.0W MAX WIND 35 KT...GUSTS 45 KT. 34 KT...100NE 100SE 0SW 60NW. FORECAST VALID 11/1200Z 29.6N 81.0W MAX WIND 30 KT...GUSTS 40 KT. FORECAST VALID 12/1200Z 29.5N 81.0W MAX WIND 25 KT...GUSTS 35 KT. EXTENDED OUTLOOK. NOTE...ERRORS FOR TRACK HAVE AVERAGED NEAR 225 NM ON DAY 4 AND 300 NM ON DAY 5...AND FOR INTENSITY NEAR 20 KT EACH DAY OUTLOOK VALID 13/1200Z 29.5N 81.0W...DISSIPATING MAX WIND 25 KT...GUSTS 35 KT. OUTLOOK VALID 14/1200Z...DISSIPATED REQUEST FOR 3 HOURLY SHIP REPORTS WITHIN 300 MILES OF 30.8N 79.3W NEXT ADVISORY AT 09/2100Z $$ FORECASTER KNABB From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:37:27 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:37:27 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Like Katrina, Deadly Tornado Brings Iraq War Home Message-ID: <20070509153727.2e253323@viola.tamara-b.org> IPS via electronic Iraq - May 9, 2007 http://electroniciraq.net/news/printer3059.shtml Deadly Tornado Brings Iraq War Home by Jim Lobe WASHINGTON (IPS) - Increasingly isolated by his dogged opposition to a timetable for withdrawing U.S. combat troops from Iraq, U.S. President George W. Bush will travel to the site of a deadly tornado in Kansas Wednesday, in part to rebut charges that relief operations there were hampered by shortages of equipment that had been shipped to Iraq. In an echo of the Katrina hurricane disaster that devastated New Orleans -- and Bush's approval ratings -- in August 2005, Kansas Gov. Kathleen Sebelius and several senior National Guard officers have charged that the deployment of key equipment, notably tractor-trailers that can bring heavy equipment to the site, to Iraq has slowed the state's response to the tornado that destroyed the prairie town of Greensburg last Friday night. "Fifty percent of our trucks are gone, our front loaders are gone. We are missing Humvees that move people," Sebelius, a Democrat, told an interviewer from NBC's "Today" show Monday. "We can't borrow them from other states because their equipment is gone. It's a huge issue for states across the country to respond to disasters like this," she said of the 300-km/hour winds that obliterated 95 percent of Greensburg's houses and other structures. Her observation underlined the growing concern of state governments that National Guard deployments to Iraq and Afghanistan have undermined their ability to respond to civil disorder or natural disasters, a concern that is growing more pronounced with the approach of hurricane season along the Atlantic seaboard and the Gulf of Mexico. "You name it, we are short of (it)," the National Guard's top officer, Lt. Gen. Steven Blum, told Congress just last month after the Pentagon announced that 13,000 more National Guard troops and their equipment were to be deployed to Iraq as part of the Bush administration's so-called "surge" strategy. "This is meat-and potatoes basic items: I'm talking about (bull)dozers, graders, loaders, backhoes, dump trucks." "Can we do the job? Yes, we can," he said. "But the lack of equipment (means it takes) longer to do that job, and lost time translates into lost lives, and those lost lives are American lives." The Greensburg tornado, the most powerful to hit the United States in nearly a decade, killed at least 10 people and sent a dozen more to the hospital with serious injuries. The death toll in the town of 1,500 people would surely have been higher if residents were not given a 20-minute warning that permitted them to take shelter. Forty National Guard troops arrived in Greensburg Saturday, and another 65 joined them Monday, but some relief officials complained that they lacked key equipment, including front and wheeled loaders used for clearing debris, as late as Tuesday. Before the Iraq war, "they would have had heavy equipment in there to move the debris," said Jane Bullock, chief of staff to the director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), James Lee Witt, under former President Bill Clinton. "This (disaster) happened on Friday, and this is Tuesday, and we're still looking at a bad scene." For its part, the White House rejected charges that the response to the disaster had been slowed either by National Guard deployments to Iraq or by delays by the federal government in acting on the state's requests for emergency assistance. Indeed, in what some called a replay of Katrina, Bush's spokesman, Tony Snow, blamed Sebelius herself for failing to follow procedures in requesting help, asserting that, since the disaster, the state had only requested FM radios. He later added a mobile command centre, a search-and-rescue team, and helicopters to the list. He also noted that Washington had declared Greensburg a federal disaster area Sunday, making it eligible to receive a range of assistance, including the authority to hire private contractors to supply heavy equipment. Kansas Sen. Sam Brownback, a Republican presidential candidate who visited Greenburg Tuesday, said Guard officers there had told him they had all the equipment that was needed. But Sebelius' office said she had asked the Pentagon in December to urgently re-supply equipment that had been diverted to Iraq, and Col. Eric Peck of the Kansas Guard told the Kansas City Star that his force currently had fewer than 15 tractor-trailer trucks, compared to more than 30 before the Iraq war. Similarly, he said, the Guard's normal inventory of more than 600 Humvees has been reduced to less than 400, while its complement of 170 medium-sized tactical vehicles has fallen to less than 30. In December 2005, Sebelius sent a written appeal to then-Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld for key equipment to be replaced, saying, "We must be able to maintain a high level of readiness because no one can know when disaster will strike." She received no reply at the time. The following month, Sebelius renewed her appeal in a face-to-face meeting with Bush in Kansas. "We're dealing with it," Bush said, according to her account of the conversation. "Kansas is not an isolated situation," Brig. Gen. Stephen Koper, the president of the non-partisan National Guard Association, told CBS News this week. On average, state national guards have only about 40 percent of their pre-war equipment inventory. The Pentagon plans to increase that percentage to 65 to 70 percent by 2013, a Pentagon spokesman told the 'Star' Tuesday. In January, Congress' watchdog, the Government Accountability Office, issued a study that found that the Pentagon itself "does not adequately track National Guard equipment needs for domestic missions... State national guards may be hampered in their ability to plan for responding to large-scale domestic events," it warned, echoing a second report by a Congressionally-sponsored commission that examined military readiness last year. To some, the slow response to the Greenburg disaster offered yet another reason to question the U.S. intervention in Iraq. "We can spend two billion dollars a week to take care of another country, but we can't take care of our own state, own welfare," Sen. Donald Betts, a senator in the Kansas state legislature, told a press teleconference sponsored by the National Security Network and several other anti-war groups Tuesday. (C) IPS - Inter Press Service (2007). From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:38:33 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:38:33 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Kansas Tornado Renews Debate on Guard in Iraq Message-ID: <20070509153833.0c405680@viola.tamara-b.org> The New York Times - May 9, 2007 http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/09/us/09guard.html Kansas Tornado Renews Debate on Guard at War By SUSAN SAULNY and JIM RUTENBERG CHICAGO, May 8 ? For months, Gov. Kathleen Sebelius of Kansas and other governors have warned that their state National Guards are ill-prepared for the next local disaster, be it a tornado a flash flood or a terrorist?s threat, because of large deployments of their soldiers and equipment in Iraq and Afghanistan. Then, last Friday night, a deadly tornado all but cleared the small town of Greensburg off the Kansas map. With 80 square blocks of the small farming town destroyed, Ms. Sebelius said her fears had come true: The emergency response was too slow, she said, and there was only one reason. ?As you travel around Greensburg, you?ll see that city and county trucks have been destroyed,? Ms. Sebelius, a Democrat, said Monday. ?The National Guard is one of our first responders. They don?t have the equipment they need to come in, and it just makes it that much slower.? For nearly two days after the storm, there was an unmistakable emptiness in Greensburg, a lack of heavy machinery and an army of responders. By Sunday afternoon, more than a day and a half after the tornado, only about half of the Guard troops who would ultimately respond were in place. It was not until Sunday night that significant numbers of military vehicles started to arrive, many streaming in a long caravan from Wichita about 100 miles away. Ms. Sebelius?s comments about the slow response prompted a debate with the White House on Tuesday, which initially said the fault rested with her. Tony Snow, the White House press secretary, said the governor should have followed procedure by finding gaps after the storm hit and asking the federal government to fill them ? but did not. ?If you don?t request it, you?re not going to get it,? Mr. Snow told reporters on Tuesday morning. The debate was reminiscent of the Bush administration?s skirmishes with Gov. Kathleen Babineaux Blanco of Louisiana, also a Democrat, after Hurricane Katrina. But after an angry flurry of words, both sides seemed to back down a bit later Tuesday. Ms. Sebelius said she now had enough equipment and personnel to deal with the problems in Greensburg, and the White House acknowledged that the governor had requested several items that the federal government supplied, including a mobile command center, a mobile office building, an urban search and rescue team, and coordination of extra Black Hawk helicopters. Nonetheless, the governor and officials in other states again expressed concern that the problem could occur again as the stretched National Guard system struggled to respond to disasters at home while also fighting overseas. As State Senator Donald Betts Jr., Democrat of Wichita, put it: ?We should have had National Guard troops there right after the tornado hit, securing the place, pulling up debris, to make sure that if there was still life, people could have been saved. The response time was too slow, and it?s becoming a trend. We saw this after Katrina, and it?s like history repeating itself.? The Federal Emergency Management Agency, which came under strong criticism after Hurricane Katrina, seemed to respond more quickly in Kansas. Several of the agency?s mobile disaster recovery centers are in Greensburg assisting residents, and the agency said it had moved in 15,000 gallons of water and 21,000 ready-to-eat meals, enough to feed 10,000 people. State officials said the problem with the National Guard?s response had more to do with equipment than personnel. In Kansas, the National Guard is operating with 40 percent to 50 percent of its vehicles and heavy machinery, local Guard officials said. Ordinarily, the Guard would have about 660 Humvees and more than 30 large trucks to traverse difficult terrain and transport heavy equipment. When the tornado struck, the Guard had about 350 Humvees and 15 large trucks, said Maj. Gen. Tod Bunting, the state?s adjutant general. The Guard would also usually have 170 medium-scale tactical vehicles used to transport people and supplies ? but now it has fewer than 30, he said. On the other hand, General Bunting said, it had more cargo trucks than it needed. The issue is not confined to Kansas. In Ohio, the National Guard is short of night vision goggles and M-4 rifles, said a Guard spokesman, Dr. Mark Wayda. ?If we had a tornado hit a small town, we would be fine,? Dr. Wayda said. ?If we had a much larger event, that would become a problem.? The California National Guard is similarly concerned about a catastrophic event. ?Our issue is that we are shortchanged when it comes to equipment,? said Col. Jon Siepmann, a spokesman for the Guard in California. ?We have gone from a strategic reserve to a globally deployable force, and yet our equipment resources have been largely the same levels since before the war.? In Arkansas, Gov. Mike Beebe a Democrat, echoed the concerns of Ms. Sebelius. ?We have the same problem,? Mr. Beebe said. ?We have had a significant decrease in equipment traditionally afforded our National Guard, and it?s occasioned by the fact that it?s been sent to the Middle East and Iraq.? He added: ?Our first and foremost consideration is to guarantee that our soldiers have the resources, including equipment, to do the job and protect themselves. Having said that, my preference would be for the federal government to provide that equipment and not strip the state?s resources, which could adversely impact the state?s mission in times of crisis, which is what happened in Kansas.? Last year, all 50 governors signed a letter to President Bush asking for the immediate re-equipping of Guard units sent overseas. But officials in several states, including Kentucky, Minnesota and Texas, said Tuesday that they were not facing equipment shortages. National Guard units overseas are often assigned engineering missions, and the skills and equipment ? bulldozers and trucks, for example ? are also what might be required to deal with a natural disaster at home. White House officials said that the Kansas National Guard had at its disposal in the Midwest and the Plains states, everything it needed. By Mr. Snow?s count, that included 83,000 National Guard soldiers; 99 bulldozers; 61 loaders; 246 dump trucks and 59 graders. ?There?s a lot of stuff available,? Mr. Snow said. ?So, again, I think this is one where the equipment was available and everybody was moving as rapidly as possible.? In Congressional testimony, senior National Guard officials have said that since Sept. 11 units under their command had equipment shortages as forces deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan. Responding to concerns that the National Guard would not have sufficient personnel or equipment to respond to natural disasters, Guard leaders and state officials developed plans to ensure that if a state is in short supply of people or gear when a hurricane or tornado strikes, it can borrow from other states. But borrowing does not solve every problem, state officials said, and coordination can take time. The destruction from Hurricane Katrina ultimately required the help of 50,000 troops ? and they came from all 50 states. Training is another issue. At a Washington news conference in February, Ms. Sebelius said, ?The Guard cannot train on equipment they do not have.? She added later: ?And in a state like Kansas, where tornados, floods, blizzards and wildfires can seemingly happen all at once, we need our Guardsmen to be as prepared as possible.? Two recent reports have raised questions about Guard preparedness. An independent military assessment council, the Commission on the National Guard and Reserves, released a report in March that stated: ?In particular, the equipment readiness of the Army National Guard is unacceptable and has reduced the capability of the United States to respond to current and additional major contingencies, foreign and domestic.? Another report, released in January by the Government Accountability Office, concluded that the ongoing operations in Iraq and Afghanistan have ?significantly decreased? the amount of equipment available for National Guard units not deployed overseas, while the same units face an increasing number of threats at home. Late Tuesday, in a statement, Ms. Sebelius repeated her message: ?I have said for nearly two years, and will continue to say, that we have a looming crisis on our hands when it comes to National Guard equipment in Iraq and our needs here at home.? Susan Saulny reported from Chicago, and Jim Rutenberg from Washington. Reporting was contributed by Maureen Balleza, Steve Barnes, Malcolm Gay, Christopher Maag, Adam Nossiter, Libby Sander, Thom Shanker and Jennifer Steinhauer. Copyright 2007 The New York Times From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:39:45 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:39:45 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Wolfowitz's Girl Friend Says 'I Quit' Message-ID: <20070509153945.53eef3c8@viola.tamara-b.org> MSNBC - May 8, 2007 http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/18554065/site/newsweek/?from=rss Wolfowitz's Friend Says 'I Quit' Embattled World Bank President Paul Wolfowitz?s girlfriend is resigning as his girlfriend. By Andy Borowitz May 8, 2007 - In yet another setback for the embattled World Bank president, Paul Wolfowitz?s girlfriend, Shaha Riza, announced today that she was resigning as Wolfowitz?s girlfriend, ?effective immediately.? While Riza?s role in the conflict-of-interest scandal involving Wolfowitz and the World Bank had placed her in the eye of the media storm, few had expected her to relinquish her girlfriend post without a fight. But according to a source close to Riza, the increasing pressure on the high-profile couple in recent days had convinced her that she ?could no longer function effectively as Paul Wolfowitz?s girlfriend.? A joint communiqu? released by the couple indicated that the decision to leave her girlfriend post was entirely Riza?s, but sources close to Wolfowitz suggest that the idea had originated not with her, but with the World Bank president himself. According to one source, ?Paul had dinner with Shaha last night and told her they should start seeing other banks.? News of Riza?s departure sparked speculation that Wolfowitz might have difficulty acquiring a new girlfriend, but according to Vice President Dick Cheney, who has served as Wolfowitz?s unofficial ?wingman? for years, nothing could be further from the truth. ?The fact that the World Bank found Paul guilty of wrongdoing gives him an air of danger,? Cheney said. ?The ladies dig that.? Elsewhere, after a welcoming speech in which he suggested that Queen Elizabeth II was over 230 years old, President Bush attempted to mend his verbal slip, saying, ?The old girl doesn?t look a day over 130.? ? 2007 Newsweek, Inc. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:40:31 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:40:31 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Bush still thinks Wolfowitz doing a "heck of a job" Message-ID: <20070509154031.6cc6fa84@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via MSNBC - May 9, 2007 http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/18553053/ White House says it still backs Wolfowitz World Bank president faces increasing pressure to step down The Associated Press WASHINGTON - Embattled World Bank President Paul Wolfowitz deserves a ?fair process and a fair hearing of the facts? surrounding his involvement in arranging a promotion and pay package for his girlfriend, the White House said Wednesday. The comments from presidential counselor Dan Bartlett came as the international lending institution?s 24-member board edged closer to a decision on Wolfowitz?s fate. The controversy over Wolfowitz?s handling of the 2005 promotion and compensation package for bank employee Shaha Riza has prompted calls for his resignation. Wolfowitz attorney, Robert Bennett, has been pressing the bank to have more time for his client to defend himself. Specifically he wants more time to respond to a report by a special bank panel that accuses Wolfowitz of circumventing bank rules when he arranged for the compensation package. Bartlett said the administration is not passing judgment yet on the facts in Wolfowitz?s case. ?We are in the middle of a process right now,? he said. ?What is important is a fair process and a fair hearing of the facts.? Wolfowitz on Sunday night received more than 600 pages of materials from the special panel, which he needs to thoroughly review before coming up with his response. Bennett has argued that Wolfowitz should have at least 5 business days to respond, consistent with bank rules. Bennett also has complained about leaks about the special panel?s findings in the Wolfowitz case earlier in the week. He called that ?very harmful, not just to Mr. Wolfowitz personally but to the institution.? The bank?s board will decide soon what action should be taken, and a range of disciplinary options has been discussed. It could fire Wolfowitz, ask him to resign, signal that it lacks confidence in his leadership or reprimand him. White House press secretary Tony Snow on Wednesday sought to debunk any notion that President Bush?s support for Wolfowitz had weakened. ?We still support him fully,? Snow said. Snow on Tuesday had referred most questions about Wolfowitz?s future to the World Bank and to the Treasury Department. But on Wednesday Snow said that shouldn?t have been read as any wavering of support for Wolfowitz. ?This is not hanging Paul Wolfowitz out to dry,? he said. France, meanwhile, wants a speedy resolution. ?We hope that the supervisory board meets quickly to speak out based on this report and any observations that Mr. Wolfowitz could provide,? French Foreign Ministry spokesman Jean-Baptiste Mattei said Wednesday. ?Our concern is ensuring the good work of the World Bank, its mission in the service of development and the fight against poverty,? he said. Riza worked for the bank before Wolfowitz took over in June 2005. She was moved to the State Department to avoid a conflict of interest but stayed on the bank?s payroll. Her salary rose from close to $133,000 to $193,590, after pay raises. Before he took over the bank, Wolfowitz was the No. 2 official at the Pentagon. He helped map the U.S.-led war in Iraq. Critics ? including many European countries, many on the bank?s staff, aid groups and others ? want Wolfowitz to resign. They contend the controversy has tarnished the bank?s reputation and could hobble its ability to raise billions of dollars from countries around the world to bankroll financial help for poor nations. By tradition, the World Bank has been run by an American. Bush tapped Wolfowitz, a move that was approved by the bank?s board. The United States keenly wants to keep that tradition firmly intact. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:43:47 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:43:47 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] The War on Free Expression: Criminalizing Speech Message-ID: <20070509154347.34baac56@viola.tamara-b.org> Counterpunch - May 9, 2007 http://www.counterpunch.org/lendman05092007.html Criminalizing Speech: The War on Free Expression By STEPHEN LENDMAN In a post-9/11 climate, the right of free expression is under attack and endangered in the age of George Bush when dissent may be called a threat to national security, terrorism, or treason. But losing that most precious of all rights means losing our freedom that 18th century French philosopher Voltaire spoke in defense of saying "I may disapprove of what you say, but I will defend to the death your right to say it." Using it to express dissent is what noted historian Howard Zinn calls "the highest form of patriotism" exercising our constitutional right to freedom of speech, the press, to assemble, to protest publicly, and associate as we choose for any reason within the law. Even then, there are times more forceful action is needed, and Thomas Jefferson explained under what circumstances in the Declaration of Independence he authored. When bad government destroys our freedoms, we the people have the right and duty to disobey civilly and resist. Henry David Thoreau called it "Civil Obedience" in 1849, and men like Gandhi and Martin Luther King practiced it successfully 100 years later. That's our challenge today at a time our constitutional rights are more compromised and threatened than at any previous time in our history. Resistance is the antidote to restoring them, and freedom-loving people have a duty and obligation to do it. That's what democracy is all about and what our Founders had in mind when they crafted what they called "the great (democratic) experiment" that became our Constitution and Bill of Rights, imperfect as they are with omissions and ambiguities. In words first written by Thomas Jefferson, they "declared their independence" in 1776 from the British king who ruled the colonies with "repeated injuries and usurpations (by his) absolute Tyranny" using language considered audacious then or now: "We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal (and) endowed....with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness. - That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their powers from the consent of the governed, - That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government....to effect their Safety and Happiness." Try doing that today, and it's called treason, a capital offense. Jefferson, Madison, Franklin and others thought otherwise saying we must act in our own defense when government won't do it for us. Their "experiment" was glorious, even flawed, and never before tried in the West in any form since its few decades of existence in ancient Athens under its system of "demokratia" or rule by the entire body of Athenian citizens - or at least the non-slave adult white male portion of it meaning a selective democracy for an elite minority excluding all others the way it's always been here. It began in 1776 with our Declaration of Independence followed by our Constitution ratified in 1789 and Bill of Rights in 1791. This extraordinary document's Preamble said what our country's liberties are in 52 historic words even though the language belied the reality: "WE, THE PEOPLE of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquillity, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America." And so it was with all its flaws in a nation beholden to privileged white male property owners, doing little for others including women, nothing for black slaves who were property, and even less for "original Americans" exterminated to make way for "newer ones." We called it democracy Winston Churchill once said was the "worst form of government except for all those others that have been tried." Today it's also called "Western civilization" Gandhi thought "would be a good idea" when asked what he thought about it. At best, our form of it is a flawed, unfinished project. At worst, it's heading in reverse at a time of our single-minded pursuit of empire in an age of: -- Predatory capitalism and corporate dominance, incompatible with democracy; -- Sparta-like iron-fisted militarism and all its fallout: mass killing and destruction, occupation, torture and overall inhuman barbarism; -- The most secretive, intrusive, repressive and lawless government in our history; -- An unprecedented wealth disparity former US Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis once warned about saying: "We can either have democracy in this country or we can have great wealth concentrated in the hands of a few, but we can't have both;" -- The rollback of civil liberties and essential human rights and needs; -- A contempt for the rule of law; -- A deepening social decay; -- The absence of checks and balances and separation of powers and a president usurping "unitary executive" powers to claim the law is what he says it is; and -- The loss of our constitutional freedoms heading the nation toward tyranny and ruin unless reversed. More than ever, the right to freely express dissent is crucial to surviving. Lose it, as is happening, and lose everything. The Constitution's First Amendment explicitly bestows that right no government can lawfully remove, but this one's doing it anyway. It states: "Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances." No other nation in history ever granted more of these freedoms, and few, if any, matched them in law or practice. Nonetheless, there were numerous examples of abusive earlier laws violating various constitutionally guaranteed rights including that of free expression. The Sedition Act of 1798 (with the ink barely dry on the Bill of Rights) did it making it a crime to publish "false, scandalous, and malicious writing" against the president (John Adams) or Congress but allowed it against the vice-president and Adams rival (Thomas Jefferson). It thus illegally banned dissent the Constitution allows. During WW I, the Espionage Act was passed (under Democrat Woodrow Wilson) in 1917 imposing a maximum 20 year sentence for anyone causing "insubordination, disloyalty, mutiny, or (encouraging) refusal of duty in the military or naval forces of the United States." It was aimed at First Amendment speech protesting the war and US participation in it everyone lawfully has the right to do. The Sedition Act in 1918 went further criminalizing "disloyal, scurrilous (or) abusive" anti-government speech. Shamefully, the Supreme Court upheld the Espionage Act, most notably in (Eugene) Debs (five time socialist presidential candidate) v. United States resulting in his serving prison time for speaking out against militarism and the US entry into WW I. Other High Court Rulings Affirming or Infringing on First Amendment Rights -- On war protests when the Warren Court in 1968 disallowed draft card burning claiming it would disrupt the "smooth and efficient functioning" of the draft system. But in 1969 the Court said students had free speech rights and could wear black arm bands protesting the Vietnam war. And it ruled for KKK leader Brandenburg against Ohio in 1969 holding that government cannot punish inflammatory speech unless it directly incites lawless action. Then in 1971, the Court upheld Cohen against California ruling four-letter word anti-war profanity was permissible on a jacket in Los Angeles country courthouse corridors. Don't try it in the halls of Congress. -- On flag burning in 1989 in Texas v. Johnson when Justice William Brennan, writing for the majority, said "if there is a bedrock principle underlying the First Amendment, it is that government may not prohibit the expression of an idea simply because society finds the idea offensive or disagreeable," and that includes the right to protest by burning the flag in public. -- On obscenity where Courts ruled against pornographic speech especially to protect children from it but held no government can prohibit its possession in the home. -- On slander and libel impermissible in cases of intentional instances of "actual malice" or speech provably false, but acceptable for opinions which cannot be held legally defamatory. -- On political speech in the famous Buckley v. Valeo 1976 ruling when the High Court held that limits on campaign contributions "serve the basic governmental interest in safeguarding the integrity of the electoral process without directly impinging upon the rights of individual citizens and candidates to engage in political debate and discussion." However, the Court found expenditure limits imposed "substantial restraints on the quantity of political speech." The Court also ruled in 2003 upholding provisions barring the raising of "soft money" contributions to a political party, not a candidate. Now the High Court is considering arguments on that restriction in the five year old McCain-Feingold campaign finance law and may soon rule to weaken it. At issue is a provision barring corporations and unions from funding campaign ads 60 days before an election and 30 days before a primary naming a candidate for federal office. In their 5 - 4 December, 2003 decision, the court upheld the provision, but its new majority may rule otherwise inviting a tsunami of paid political speech as the 2008 federal elections heat up. On press freedom with High Courts ruling for and against the media on matters of taxes and content issues involving political speech, religious speech, "criminal syndicalism," defamation, obscenity, personal injury, hate or other offensive speech, and other constitutional issues affecting press freedom. Various High Courts have had differing notions of free speech and press rights with some like the current hard right sitting one unlikely to be shy ruling they're not what the Constitution says they are. The Post 9/11 Climate of Fear and Attack on Dissent Thomas Jefferson said "What country can preserve its liberties if their rulers are not warned from time to time that their people preserve the spirit of resistance." He also said free speech "cannot be limited without being lost." Former US Supreme Court Justice Thurgood Marshall added "Above all else, the First Amendment means that government has no power to restrict expression (regardless of its) ideas...subject matter (or) content....Our people are guaranteed the right to express any thought, free from government censorship." Former Bush White House spokesperson Ari Fleicher's response was: "There are reminders to all Americans that they need to watch what they say (and) watch what they do...." implying those who don't at best are unpatriotic and at worst are terrorists or sympathetic to them meaning you'll be targeted for prosecution. Indeed they will and have been, with a vengeance, with lots of help from the dominant media, the courts and even academia, one of the latest examples being Catholic liberal arts Emmanuel College adjunct professor Nicholas Winset April 23. He lost his academic freedom and job when the Massachusetts-based college fired him by letter ordering him to stay off campus for holding a five minute classroom demonstration on the Virginia Tech mid-April shootings school officials deemed inappropriate even though students hearing it felt otherwise and seemed supportive. Though now unemployed, Professor Winset is a free man. Other academics like former South Florida University (USF) Professor Sami Al-Arian are not. He was arrested, indicted, exonerated in court but remains imprisoned under harsh conditions in isolation reserved for dangerous hardened criminals because of his courageous and effective public advocacy for human and civil rights and liberation for his Palestinian people long oppressed for six decades. Dr. Rafil Dhafir's fate was the same for his "Crime of Compassion" (see dhafirtrial.net, Katherine Hughes). He, too, was arrested, indicted, tried, convicted and is now imprisoned for violating the Iraqi Sanctions Regulations (IEEPA) and 58 other trumped up charges including his public stance against gross injustice and for using his own funds and what he could raise through his Help the Needy charity to bring desperately needed essential to life humanitarian aid to Iraqi people the Clinton and Bush administrations disgracefully wished to deny them. The (Professor) Ward Churchill Solidarity Network web site defends the academic freedom and right of free expression for one of the nation's most courageous advocates of those rights and much more for his own Native Indian peoples and all others. Churchill was viciously and unjustifiably attacked for his essay analyzing the 9/11 attacks he later included in his important 2003 book On the Justice of Roosting Chickens. It detailed the stunning history of US military interventions since 1776 at home and abroad, the fact that this nation has been at war every year since inception (without exception) to the present day with one or more adversaries as well as our post-WW II obstruction, subversion and violation of constitutional and international law proving this country is and always was arrogant and lawless. For his public stance on this and other injustices, Churchill receives a steady stream of death threats, and his home has been vandalized. He's also been viciously vilified in the corporate media and by University of Colorado (CU) officials (taking orders from the state's governor) who announced June 26, 2006 Churchill would be fired even though he's a distinguished award-winning tenured professor of ethnic studies guilty of no misconduct. His case continues so far unresolved while he remains suspended on pay from academic duties but backed in his struggle by CU students, noted academic members of "teachers for a democratic society," and many other supporters speaking out publicly in his behalf. Another noted academic is also under attack and may be denied his well-deserved tenure because of his courageous writing and outspokenness. He's political science Professor and Israeli-Palestinian history and conflict expert Norman Finkelstein of DePaul University in Chicago. As a prominent public figure, he became a target of the hard right in the age of George Bush, but it was that way earlier for him as well. Finkelstein completed his doctoral dissertation at Princeton in 1988 on the theory of Zionism also exposing Joan Peters' "colossal hoax" in her 1984 best seller From Time Immemorial in which she falsely claimed Palestine was uninhabited when the Jews arrived. Ever since, Finkelstein's been practically radioactive for supporting the Palestinians' struggle for freedom and justice after decades of Israeli oppression and occupation. Finkelstein is a major scholar known worldwide and a highly regarded DePaul academic evaluated by his students as "truly outstanding, and among the most impressive" of all university political science professors. That's why his Department of Political Science recommended he be granted tenure when it said of him his academic record "exceeds our department's stated standards for scholarly production (and) department and outside experts we consulted recognize the intellectual merits of his work." Nonetheless, Finkelstein is being attacked and vilified by DePaul officials making his tenure struggle a much greater issue. It's for his academic freedom right to dissent publicly and in his writings and for his constitutional right of free expression no one should be denied use of even when exercised on the most sensitive of all political issues most public figures won't touch - criticizing Israeli policies openly, harshly and deservedly. For that he should be praised. Instead, Finkelstein is assailed and denounced. He's called a self-hating Jew, an anti-semite, a Holocaust- denier and more. Unmentioned is that his now departed parents survived the Warsaw ghetto and years in concentration camps including time at Auschwitz, and that he lost all other family members on both sides at the hands of the Nazis who exterminated them. Nonetheless, university officials want to deny him tenure even though two campus committees voted he be granted it. For now, the issue is very much in play with his Department of Political Science and College Personnel Committee supporting him and administration officials opposed including College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Dean Chuck Suchar who incredibly wants Finkelstein judged according to Vincentian," or religious, values, not on his merits as a teacher and scholar. What he's saying, of course, is that faculty members expressing views other than ones DePaul considers acceptable will be punished for them. Like his CU counterpart, Ward Churchill, Finkelstein's struggle continues unresolved thus far with DePaul students, academics around the world and others expressing their support through the Norman G. Finkelstein Solidarity Campaign gathering signatures on his behalf and on a letter sent to the school's administration. It says "Dean Suchar's letter sets a dangerous precedent, and also sends the signal that arts and sciences are now endangered at DePaul University and in the American academy in general" where free expression and dissent no longer will be tolerated. The Corporate-Controlled Media's Assault on Free Expression The dominant major media have always functioned to achieve what noted Australian academic, author and psychologist Alex Carey called "taking the risk out of democracy" to "protect corporate power against democracy" by acting as national thought-control police gatekeepers controlling what information reaches the public and what's suppressed. It's worse than ever now resulting from virtually uninterrupted media consolidation with friendly Democrat and Republican administrations allowing five giant global media cartels today to control most newspapers, magazines, radio, television, book publishing, and films. Other than the internet, they hold a stranglehold over the kinds of news, information, entertainment and other programming and material most people get from which they form their views of the nation's state, its government, and the world. The media giants supplying it are master manipulators. They make sure the public gets their one-sided corporate/state-friendly views in their role as government/business partners instead of their watchdogs. It's called censorship, the willful suppression of free expression, ideas and thought in an age of sophisticated mind control "manufactur(ing) of consent" (see Manufacturing Consent - Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky) in a democracy where it can't be done by force. It's an effort to program the public mind to go along with whatever agenda best serves wealth and power by effectively suppressing dissent against it. The work of three noted print journalists are prominent cases in point, but shamefully what's true for them applies across all the entire dominant media landscape that ranges from pathetic to appalling. One example is Washington Post columnist and so-called dean of the Washington press corps and political "pundits" at age 77, David Broder. In many ways he's the worst of a bad lot because of his ill-deserved image as a man of integrity, decency, honor and perceived wisdom. It hides his dark side unprincipled support for the rogue administration in power and his willingness to cover for it and suppress its indisputable record of lawlessness and contempt for ordinary people everywhere. Since George Bush took office in 2001, Broder has been out in front characterizing him as a strong, decisive, effective, and principled leader protecting the nation against threats to our national security including waging just wars for it. His harshest comments are reserved for Bush critics he attacks maliciously like calling Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid a "loose cannon" and "an embarrassment" for daring to say Iraq is a lost war even though anyone with common sense knows it is including high present and former Washington officials unwilling to deny what Broder does. Broder is an "award-winning" journalist. It's long past time he took his ill-deserved trophies and ended his morally corrupt and intellectually dishonest lifetime career of misreporting at the Washington Post where he's done it for the past 40 years. The New York Times never met a Republican president or US-instigated war of aggression it didn't love, fully support and be willing to give plenty of front page space to journalists like Judith Miller assigned to wave the flag and lead the journalistic charge. Miller had the dubious honor leading up to the Iraq war in 2003 and held it until she was forced to resign in disgrace in late 2005 ending her controversial 28 year career at the Times but not her presence in the corporate media where she's welcomed on the editorial pages of the Wall Street Journal never shy to publish material extremist enough at times to make a Nazi blush. Miller is picking up there where she left off in shame across town with her latest near-full page "When Activists Are Terrorists" piece defending New York police Gestapo thuggery against anti-war protesters. Removed from leading the charge to wars of aggression, Miller's now out in front supporting police brutality and illegal political spying against people exercising their First Amendment right to protest publicly she can't tolerate so she's taking aim against them in a venue always friendly to her kind of extremist views. With Miller gone, the New York Times continues its pro-war stance with military correspondent Michael Gordon, and former Miller co-conspirator, now putting out regular propaganda like they both once did together and Gordon always was comfortable doing alone. Michael Munk in an online February 11, 2007 After Downing Street.org article calls him "The Ghost of Judith Miller" citing one example of his reported "evidence" that Iran is supplying Iraq resistance fighters with "more effective IEDs" without a shred of evidence to prove it because there is none. The New York Times shamelessly ran Gordon's preposterous piece February 10 (and all his others prominently) titled "Deadliest Bomb in Iraq is Made by Iran (and) Used Against US Troops" citing anonymous sources only to back up his unsupportable claim. Like Miller, Gordon excels in state and corporate supportive Times-speak suppressing the free and open kind his readers want but never get from him. Most often he cites as sources unnamed "American intelligence (or) Western officials (or those old faithfuls) high administration (or) Pentagon officials" while almost never quoting others with contrary views debunking his and theirs. Gordon, like Miller, is important because he writes lead stories on what media critic Norman Solomon calls the most valuable print real estate in the country - the front pages of the New York Times that are read by government and business leaders and opinion-makers everywhere. He's also the same Michael Gordon who wrote the false and discredited story on Saddam's aluminum tubes. He now continues putting out regular falsified reports on the Times front pages as an agent of the state he and his employer serve. One of his latest efforts is titled "General Says Iraq Pullback Would Increase Violence." In it he parrots Iraq military commander General David Petraeus' administration-friendly line that reducing US forces would increase "sectarian violence" and increase internal instability caused, in fact, by the military occupation the general's in charge of running. Without a US presence, the generalissimo says, "It can get much, much worse (and) right now (with the troop surge) it's a good bit better" claiming "sectarian" killings declined two-thirds since January while ignoring how out-of-control things really are and the reverse of how he and Gordon portray them. Gordon also goes along with Petraeus' assessment that "The new hydrocarbon law is of enormous importance," ignoring how it's structured to suck out Iraq's enormous oil wealth transferring most of it to Big (US) Oil from Iraqis who own it. Finally, comes the key part of the article with Gordon trumpeting the general's unsubstantiated claim of continued (unrevealed) evidence showing Iran is providing Shiite "militants" military and other support. Citing computer documents supposedly seized in a March Karbala raid, Petraeus claims "There are numerous documents which detailed a number of different attacks on coalition forces, and our sense is these records were kept so they could be handed in to whoever it is who is financing them" - pointing his finger directly at Iran from his previous comments with Gordon obligingly implying the same view on the Times front page. Along with falsifying news, the Times also excels in suppressing it as willing Pentagon partners going along with Department of Defense (DOD) rules on reporting on Iraq. An absurd one on its face states: "Names, video, identifiable written/oral descriptions or identifiable photographs of wounded service members will not be released without service member's 'prior' written consent." Of course, the Times and rest of the dominant media rarely ever do what this DOD regulation forbids so, rule or no rule, the Bush administration's happy-face-of-war is preserved to suppress its true ugly hidden one. One other recent example of intimidation and censorship also deserves mention. It's a story reported April 27 by AP, the Chicago Tribune and elsewhere that a straight 'A' Chicago area Cary-Grove High School senior of Chinese ethnicity, with no history of disciplinary problems or trouble with the law, was arrested on charges of disorderly conduct for comments he made in an assigned creative-writing classroom essay. Students were told to "write whatever comes to your mind. Do not judge or censor what you are writing" and apparently were also told to exaggerate. Lee followed instructions, made comments his teacher thought were violent, and she reported it resulting in his arrest and removal to an off-campus learning program. This is a small incident, likely to be easily resolved, about one student in one school. Yet it signifies a state-induced climate of fear and intimidation heightened by TV transmitted color-coded terror alerts, daily reports of permanent war, imagined enemies stalking us everywhere, and events like the over-reported and hyped Virginia Tech shootings making it worse. Now even freely expressed creative classroom speech is threatened with suppression and punishment unless it conforms to acceptable school content norms, whatever they are. In the age of George Bush, it's another reminder of former press secretary Ari Fleischer's warning that Americans (even teenage straight 'A' high school students) "need to watch what they say," or else. Organizations in the Lead for Free Expression The National Coalition Against Censorship (NCAC) was founded in 1974 to support our constitutional right of free expression and defend against the dangers of censorship. It's an "alliance of 50 national non-profit organizations, including literary, artistic, religious, educational, professional, labor and civil liberties groups" united for that common purpose and to promote an open marketplace of ideas and thought. It does it through local and national grassroots organizing and activism on: -- free speech issues; -- educational activities; -- conferences and public meetings; -- publications like its quarterly Censorship News reaching 25,000 readers; --providing help, advice, and information to individuals, organizations and community groups around the country; -- monitoring and interpreting litigation and legislation on First Amendment issues; -- and aiding "thousands of artists, authors, teachers, students, librarians, readers, museum-goers and others around the country opposing censorship" on issues ranging from: -- politics and political correctness -- the media and internet -- academic freedom -- race and ethnicity -- religion -- culture -- the arts and entertainment -- sex education and orientation -- class -- science -- obscenity, and more. NCAC rejects all barriers in a pluralistic society on any material no matter how controversial or abhorrent to some. That's what the free interchange of speech, ideas and thought are all about in a democratic society that can't be one without upholding that freedom. Today, supporting and telling the truth is what Orwell called "a revolutionary act" in times of "universal deceit" now plaguing us. It's why organizations like NCAC are important defenders of our constitutionally protected free speech rights as well as being bulwarks against the forces effectively denying them to us. The Thomas Jefferson Center for the Protection of Free Expression is in this fight as well to defend "free expression in all its forms (as) concerned with the musician as with the mass media, with the painter as with the publisher, and as much with the sculptor as the editor." The Center was established in 1990 and is based near Jefferson's home in Charlottesville, VA, also near the University of Virginia he founded in 1819 is and with which it has close ties. Its mission ranges over a wide range of programs in education, the arts, and in judicial and legislative matters involving all forms of free expression. Each year around Jefferson's April 13 birthday, "Jefferson Muzzles" are awarded to individuals or organizations committing especially outrageous affronts to free expression. Annual William J. Brennan, Jr. Awards (honoring the former High Court Justice) are also given to individuals or groups showing special commitment to free expression issues and values in the spirit of the former Justice. The Free Expression Network (FEN) is another organization, among many others, in the struggle for free and open expression. It's an NCAC financially sponsored "alliance of organizations dedicated to protecting the First Amendment right of free expression and the values it represents, and to opposing governmental efforts to suppress constitutionally protected speech." It does it through its Free Expression Network Clearinghouse web site as well as maintaining a listserv for private communications among its members who also meet quarterly with invited guests to share information and strategies. Its many member organizations include the Thomas Jefferson Center, People for the American Way, ACLU, American Society of Newspaper Editors, Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law, The Center for Media Education, Feminists for Free Expression, and First Amendment Center. Post-9/11 Constitutional Violations to Our First Amendment Rights Organizations like NCAC, the Jefferson Center, FEN and others courageously defend our First Amendment rights especially under attack post-September 11, 2001. Six weeks later, the USA Patriot Act began assaulting those rights (and Fourth, Fifth, Sixth and Eighth Amendment ones too) all of which were well eroded already. Most disturbing in the law is Section 215 under which federal investigators may seek a search warrant relating to an ongoing terrorism or intelligence investigation without meeting probable cause standards for it. It can then be used for intrusive unconstitutional searches without our knowledge for "any tangible things" about our speech-related activities in libraries, bookstores, banks and other repositories of our financial records, places of worship, medical provider records, internet use records, floppy disks, computer hard drives and other documents or places with records or information on our speech-related activities. Section 505 of the Patriot Act is about as intrusive as Section 215 as it authorizes administrative subpoena targeting of bank and other financial records, credit reports, telephone and e-mail logs and more by use of a National Security Letter (NSL). Again, no probable cause standard is needed, and those receiving NSLs are gagged from disclosing its issuance so those targeted never know. Unlike Section 215, however, NSLs require no judicial oversight, only that they relate, without corroborating evidence, to an ongoing terrorism investigation on federal investigators' say alone. A scant two decades longer than Orwell imagined, high tech surveillance makes it possible for modern-day thought control police to watch and know our activities, control our lives, and, if they wish, make us believe and accept as true "War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery, (and) Ignorance is Strength" under an omnipotent state using its will to subvert ours. Where there's a "signing statement," there's a way to do it on top of complicit congressional pre and post-9/11 legislation passed to make it simple enough already. George Bush is a serial abuser of the presidential practice of attaching "signing statements" to laws passed although nothing in the Constitution allows it. He's done it around 800 times, more than all past presidents combined, using his usurped "Unitary Executive" power to claim the law is what he says it is. He issued one "statement" shortly after 9/11 authorizing the National Security Agency (NSA) to eavesdrop, for the first time ever, without legally required Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) court warrants on international phone and e-mail communications originating from or received within the US. Then following the passage of the Postal Accountability Enhancement Act of 2006, he issued another "signing statement" giving himself broad authority to order opening US citizens' mail without a warrant. In so doing, he violated US law and regulations including FISA permitting warrantless surveillance only for foreign intelligence collection between "foreign powers" for up to one year. With a warrant, FISA courts nearly always approve requests allowing surveillance and physical searches of US citizens' "premises, information, material, or property used exclusively by" a foreign power or by an individual thought to be an "agent of a foreign power." Never satisfied, the Bush administration now wants expanded warrantless spying authority within and outside the country requesting Congress amend the FISA law legalizing what it's already doing anyway, law or no law. On May 2, director of national intelligence, Mike McConnell, testified before the Senate Intelligence Committee claiming the president may legally authorize warrantless surveillance (under the Constitution's Article II making him commander-in-chief) but wants FISA amended so it can do it without challenge it'll ignore anyway. It also wants to fix and modernize what McConnell calls "communication gaps" in intelligence gathering including "monitoring" the internet, cell phones and other new technology as well as "transit traffic" international phone calls and emails. Amendments requested would further erode laws protecting against illegal searches and seizures and our First Amendment rights connected to them. They would also allow surveillance of any non-citizens in the country "reasonably expected to possess, control, transmit, or receive foreign intelligence information while such a person is in the United States," even if they're not a target of an investigation. In addition the administration wants legal cover to spy on anyone it claims engages in activities related to buying or developing WMDs, even with no evidence to prove it. Bottom line: the Bush administration wants Congress to give it near limitless authority to spy on anyone in any way in the name of national security, and sadly, rhetoric aside, this complicit Congress will likely give in, further eroding what little freedom we still have. Post-9-11, other unconstitutional speech-related monitoring began as well including John Ashcroft's short-lived Terrorism Information and Prevention System (Operation TIPS). The idea was to use civilian informers like postal employees to report "unusual" neighborhood activities, police-state style. The scheme flopped when the postal service refused to be spies. Then there was the Pentagon's Total Information Awareness (TIA) renamed Terrorism Information Awareness to monitor anything about anyone under the spurious cover of it relating to "terrorism." TIA came under considerable congressional flack but some or all its activities continue under new names relating to other Pentagon projects and initiatives so illegal military spying continues unabated. One program is called the Threat and Local Observation Notice (TALON) to conduct domestic intelligence by amassing a huge data base, again spuriously related to "terrorism." It focuses on war protesters targeted by police state monitoring of their constitutional right to freely oppose the nation's illegal wars of aggression, meaning in Pentagon-think they're threats to national security in the age of George Bush. Now the Pentagon has second thoughts after drawing flack for its illegal intrusions against peace activists. Under secretary of defense, James Clapper, announced through his spokesperson in late April TALON's results have been disappointing and doesn't "merit (being) continued (as) the program (is) currently constituted...in the light of its image in Congress and the media." What he's likely saying is TALON's activities will be rebranded and continued, the same way all improperly intrusive domestic spying activities drawing flack are carried out in impressive Orwellian style. What he's not saying is all Pentagon domestic spying/surveillance programs violate the Posse Comitatus Act's prohibitions against them. However, last year's Public Law 109-364 (HR 5122 - Defense Authorization Act) revised the 1807 Insurrection Act and 1878 Posse Comitatus allowing the president illegal authority to give the military free reign on claims of a public emergency or that old standby "national security" in the "war on terror." That includes monitoring freely expressed speech and cracking down on it if so ordered. Scott Horton reports on another Bush administration assault on free expression in his April Harper's magazine article titled "The Plot Against the First Amendment." In it he notes an important case going to trial in June in Northern Virginia "that will mark a first step in a plan to silence press coverage of (whatever the administration calls) essential national security issues." It would ban exposing policies like secret renditioning captives to torture-prisons to be held without charge, brutalized, denied due process, tried in military tribunals, and disposed of as the administration wishes. The scheme to pull this off is the work of disgraced Attorney General Alberto Gonzales and his deputy Paul J. McNulty, the central figures in a "growing scandal over the politicization of the prosecution process." Inspiring Gonzales' scheme is Britain's Official Secrets Act, the latest 1989 version of which is quite detailed but is intended overall to protect against revealing information the UK government claims relates to "national security." The act makes it crime for designated British subjects (in some cases all of them) under its 16 sections to do whatever that provision prohibits including disclosing what the state wants kept secret. Gonzales' interest is to devise a scheme based on the UK model to keep print publications and broadcasters from reporting information Washington claims is secret and thus criminal to disclose. In other words, the idea is to silence the media when government wants it silenced, as if it wasn't already secretive enough, except when it's dutifully trumpeting state and corporate-friendly propaganda, lies and distortion not good enough for Gonzales wanting more restrictions. Horton reports Gonzales sees this scheme "as a panacea for his problems....Then you can torture and abuse prisoners....without fear of political repercussions." So they won't have to "close down Guantanamo (just) Close down the press." Horton explains further Gonzales wanted to propose the idea in end-run fashion with no official secrets language headlined he'd never even get Republican allies to adopt out of fear alone. So his idea was to "spin it out of whole cloth (by) reconstru(ing) the (repressive) Espionage Act of 1917" including in new legislation "the essence of the UK Official Secrets Act and try getting this version "ratified in the Bush administration's 'vest pocket' judicial districts (of) the Eastern District of Virginia and the Fourth Circuit." The sordid tale continues, but it's coming to a head in a June Northern Virginia trial the outcome of which will indicate whether the administration can criminalize legal acts of journalism on matters it wants kept secret. If it can, Horton says what all free press advocates would agree on. It would be a "dream world for Karl Rove and Alberto Gonzales (and) a nightmare for the rest of us." In addition, this scheme and all other Bush administration assaults on First Amendment freedoms make a sham out of the president's galling hypocrisy May 3 on World Press Freedom Day. Agence France-Presse (AFP) reported he denounced (with effrontery) a host of other countries for their lack of press freedom including China, Cuba, Iran, Syria, Russia, Belarus and Venezuela (all US targets for daring to place their own sovereignty above ours) saying "The United States values freedom of the press as one of the most fundamental political rights and as a necessary component of free societies" except whenever the press anywhere dares criticize his wars of aggression and other repressive, unjust and illegal policies. That's the way things are by the rules of George Bush's Global War on Terror (GWOT) rebranded The Long War about to undergo another rebranding because the current name denotes the wrong message of endless wars and occupation the public is tiring of. The name may change, but the mission won't so long as George Bush remains president. According to him, opposition to his wars gives aid and comfort to the nation's enemies that's tantamount to treason. So is dissent and any criticism of his agenda by his reasoning but not according to the law of the land. Article 3, Section 3 of the Constitution defines the strict limits of what George Bush makes light of. It states: "Treason against the United States, shall consist only in levying War against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them Aid and Comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in open court." Crimes of treason include: -- armed insurrection or rebellion; -- mutiny or unlawfully taking over command of the US government or military; -- sabotage including damaging or tampering with national defense material; -- sedition intended to incite rebellion; -- subversion defined as free speech gone too far by blatantly transmitting false information; -- Syndicalism that's an act of organizing a political party or group advocating the violent overthrow of the government; -- Terrorism defined as the systematic use of violence or threats of violence to intimidate or coerce the government or whole societies by targeting innocent noncombatants. Speaking for the president, an unnamed White House spokesman said in January, 2003 George Bush "considers this nation to be at war, and, as such, considers any opposition to his policies to be no less than an act of treason" although he had no legal basis to say it, and publicly expressed opposition to government policies is not an act of treason as the Constitution defines it above. Nonetheless, according to Bush-think: "Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists," and by implication are guilty of treason. According to Bush, if a US citizen or foreign state "continues to harbor or support terrorism (it) will be regarded by the United States as a hostile power," meaning, justified or not, line up behind George Bush, or else. It's a dangerous and frightening time in America today as the nation hurtles toward tyranny, and our right to speak out and protest continues being challenged and undermined. That makes the battle for the last frontier of press freedom crucial to preserving our fragile democracy now somewhere between life support and the crematorium. The Last Frontier of Press Freedom and Crucial Battle to Save It If the telecom and cable giants prevail, lawmakers will remove the few remaining regulatory barriers remaining giving them full control over what they already have most of plus one remaining free and open public media space - the online world of internet communication still able to produce material like this article free from the censoring power of media giants or government to prevent. Jeff Chester, executive director of the Center for Digital Democracy, says in his book, Digital Destiny, the telecom and cable companies are lobbying ferociously for "new national policies....to connect everyone to what they call a 'superbroadband' Internet highway. (If they get their way), the companies vow that the nation will benefit from advances in healthcare, improvements in the quality of life for senior citizens, and major boosts for jobs and the economy." But to achieve this, government must get out of the way and give the media giants free reign as "Competition....will address any problem once handled by law or regulation and also bring us the promised digital cornucopia." It's hard believing any sane person would buy this argument, but who said lawmakers invoke reason or the public interest when huge campaign contributions are the mother's milk of politics, and no need guessing where they come from. Today, the internet is last frontier of press freedom Net Neutrality supporters, like this writer, are fighting back to save. We're up against giant corporate predators aiming to take from us what's ours, and going against them is no easy task. There's even an astonishing and threatening report by Steve Watson (infowars.net) that federal government funded researchers "want to shut down the internet and start over, citing the fact that at the moment there are loopholes in the systems whereby users cannot be tracked and traced all the time." They call their proposed substitute Internet 2 claiming it would be faster and more streamlined for those willing to pay more for it. Supporters of this idea won't say telecom and cable giants will control it, and they and government regulation would allow only "appropriate content" in the fast lane with whatever else is allowed "relegated to the slow lane internet." What's even more at stake is a free and open public internet space, as we know it, that will almost certainly disappear if this new scheme is developed with powerful gatekeepers in charge deciding what's published, what's not, and how much users will be charged. Also at stake is bipartisan support for "all out mandatory ISP snooping on all US citizens" plus the Pentagon's recently announced "effort to infiltrate the Internet and propagandize for the war on terror," its foreign wars, and all others to come. Further, there are government efforts to force bloggers and activists (like this writer) "to register and regularly report their activities to Congress." Non-compliance could result in a prison term up to one year. These are just some of the threats to the one remaining public space available to anyone to publish material free from corporate or government control or interference so long as the material doesn't advocate an armed insurrection to unseat the government the law says is treasonous. Congress this year will resume debate from where the 109th Congress left off last year and likely will decide Net Neutrality's fate. The battle lines are drawn with public advocates facing down powerful cable and telecom giants going all out to gain what we the people can't afford to lose - keeping the internet free and open that's become a symbol and best hope to revive our flagging democratic society, structure and culture close to the tipping edge of tyranny. If the media giants prevail, they'll establish internet toll roads or premium lanes so users wanting speed and access will have to pay more for it. Those who can't or won't will get slower service or none at all. Content as well be controlled with whatever is judged unfriendly to state or corporate interests kept out in a new age of online thought control. Organizations like SavetheInternet.com are in the forefront supporting internet freedom, and it just marked its first anniversary. It's a coalition of more than a million "everyday people....banded together with thousands of non-profit organizations, businesses and bloggers to protect Internet freedom." Its coordinator is FreePress.net, "a national nonpartisan organization (this writer belongs to and supports) working to increase informed public participation in crucial media policy debates, and to generate policies that will produce a more competitive and public interest-oriented media system with a strong nonprofit and noncommercial sector (aiming for) a more democratic US media system (leading) to better public policies." SavetheInternet's diverse members include Common Cause, Consumers Union, American Library Association, Consumer Federation of America, Prometheus Radio Project, ACLU, and hundreds of other groups and organizations from unions, women's groups, religious organizations, the arts, media, business and more. SavetheInternet.com members and the public can't afford to lose this battle, and already over 1.6 million signatures have been collected on a congressional petition drive to save the internet as we know it. However, the outcome of this struggle is very much up for grabs with media giants outspending public citizen advocates 500 to 1. Winning in spite of their effort isn't everything, it's the only acceptable thing, and potential media reform depends on how it turns out and whether this nation can regain its democratic moorings now in tatters. For now, one victory has been won but at a great cost, and it might end up less than it appears. In late December, media giant AT & T agreed to observe Net Neutrality principles for at least 24 months as part of an FCC deal allowing its $85 billion merger with BellSouth to be approved. The agreement does not preclude other media giants from continuing to lobby for ending Net Neutrality that's now up to Congress to prevent by making it permanent by law. Legislation has been drafted to prevent internet companies from charging content providers extra for priority access. In addition, the Internet Freedom Preservation Act (S.215) was introduced in the Senate in January with House Subcommittee on Telecommunications and the Internet chairman Edward Markey strongly in support saying "Saving the Internet is vital for civic involvement....and free speech." It aims to ensure broadband service providers aren't gatekeepers and won't discriminate against internet content, applications or services by offering preferential treatment to select customers and not others. Nonetheless, a final resolution remains an unfulfilled goal with powerful divergent interests on either side of this issue vying for which way it will turn out. It's crucial the outcome guarantees permanent Net Neutrality and that our representatives in Congress make it the law of the land. New Postal Rate Increases Will Undermine Small Publications Free expression in the nation is coming under assault in numerous ways that must be strongly and effectively countered if we're to save it. Another First Amendment enemy emerged when the US Postal Service (USPS) for the first time ever in its 215 year history implemented what Free Press founder and noted professor of media studies at the University of Illinois' main Champaign-Urbana campus called "a radical reformulation of its rates for magazines" placing a much greater cost burden on smaller publications than on larger ones standing to benefit from the policy change. The new rates are scheduled to take effect July 15 that will force small publications to pay postal rates as much as 20% higher than the largest ones in a willful effort to undermine them, weaken competition further, and make it almost impossible for new independent magazines or other publications to be launched. The scheme was secretly crafted without public involvement or congressional oversight by media giant Time Warner, the largest magazine publisher in the country, and postal officials agreed to it announcing the change protests against which have been mounted. This is another effort toward media consolidation that will further erode the most precious of our constitutional rights - our free and independent speech without which no democracy can survive. McChesney explained how corrupt and sleazy the whole scheme is that his Free Press organization is taking the lead to undo. The deadline for USPS comments has passed, but it's never too late standing against what no one constitutionally has the right to take from us. A good place to start is freepress.net. Congressional Efforts to Criminalize Speech Legislation is being introduced in Congress in the form of an Orwellian "hate crimes" bill that's being supported by organizations like People for the American Way (PFAW), Human Rights Campaign (HRC), and other action groups for civil and human rights everyone should support. PFAW makes a credible case on its web site "urging Congress to expand the current federal (hate crimes) law to protect victims of hate crimes based on disability, sexual orientation, gender, or gender identity. In addition, we have advocated extending the protections of present law to 'all' hate crimes victims." These stated aims are noble, but the problem is Congress will likely pass a hate crimes bill other than what PFAW wants though it may appear otherwise, although it won't likely override a George Bush veto. Hate and all other crimes are abhorrent, and laws are needed protecting us from them, but not ones that harm more than they help. That's what's likely to emerge from the 110th Congress with legislation on a hate crimes bill called The Hate Crimes Prevention Act (H.R. 1592) already passed in the House with the Senate soon to take it up. In an effort to criminalize preaching hate against gays, minorities and all other targeted groups, Congress is likely to produce a "Thought Crimes Act" that may make dissent a crime and/or ban any exercise of free expression government wishes to deny making it punishable by heavy fines, imprisonment or both. The 110th Congress will pass a hate crimes bill because all Democrats will vote for it, and no Democrat-led body ever failed not to. But what's likely to emerge, if it becomes law, may turn out to be another blow to our First Amendment rights eroding them further that's not what PFAW, HRC, other civil and human rights groups and ones supporting free and open expression want or should tolerate. In the age of George Bush, anyone may be prosecuted for terrorist-related activities without corroborating evidence because repressive laws were passed making it possible. If hate crimes legislation gives government similar latitude against unacceptable speech it calls "hate," another serious blow will have been struck against our First Amendment freedoms already reeling under so many others. John McCain's Assault On the First Amendment Republican presidential candidate John McCain proposed his "Stop the Online Exploitation of Our Children's Act" on December 6, 2006 as another example of what this hawkish, anti-democratic figure would do if elected in 2008. If this act becomes law, it will fine bloggers up to $300,000 for posting offensive statements, photos and videos online as a thinly veiled hardball effort exploiting the issue of child abuse to suppress anti-war voices. This is another intrusive effort to regulate speech allowing the federal government the right to decide when our First Amendment rights apply and when not to stifle criticism by imposing heavy fines on dissenters. In John McCain's world, only government-supportive voices will be allowed online while critics Homeland Security Director Michael Chertoff calls "disaffected people living in the United States (with) radical ideologies and potentially violent skills" will be heavily fined and effectively banned. The War On Free Expression We Can't Afford to Lose A play on Thomas Jefferson's words might be that "All tyranny needs to gain a foothold is for people of good conscience" to be denied their First Amendment rights to speak, write and otherwise communicate freely and openly without fear of recrimination in a state they want to remain democratic but won't without that right. Today our freedoms are jeopardized in an atmosphere of heightened fear with too few people aware how threatened their most important one of all is at a time there's risk they all may be lost without a concerted effort to save them. It starts by propping up our First Amendment one without which none of the others are guaranteed or safe. Freedom of expression is the foundation of a free society, or as Jefferson put it: "Information is the currency of democracy (and) If a nation expects to be ignorant (uninformed or misinformed) and free....it expects what never was and never will be." Potentially, it's never been easier if we can hold what we have and act to restore what's eroding. There's never been more ways to do it including an expanding and amazing online world of web sites, databases, portals, subject gateways, desktops, laptops, palmtops, "begged and borrowed new and used-tops," remote access, authentication protocols, logins, iPods, eservices, ebooks, eresources, eworld-at-our-fingertips, and a wondrous almost limitless future online world connecting potentially everyone to almost anything with a click provided we're the gatekeepers, not the corporate predators out to get what belongs to us. They'll do it unless we're mobilized and energized enough to stop them in a mega-struggle where they have the resources and friends in high places, and we're the people potentially empowered as famed Chicago community organizer Sol Alinsky noted saying: "The only way to beat organized money is with organized people," and with enough of them committed they'll win. It's our choice, and the stakes are too great not to go all out for what we can't afford to lose. It starts at the grass roots with a well-coordinated massive outreach effort to bring together educators; human and civil rights groups; labor; the clergy; alternative media journalists; writers; artists; women's groups; small business; your friends, family and neighbors; and other organizations and activists of all stripes concerned enough to build a collective mass-action movement in numbers too large to be stopped. History's lessons are clear. Whenever enough determined people are set on achieving something and go about it effectively, no power of government anywhere can deter them. Is saving our Republic not incentive enough to go for it? It starts with saving and preserving our most precious of all First Amendment rights to speak freely and openly and be able to spread our ideas, thoughts and beliefs widely for the things we hold most dear - our rights as free people. [Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen at sbcglobal.net.] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:45:41 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:45:41 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Pentagon Moved to Fix Iraqi Media Before Invasion Message-ID: <20070509154541.4b885d25@viola.tamara-b.org> IPS - May 9, 2007 http://www.ipsnews.net/news.asp?idnews=37663 IRAQ: 'Pentagon Moved to Fix Iraqi Media Before Invasion' by Jim Lobe WASHINGTON, May 9 (IPS) - In the run-up to the March 2003 invasion of Iraq, the Pentagon planned to create a 'Rapid Reaction Media Team' (RRMT) designed to ensure control over major Iraqi media while providing an Iraqi 'face' for its efforts, according to a ?White Paper' obtained by the independent National Security Archive (NSA) which released it Tuesday. The partially redacted, three-page document was accompanied by a longer power point presentation that included a proposed six-month, 51 million-dollar budget for the RRMT operation, apparently the first phase in a one-to-two-year ?'strategic information campaign''. Among other items, the budget called for the hiring of two U.S. ?'media consultants'' who were to be paid 140,000 dollars each for six months' work. A further 800,000 dollars were to be paid for six Iraqi ?'media consultants over the same period. Both the paper and the slide presentation were prepared by two Pentagon offices -- Special Operations and Low-Intensity Conflict, which, among other things, specialise in psychological warfare, and the Office of Special Plans under then undersecretary of defence for policy, Douglas Feith -- in mid-January, 2003, two months before the invasion, according to NSA analyst Joyce Battle. ?'The RRMT concept focuses on USG-UK pre-and post hostilities efforts to develop programming, train talent, and rapidly deploy a team of U.S./UK media experts with a team of ?hand selected' Iraqi media experts to communicate immediately with the Iraqi public opinion upon liberation of Iraq,'' according to the paper. The ?'hand-picked'' Iraqi experts, according to the paper, would provide planning and programme guidance for the U.S. experts and help ?'select and train the Iraqi broadcasters and publishers (?the face') for the USG/coalition sponsored information effort.'' USG is an abbreviation for U.S. government. ?'It will be as if, after another day of deadly agit-prop, the North Korean people turned off their TVs at night, and turned them on in the morning to find the rich fare of South Korean TV spread before them as their very own,'' the paper enthused, adding that ?'a re-constituted free Iraqi domestic media can serve as a model in the Middle East where so much Arab hate-media are themselves equivalent to weapons of mass destruction.'' Whether the plan was implemented as described in the paper is not clear, although the NSA Tuesday also released an audit by the Pentagon's Inspector-General regarding two dozen, mostly non-competitive contracts totalling 122.5 million dollars awarded by the defence department to three defence contractors that carried out media-related activities in Iraq after the invasion. The contractors included the Rendon Group and Scientific Applications International Corporation (SAIC) which received a 25 million-dollar contract to create an Iraqi Media Network whose aims appear to be roughly consistent with those laid out in the White Paper, but which largely fell apart after about six months as a result of alleged incompetence and infighting. SAIC is the same company that hired World Bank communications staffer Shaha Ali Riza at the reported behest of then deputy defence secretary (now World Bank President) Paul Wolfowitz with whom she was romantically involved. Riza worked for SAIC from March to May, 2003, as part of a ?'Democracy and Governance'' team. The third company covered by the audit is the five-year-old Lincoln Group which, among other activities, has reportedly paid millions of dollars to Iraqi newspapers to publish pro-U.S. articles since the invasion. The RRMT was conceived as a ?'quick start bridge'' between Iraq's state-controlled media network and an ?'Iraqi Free Media'' which the White Paper's authors described as the long-term goal of the programme. ?'After the cessation of hostilities, having professional US-trained Iraqi media teams immediately in place to portray a new Iraq (by Iraqis for Iraqis) with hopes for a prosperous, democratic future, will have a profound psychological and political impact on the Iraqi people,'' according to the paper. ?'The mission will be to inform the Iraqi public about USG/coalition intent and operations, to stabilise Iraq (especially preventing the trifurcation of Iraq after hostilities and to provide Iraqis hope for their future,'' it went on, noting that the RRMT will immediately ?'collocate and interface with the designated CENTCOM commander in Baghdad, and begin broadcasting and printing approved USG information to the Iraqi public.'' CENTCOM stands for U.S. Central Command. The paper lays out a number of ?'major tasks'' needed to set up the RRMT and its operations and to ?'translate USG policy and thematic guidance into information campaign (news and entertainment).'' Among the ?'themes and messages'' to be communicated, the Paper ranked first ?'the De-Baathification programme'', followed by ?'recent history telling (e.g., ?Uncle Saddam,' History Channel's ?Saddam's Bomb-Maker,' ?Killing Fields, etc.); USG-approved ?Democracy Series'; ?'Environmental (Marshlands re-hydration)''; ?'Mine Awareness''; ?'Re-starting the Oil''; ?'Justice and rule of law topics''; and ?'War Criminals/Truth Commission.'' The plan also listed several related themes to be stressed in programming, including ?'political prisoners and atrocity interviews'', ?'Saddam's palaces and opulence,'' and ?'WMD (weapons of mass destruction) disarmament.'' As for ?'Entertainment and News Magazine programming, the plan listed at the top ?'Hollywood'', followed by ?'News networks''; ?'Arab country donations''; and ?'Sports''. The plan also called for the production of ?''on-the-shelf programming'' during the first month of the occupation, a process that included obtaining the rights to pre-existing programmes, producing new programmes, securing translations if produced in another language; and preparing print products, including the ?'first edition of the new Iraq weekly newspaper (with section for missing persons, Shia news, Kurd news, and Sunni news, etc.)'' All but two million dollars of the total budget was to be devoted to media infrastructure and operating costs, including transmitters and studios for both radio and television and microwave links and repeaters. The power point presentation called for the RRMT to ?'identify and vet Iraqi media experts and ?anchors', and train a group of Iraqi journalists to staff the new networks. The RRMT should also ?'identify the media infrastructure that we need left intact, and work with CENTCOM targeteers to find alternative ways of disabling key sites,'' including, presumably, those media outlets whose messages were not consistent with the themes the Pentagon wished to convey. ?'Evidently, the Baghdad headquarters of the Arab satellite network ?al-Jazeera was not part of ?the media infrastructure that we need left intact,''' noted the NSA's Battle, who pointed to the Apr. 8, 2003 U.S. missile attack that hit the network's Baghdad bureau, killing reporter Tariq Ayoub. The Pentagon had been extensively briefed on the bureau's location before the invasion, and the offices were well-marked as a ?'TV'' facility. Al-Jazeera's Kabul bureau which was located in a downtown office building was also destroyed by two ?'smart bombs'' during the U.S. air campaign in Afghanistan in late 2001. In April, 2004, during an extended battle covered by al-Jazeera -- for Fallujah, Iraq, U.S. President George W. Bush suggested attacking the network's Qatar headquarters during a meeting with British Prime Minister Tony Blair, according to leaked notes of the talks. (END/2007) From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:47:24 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:47:24 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Surge getting bogged down in fortifications Message-ID: <20070509154724.3757883d@viola.tamara-b.org> Just World News via Electronic Iraq - May 9, 2007 http://electroniciraq.net/news/printer3062.shtml Surge getting bogged down in fortifications by Helena Cobban Just World News Just over two weeks ago, insurgents in Iraq's Diyala province rammed an explosives-packed truck into the tall concrete blast walls that 'surging' US soldiers had put up to protect their new, small, neighborhood-style patrol base. The attackers pushed the heavy wall right over on top of the soldiers inside the base, killing nine and injuring 20. The US military is a reactive, lesson-learning institution. Thus, in today's WaPo we have this story telling us that for the 'surging' soldiers, defending their small outposts is increasingly requiring heavy bulwarks reminiscent of the fortresslike bases that the U.S. troops left behind. To guard against bombs, mortar fire and other threats, U.S. commanders are adding fortifications to the outposts, setting them farther back from traffic and arming them with antitank weapons capable of stopping suicide bombers driving armored vehicles. U.S. troops maintain the advantage of living in the neighborhoods they are asked to protect, but the need to safeguard themselves from attack means more walls between them and civilians. If you want to see what the new outer ring of fortifications at a 'patrol base' now looks like, click on the photo in that story. They have apparently put huge tubs filled with sandbags right behind those high concrete walls, presumably to prevent attackers from once again tipping the walls over onto the US soldiers inside... Evidently, all these fortifications and fortifications of fortifications, are severely hampering the achievement of what was supposed to be the main point of distributing the 'surging' soldiers more widely throughout Iraq's populated areas-- that was, to enable the soldiers to "be with the people", both in order to keep tabs on them and to build up some friendly alliances with members of the Iraqi public. That piece in today's WaPo, which was by Ann Scott Tyson, tells us just how bad relations have even become between the US soldiers and the supposedly 'loyal' Iraqi troops who are in the patrol bases alongside them. Writing of one outpost in Sadr City she says, U.S. troops staff guard towers on the roof 24 hours a day and, uncertain of the loyalties of their Iraqi counterparts, also stand sentry at the American section inside. ... So the surge is completely doomed not to work as planned. (You can read some of my earlier thoughts on that, here.) Jonathan Weisman and Tom Ricks write in today's WaPo that: Congressional leaders from both political parties are giving President Bush a matter of months to prove that the Iraq war effort has turned a corner, with September looking increasingly like a decisive deadline. In that month, political pressures in Washington will dovetail with the military timeline in Baghdad. Gen. David H. Petraeus, the commanding general in Iraq, has said that by then he will have a handle on whether the current troop increase is having any impact on political reconciliation between Iraq's warring factions. And fiscal 2008, which begins Oct. 1, will almost certainly begin with Congress placing tough new strings on war funding. "Many of my Republican colleagues have been promised they will get a straight story on the surge by September," said Sen. Gordon Smith (R-Ore.). "I won't be the only Republican, or one of two Republicans, demanding a change in our disposition of troops in Iraq at that point. That is very clear to me." "September is the key," said Rep. James P. Moran Jr. (D-Va.), a member of the House Appropriations subcommittee that funds defense. "If we don't see a light at the end of the tunnel, September is going to be a very bleak month for this administration." Meanwhile, I just also want to flag this significant piece that Peter Spiegel and Julian Barnes had in Sunday's L.A. Times. The title is On Iraq, Gates may not be following Bush's playbook As the president pushes for more time and money for the war, the Pentagon chief's message has seemed to run counter.. The reporters have amassed some pretty shrewd pieces of evidence for this. Including this: Gates was a member of the bipartisan Iraq Study Group, which recommended in its report last year that most combat troops withdraw by early 2008. Gates did not sign the report; he has said that formal deliberations did not start until after he left for the Pentagon. But several people who worked on the report said Gates was closely involved in early drafts and would have supported its eventual conclusions. "Knowing how that group got along and how we shared our views, there remains no question in my mind that Bob Gates, had he not become secretary of Defense, would have supported those recommendations," said Leon E. Panetta, a former Clinton White House chief of staff and a member of the Iraq panel. It has long been my contention that last November's replacement of Rumsfeld as SecDef by Gates marked an important turning-point in the Bush administration's handling of the war. Gates looks like a canny, patient player of the bureaucratic game. Let's hope he is also as canny (or at least, realistic) at grand strategy. [Helena Cobban is a columnist for the Christian Science Monitor. This piece originally appeared at her blog, Just World News.] ? 2003-2005 Electronic Iraq/electronicIraq.net From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:48:57 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:48:57 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] A Small War Guaranteed to Damage a Superpower Message-ID: <20070509154857.288aa448@viola.tamara-b.org> Tom Dispatch via Electronic Iraq - May 9, 2007 http://electroniciraq.net/news/printer3064.shtml A Small War Guaranteed to Damage a Superpower by Patrick Cockburn At 3 am on January 11, 2007 a fleet of American helicopters made a sudden swoop on the long-established Iranian liaison office in the city of Arbil in northern Iraq. Their mission was to capture two senior Iranian security officials, Mohammed Jafari, the deputy head of the Iranian National Security Council, and General Minojahar Frouzanda, the head of intelligence of the Iranian Revolutionary Guards. What made the American raid so extraordinary is that both men were in Iraq at the official invitation of the Iraqi President Jalal Talabani, who held talks with them at his lakeside headquarters at Dokan in eastern Kurdistan. The Iranians had then asked to see Massoud Barzani, the president of the Kurdistan Regional Government, in the Kurdish capital Arbil. There was nothing covert about the meeting which was featured on Kurdish television. In the event the U.S. attack failed. It was only able to net five junior Iranian officials at the liaison office that had existed in Arbil for years, issuing travel documents, and which was being upgraded to a consular office by the Iraqi Foreign Ministry in Baghdad. The Kurdish leaders were understandably furious asking why, without a word to them, their close allies, the Americans, had tried to abduct two important foreign officials who were in Iraq at the request of the Iraqi president. Kurdish troops had almost opened fire on the American troops. At the very least, the raid showed a contempt for Iraqi sovereignty which the U.S. was supposedly defending. It was three months before officials in Washington admitted that they had tried and failed to capture Jafari and General Frouzanda. The U.S. State Department and Iraqi government argued for the release of the five officials as relative minnows, but Vice-President Cheney's office insisted fiercely that they should be held. If Iran had undertaken a similar venture by, for example, trying to kidnap the deputy head of the CIA when he was on an official visit to Pakistan or Afghanistan, then Washington might have considered the attempt a reason for going to war. In the event, the US assault on Arbil attracted bemused attention inside and outside Iraq for only a few days before it was buried by news of the torrent of violence in the rest of Iraq. The U.S. understandably did not reveal the seniority of its real targets -- or that they had escaped. Multiplying Enemies The Arbil raid is significant because it was the first visible sign of a string of highly significant American policy decisions announced by President George W. Bush in an address to the nation broadcast in the U.S. a few hours earlier on January 10. There have been so many spurious turning points in the war -- such as the capture of Saddam Hussein in 2003, the handover of sovereignty to an Iraqi government in 2004, or the elections of 2005 -- that truly critical moments are obscured or underrated. The true importance of Bush's words took time to sink in. In the months prior to his speech, the U.S. seemed to be feeling its way towards an end to the war. The Republicans had lost control of both houses of Congress in the November 2006 elections, an unexpectedly heavy defeat blamed on the Iraq war. Soon afterwards, the bipartisan Iraqi Study Group of senior Republicans and Democrats, led by James Baker and Lee Hamilton, spelled out the extent of American failure thus far, arguing for a reduced U.S. military commitment and suggesting negotiations with Iran and Syria. President Bush did the exact opposite of what the Baker-Hamilton report had proposed. He identified Iran and Syria as America's prime enemies in Iraq, stating: "These two regimes are allowing terrorists and insurgents to use their territory to move in and out of Iraq." Instead of reducing the American commitment, Bush pledged to send 20,000 extra troops to Iraq to try to secure Baghdad. In other words, the U.S. was going to respond to its lack of success in the conflict by escalating both the war in Iraq and America's confrontation with Iran in the Middle East as a whole. The invasion of 2003 had destabilized the whole region; now Bush was about to deepen that instability. The raid on Arbil showed that the new policies were not just rhetoric. Iraqis were quicker than the rest of the world to pick up on what was happening. "People are saying that Bush's speech means that the occupation is going to go on a long time," the Iraqi political scientist Ghassan Attiyah told me soon after the President had stopped speaking. Although the new U.S. security plan for Baghdad, which began on February 14th, was sold as a temporary "surge" in troop numbers, it was evident that the reinforcements were there to stay. In April, the Pentagon announced that it was increasing Army tours in Iraq from 12 to 15 months. Without anybody paying much attention, American officials stopped talking about training Iraqi army troops as a main priority. This was an important shift in emphasis. Training and equipping Iraqi troops to replace American soldiers -- so they could be withdrawn from Iraq -- had been the cornerstone of U.S. military planning since 2005. Now, the policy was being quietly downgraded, though not abandoned altogether. Could the new strategy succeed? It seemed very unlikely. The U.S. had failed to pacify Iraq between 2003 and 2007. Now, with much of the American public openly disillusioned with the war, Bush was to try for victory once again. Common sense suggested that he needed to reduce the number of America's enemies inside and outside Iraq, but his new strategy was only going to increase them. The U.S. Army was to go on fighting the five-million-strong Sunni community, as it had been doing since the capture of Baghdad. The Sunni demand for a timetable for U.S. withdrawal was not being met. At the same time, the U.S. was going to deal more aggressively with the 17 million Shias in Iraq. It would contest the control over much of Baghdad and southern Iraq of the Mehdi Army, the powerful militia led by the nationalist Shia cleric Muqtada al-Sadr, who is regarded with cult-like devotion by many Shia Iraqis. Not content with this, Washington was also more openly going to confront Iran, the most powerful of Iraq's neighbors. As with so many U.S. policies under Bush, the new strategy made sense in terms of American domestic politics, but in Iraq seemed a recipe for disaster. Iran was easy to demonize in the U.S., just as Saddam Hussein had been blamed four years earlier for everything wrong in Iraq and the Middle East. The New York Times, which had once uncritically repeated White House claims that Saddam possessed weapons of mass destruction, now ran articles on its front page saying that Iran was exporting sophisticated roadside bombs to Iraq that were killing American soldiers. There was no reference to the embarrassing discoveries of workshops making just such bombs in Baghdad and Basra. Above all, the Bush administration was determined to put off the day -- at least until after the Presidential election in 2008 -- when it had to admit that the U.S. had failed in Iraq. A Security Plan Lacking Security I was in Baghdad soon after Bush had spoken. I had never known it to be so bad. My driver had to take a serpentine route from the airport, driving along the main highway, then suddenly doing a U-turn to dart down an alleyway. He was trying to avoid checkpoints that might be manned by Police Commandos in their mottled uniforms who often acted as Shia death squads. The journey to the al-Hamra Hotel in Jadriyah, a district built in a loop of the Tigris river, took three times as long as normal. In the following days, I could see Mehdi Army checkpoints, civilians with guns and a car slewed across the road, operating almost within sight of the heavily guarded July 14 Bridge that leads to the Green Zone. The extent of the military failure over the previous three-and-a-half years was extraordinary. The foreign media never quite made clear how little territory the U.S. and the Iraqi army fully controlled -- even in the heart of Baghdad. It was astonishing, in early 2007, to look out from the north-facing windows in the Hamra and see columns of black smoke billowing up from Haifa Street on the other side of the Tigris river. This is a two mile long militant Sunni corridor less than a mile from the northern end of the Green Zone. Since the early days of the fighting, the U.S. Army, supported by Iraqi army troops, had been unsuccessfully trying to drive out the insurgents who ruled it. Sometimes, U.S. commanders persuaded themselves (and embedded journalists) that they were making progress. On this occasion, I looked up and read a long, optimistic article about Haifa Street in an American paper, claiming there were signs that "the tide was turning on Iraq's street of fear." It was no longer an arrow pointing at the heart of the Green Zone; rebel leaders had been arrested or killed; large weapons caches had been discovered; insurgent attacks were less intense and less frequent; Iraqi troops were at last being effectively deployed. Having finished reading the piece, I was reflecting on whether or not the U.S. military and its local allies were at last achieving something on Haifa Street when I glanced at the piece and realized, with a groan, that it was dated March 2005, almost two years earlier. American commanders often genuinely believed that they were in command of towns and cities which Iraqis, including the local police, told me were dominated by Sunni insurgents or Shia militia. On one occasion in early 2007, senior U.S. and Iraqi officers were giving a video press conference from Diyala, a much fought over province northeast of Baghdad, confidently claiming that they were winning the fight against the Sunni rebels. Even as they were speaking an insurgent squad attacked and captured the mayor's office in Baquba, the capital of Diyala. It only withdrew after blowing up the building and kidnapping the mayor. The government announced that it was dismissing 1,500 policemen in Diyala because of their repeated failure to resist the insurgents. When I checked with a police commander a few months later he said threw up his hands in disgust and said that not a single policeman had been fired. The addition, promised by Bush, of five extra brigades to the U.S. forces in Baghdad made, at least at first, some difference to security in the capital. The number of bodies of people tortured, shot in the head, and dumped in the street, went down from the horrific levels of late 2006. These death-squad killings were mostly of Sunni and were the work of the Mehdi Army or of army and police units collaborating with them. A few days before the security plan began, Muqtada al-Sadr stood down his militiamen, telling them to dump their arms and move out of Baghdad. He was intent on avoiding direct military confrontation with the U.S. reinforcements. But while the Shia were killing fewer Sunni, the Sunni insurgents were still slaughtering Shia civilians with massive suicide bombs, often vehicle-borne, targeting crowded market places. These did not stop and improved security measures made little difference. On February 3, a truck delivering vegetables blew up in the Shia-Kurdish Sadriya quarter in central Baghdad killing 135 people and wounding 305. Ten weeks later, long after the Security Plan had been launched, another vehicle bomb blew up in the same market, killing 127 people and wounding 148. Not surprisingly, local people jeered and threw stones at American and Iraqi soldiers who turned up after the explosion. The main failing of the security plan for ordinary Iraqis, many of whom had initially welcomed it, was simply that it did not deliver security for them or their families. Who Rules Iraq? There was a central lesson of four years of war which Bush and Tony Blair never seemed to take on board, though it was obvious to anybody living in Iraq: the occupation was unpopular and becoming more so by the day. Anti-American guerrillas and militiamen always had enough water to swim in. The only community in Iraq that fully supported the U.S. presence was the Kurds -- and Kurdistan was not occupied. It is this lack of political support that has so far doomed all U.S. political and military actions in Iraq. It makes the country very different from Afghanistan where foreign troops are far more welcome. Opinion polls consistently show this trend. A comprehensive Iraqi survey has been conducted by ABC News, USAToday, the BBC, and ARD annually over the last three years. Its findings illuminate the most important trends in Iraqi politics. They show that, by March 2007, no less than 78% of Iraqis opposed the presence of U.S. forces, compared to 65% in November 2005 and 51% in February 2004. In the latter year, only 17% of the population thought that violence against U.S. forces was acceptable, while by 2007 the figure had risen to 51%. This pool of people sympathetic to Sunni insurgents and Shia militias was so large as to make it difficult to control and impossible to eliminate them. Again and again, assassinations and bombs showed that the Iraqi army and police were thoroughly infiltrated by militants from all sides. Nowhere was safe. Some incidents are well known. In April 2007, a suicide bomber blew himself up in the caf? of the Iraqi parliament in its heavily defended building in the Green Zone. The bomber had somehow circumvented seven or eight layers of security. Earlier, on March 23, the deputy prime minister, Salam al-Zubaie, was badly injured by a bomber who got close to him with the connivance of his bodyguards. There were lesser unknown incidents indicative of the divided loyalties of the security forces. On March 6, militants from the Islamic State of Iraq movement -- of which al Qaida in Iraq is part -- stormed Badoush prison northwest of Mosul. In the biggest jailbreak since 2003, they freed 68 prisoners of whom 57 were foreign. Of the 1,200 guards at the prison, 400-500 were on duty at the time, but did nothing to stop the Islamic militants breaking in or the prisoners breaking out. Some American soldiers see that the problem is not about a few infiltrators. "Any Iraqi officer who hasn't been assassinated or targeted for assassination is giving information or support to the insurgents," one US marine was quoted as saying. "Any Iraqi officer who isn't in bed with the insurgents is already dead." Some problems facing the U.S. and Britain in Iraq have not changed since Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait in 1990. Getting rid of the Iraqi leader was far easier than finding a successor regime that would not be more dangerous to American interests. It is a dilemma still unresolved more than four years into the occupation. A prime reason why the U.S. supported Saddam Hussein during his war with Iran in 1980-88 is that it did not want a Shia clerical regime, possibly sympathetic to America's enemies in Tehran, to come to power in Iraq. It was the same motive that stopped President Bush senior pushing on to Baghdad and overthrowing Saddam after defeating the Iraqi army in Kuwait in 1991. After 2003, Washington was in the same quandary: If elections were held, the Shia, comprising 60% of the population that had been long excluded from power, were bound to win. The nightmare for Washington was to find that it had conquered Iraq only to install black-turbaned clerics in power in Baghdad, as they already were in Tehran. At first, the U.S. tried to postpone elections, claiming that a census had to be held. It was only on the insistence of the Shia Grand Ayatollah Ali al-Sistani that two elections were held in 2005, in which the Shia religious parties triumphed. Washington has never been comfortable with these Shia-Kurdish governments. It demanded that they try to reconcile with the Sunni -- though exactly how Shia and Kurdish leaders are supposed to do this, given that the main Sunni demand is a timetable for an American withdrawal, has never been clear. For their part, the Shia, have become increasingly suspicious that the U.S. and Britain do not intend to relinquish real control over security to the elected Iraqi government. There were many examples of this. For instance, in the Middle East the most important force underpinning every government is the intelligence service. In theory (as I explain in my book, The Occupation: War and Resistance in Iraq), the Iraqi government should get its information from the Iraqi National Intelligence Service (INIS) that was established in 2004 by the US-run Coalition Provisional Authority. But a peculiarity of the INIS is that its budget is not provided by the Iraqi Finance Ministry but by the CIA. Over the next three years, they paid $3 billion to fund its activities. During this time it was run by General Mohammed Shahwani, who had been the central figure in a CIA-run coup in 1996 against Saddam Hussein that had failed disastrously. For long periods he was even banned from attending Iraqi cabinet meetings. A former Iraqi cabinet minister, who was a member of the country's National Security Council, complained to me that "we only get information that the CIA wants us to hear." Iraqis did not fail to spot the extent to which the power of their elected government was being trimmed. The poll cited above showed that by Spring 2007 only 34% of Iraqis thought their country was being run by their own government; 59% believed the U.S. was in control. The Iraqi government had been robbed of legitimacy in the eyes of its own people. Destabilizing Iraq In the course of 2006 and 2007, Baghdad disintegrated into a dozen hostile cities at war with each other. There were fewer and fewer mixed Sunni and Shia neighborhoods. Terror engulfed the city like a poisonous cloud. There was a lot to be frightened of: Sunni insurgent groups; the Shia militias, Mehdi Army, and the Badr Organization; police and police commandos; the Iraqi army and the Americans. One day I received an e-mail message from an old friend. He wrote: "Yesterday the cousin of my stepbrother (as you know, my father married twice) was killed by Badr troops three days after he was arrested. His body was found in the trash in al-Shula district. He was one of three other people who were killed after heavy torture. They did nothing, but they are Sunni people among the huge numbers of Shia people in the General Factory for Cotton in al-Khadamiyah where they were working. His family couldn't recognize his face [and only knew it was him] because of the wart on his arm." Most of my Iraqi friends had fled Iraq for Jordan or Syria or, when they could get a visa, Western Europe. Soon, I could not enter the coffee shop of The Four Seasons, the hotel where I usually stayed in the Jordanian capital of Amman, without seeing several Iraqis I knew sitting at other tables. These were the better-off. The poor often had to chose between staying in jobs where they were at risk, becoming permanently unemployed, or taking flight. I was in contact with a Sunni family called al-Mashadani who lived in the west Baghdad district of Hurriya. It was under attack by Shia militiamen. Khalid, the father, worked as mechanic in the railway station. He was forced to leave his job when the repair yard was taken over by Shia militiamen. He stayed away and asked a Shia fellow worker to pick up his salary. This worked until the Shia militias found out what was happening and threatened to kill any Shia who passed on the salary of a Sunni. Khalid was forced to leave for Syria where he found work. He left behind his wife, Nadia, and four children, the eldest of whom was eight years old. Living with them in the house was Nadia's sister, Sarah, whose husband had been an ordinary guard at the Oil Ministry building. He was killed by the resistance who considered that his job made him a collaborator with the government. On December 25, 2006, this whole family group was told by the Shia militia to get out of their house immediately without taking any possessions or be killed. They fled into the night and sat beside the road until a charitable minibus driver picked them up. Eventually, they found refuge in a school. Nadia recalled that "we stayed 29 days in a dark and damp room and we couldn't go out of it when the students were studying." Her husband in Syria offered to return, but she told him to stay because the family could not afford for him to lose his job. Nadia blames the Americans for the sectarian civil war that had engulfed her family. She says: "We were living together, Sunni and Shia, and there was no sign of sectarian differences between us in Iraq until the Americans came and encouraged sectarianism and let in foreign terrorists." Many Iraqis similarly see sectarianism as the work of the Americans. This is not entirely fair. Sectarian differences in Iraq were deeper under Saddam Hussein and his predecessors than many Iraqis now admit. But in one important respect, foreign occupation did encourage and deepen sectarianism. Previously a Sunni might feel differently from a Shia but still feel they were both Iraqis. Iraqi nationalism did exist, though Sunni and Shia defined it differently. But the Sunnis fought the U.S. occupation, unlike the Shia who were prepared to cooperate with it. After 2003, the Sunni saw the Shia who took a job as a policeman as not only a member of a different community, but as a traitor to his country. Sectarian and national antipathies combined to produce a lethal brew. The war in Iraq that started in 2003 has now lasted longer than the First World War. Militarily, the conflicts could not be more different. The scale of the fighting in Iraq is far below anything seen in 1914-18, but the political significance of the Iraq war has been enormous. America blithely invaded Iraq to overthrow Saddam Hussein to show its great political and military strength. Instead it demonstrated its weakness. The vastly expensive U.S. war machine failed to defeat a limited number of Sunni Arab guerrillas. International leaders such as Tony Blair who confidently allied themselves to Washington at the start of the war, convinced that they were betting on a winner, are either discredited or out of power. At times, President Bush seemed intent on finding out how much damage could be done to the U.S. by the conflict in Iraq. He did so by believing a high proportion of his own propaganda about the resistance to the occupation being limited in scale and inspired from outside the country. By 2007, the administration was even claiming that the fervently anti-Iranian Sunni insurgents were being equipped by Iran. It was a repeat performance of U.S, assertions four years earlier that Saddam Hussein was backing al-Qaeda. In this fantasy world, constructed to impress American voters, in which failures were sold as successes, it was impossible to devise sensible policies. The U.S. occupation has destabilized Iraq and the Middle East. Stability will not return until the occupation has ended. The Iraqi government, penned into the Green Zone, has become tainted in the eyes of Iraqis by reliance on a foreign power. Even when it tries to be independent, it seldom escapes the culture of dependency in which its members live. Much of what has gone wrong has more to do with the U.S. than Iraq. The weaknesses of its government and army have been exposed. Iraq has joined the list of small wars -- as France found in Algeria in the 1950s and the Soviet Union in Afghanistan in the 1980s -- that inflict extraordinary damage on their occupiers. Baghdad-Arbil April 2007 [Middle East correspondent for the British newspaper The Independent, Patrick Cockburn was awarded the 2005 Martha Gellhorn prize for war reporting. His book on his years covering the war in Iraq, The Occupation: War and Resistance in Iraq (Verso) was a finalist for the National Book Critics Circle Award for non-fiction. This essay will be the new introduction to the paperback edition of that book, due this fall.] Copyright 2007 Patrick Cockburn From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:50:25 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:50:25 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Cockburn Interviews Iraq's FM on Iran and Iraq Message-ID: <20070509155025.262787c3@viola.tamara-b.org> Counterpunch - May 9, 2007 http://www.counterpunch.org/patrick05092007.html An Interview with Hoshyar Zebari Iraq's Foreign Minister on Iran and Iraq By PATRICK COCKBURN Baghdad. The five Iranian officials whose abduction in an a US helicopter raid in January led to a crisis in relations between the US and Iran could be released in June according to the Iraqi foreign minister. In an interview in Baghdad, Hoshyar Zebari, Iraq's foreign minister, said that legally the US can only hold the Iranians for six months. It must then charge them, hand them over to Iraq or release them. The Iranians were captured when the US launched a surprise raid on a long-established Iranian office in Arbil, the Kurdish capital in northern Iraq, on 11 January. Mr Zebari confirmed that the real targets were two senior Iranian security officials, the deputy head of Iran's National Security Council and General Minojahar Farouzanda, the head of intelligence of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard. Both men were on an official visit to northern Iraq at the time of the US attack during which they had seen Iraqi President Jalal Talabani and Kurdish President Massoud Barzani. Misled by the presence of their official car at the liaison office in Arbil - although they were in Mr Barzani's headquarters at Salahudin - US forces tried and failed to seize them. Mr Zebari said there was "a possibility they will be released". This is because under an agreement governing such detentions the US "can detain them for 90 days and this can be renewed once. This is the military rule for holding such people: charge them, hand them over to the Iraqi authorities or release them. The time for their detention will expire in June when a decision will have to be made." The Arbil raid came after George Bush made a speech on 10 January, identifying Iran and Syria as prime enemies of the US in Iraq. Mr Zebari has been outspoken in demanding their release, He said that since the Sharm el-Sheikh meeting last week the Iranian prisoners have been allowed to receive family visits. Mr Zebari, Foreign Minister of Iraq since 2004, is one of the few successful and internationally highly regarded ministers in post-Saddam Hussein Iraqi government. He said that both the US and Iran had to realise that the other has a stake in what is happening in Iraq. "No matter how dismissive the Iranians are about not talking to the Americans, the Americans are players here. And even if the Americans view the Iranians negatively they are here; they are players whether we want it or not." Mr Zebari is triumphant over the success of the summit on Iraq held in Sharm el-Shaikh last week, seeing it as an early step in defusing confrontation between Tehran and Washington. He pointed out that, unlike most of Iraq's Arab neighbours, Iran supports the present government of prime minister Nouri al-Maliki. "Iran doesn't want to bring down this government," he says. "It's friendly, its Shia-led; they know everybody in it. They could not find a better government in a lottery. It came to power legitimately through the popular will of the people." Arab countries dislike the government because it is essentially a Shia-Kurd coalition and is democratically elected. Saudi Arabia recently spoke of the "illegal occupation". Iraq is also opposed to the US negotiating unilaterally with Syria and Iran, as recommended by the Baker-Hamilton report, without the Iraqi government being part of the process and the discussions being focussed on Iraq. Mr Zebari is convinced that a US withdrawal at this stage would lead to the disintegration of Iraq, an explosive expansion of militias as each community sought to defend itself and a triumph for al-Qa'ida. He does not sound impressed by the "surge" and attempts to regain control of Baghdad, saying: "It has made improvements but not great improvements." He wants the Iraqi government to push ahead with reconciliation with Sunni insurgents, action against the militias, modification of the constitution and de-Baathification. This could be a case of showing willing rather than expecting results. He himself points out that the key leaders of insurgent groups, that operate under a bewildering series of names, are mostly former officers in Hussein's Special Republican Guards and are likely to prove irreconcilable. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:52:59 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:52:59 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Iraq and Afghanistan Supplemental Spending, 2008 Message-ID: <20070509155259.2ff27e27@viola.tamara-b.org> Counterpunch - May 9, 2007 http://www.counterpunch.org/leys05092007.html A Look Inside the Numbers: Iraq and Afghanistan Supplemental Spending, 2008 By JEFF LEYS Don't lose the forest for the trees. Congress is now considering President Bush's request for an additional $145 billion to pay for the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan through September 30, 2008. The House Armed Services Committee is including these funds in the Defense Authorization Bill for Fiscal Year 2008, which runs from October 1, 2007 to September 30, 2008. Of this, $142 billion will be for the military and $3 billion will be for the State Department. President Bush submitted this request on February 5, the same date on which he requested $93 billion for the wars for this year's budget and $482 billion for the regular baseline military budget for FY 2008 (a 62% increase over the baseline military budget in 2001). While political gamesmanship will continue over war funding for this fiscal year (which ends on September 30), the substantive debate on this year's supplemental bill is all but over. Congress will most likely approve these funds, including "benchmark" requirements placed upon Iraq's government. These "benchmarks" are meaningless in terms of ending U.S. military action in Iraq. Most likely, not even a "goal" date for withdrawal from Iraq will be included in the final supplemental bill for this year. The antiwar movement must quickly shift its focus to the $145 billion supplemental spending request for FY 08. If the focus doesn't shift, the war will end up being fully funded through September 30, 2008 and beyond. But then: What is to be done? Congress could, if it so chooses-and if there is sufficient public pressure--exercise "the power of the purse" and bring the Iraq war to an end. The time to act is short. As noted, the 2008 war funds are already included in the Defense Authorization bill currently before Congress. Authorization bills set spending levels for the next fiscal year and guide the development of the appropriations bills. Once the Authorization bill is passed, the next stop is the Appropriations Committee, which crafts the legislation that actually appropriates the funds for expenditure. In the last two years, Congress included Iraq and Afghanistan war funding in the same Defense Appropriations bill that contained funds for the baseline military budget. In 2005, Congress approved $50 billion as a "reserve" fund while in 2006 it approved $70 billion as a "bridge" fund. If Congress chooses to include the $142 billion supplemental war request and the regular baseline military budget in the same appropriations bill this year, the most likely time for Congress to act will be in June (in the House) and in July (in the Senate). Most likely, a final conference committee bill will be acted upon in September (Democrats most likely will want to position themselves as the party of "fiscal responsibility" by passing all appropriations before October 1, the start of the fiscal year). Congress must use the leverage it has with the Defense Authorization and the Defense Appropriations bills to force an end to the Iraq war. Congress could attach provisions to the Defense Authorization bill and to the Defense Appropriations Bill requiring that all U.S. troops be withdrawn from Iraq by a specific date during FY 08 and prohibiting the expenditure of any funds for any form of continued military action in or against Iraq after that date. This "date certain" withdrawal could be December 31, 2007 (as proposed in legislation introduced by Representatives Waters, Woolsey and Lee). Or it could be March 31, 2008-implementing the policy objective put forth by Congress in the initial supplemental spending bill that President Bush vetoed. The only funds appropriated should be for the safe and orderly withdrawal of all U.S. military forces from Iraq. Congress must then hold fast in February 2008, when Bush would most certainly seek additional war funds with yet another supplemental spending package. If the above scenario is pursued, would Bush veto the entire military budget for Fiscal Year 2008? If he does, would Congress show political and ethical resolve, holding firm and resubmitting the baseline military budget and supplemental war budget in the same bill and with the same deadlines for a date-certain withdrawal from Iraq? Our responsibility is to press the demand for the immediate withdrawal of U.S. troops from Iraq (and, indeed, the complete cessation of all military action against Iraq-e.g., after ground troops are withdrawn we cannot allow an air war to continue). But it's also our responsibility to engage the legislative process with concrete demands that have a basis in the reality of power politics in Washington, D.C. Simply saying "withdraw now", without any substantive legislative or political strategy, moves us to the land of the irrelevant-and, sadly, accepting a position of irrelevance ends up reinforcing the broad and lamentable complicity that we as U.S. citizens collectively bear for the blood-spilling in Iraq. We must also have a solid grounding in the complexities of the supplemental war spending request for FY 2008. In particular, we should be prepared to refute the argument that a cut-off of funding will, "ipso facto", further endanger troops currently deployed in Iraq. It is not necessary to be able to cross every "t" and dot every "i", but the response should be grounded in an understanding of the war budget. What follows is an effort to break down and analyze the various components of the military's request for $142 billion in supplemental spending for FY 08. This analysis will focus upon the Army's request for funding the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. Arguments similar to those detailed in the analysis of the Army's spending request apply to the spending requests submitted by the Air Force and the Navy and Marine Corps. This analysis is based upon the voluminous materials that the various Armed Services submitted in February 2007 to justify and detail their budgetary requests. This material is available on the website of the Comptroller of the Department of Defense. The data includes funding for both the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. The military services do not provide a break out by specific war. AVERAGE TROOP STRENGTH IN FY 2008 The Fiscal Year 08 supplemental spending bill provides for full funding for current levels of troop strength through September 30, 2008. The slightly smaller number in FY 08 is likely due to a gradual end of the troop "surge" that was initiated this year. Average Troop Strengths Army FY 07 FY 08 Active Duty 123,000 119,000 Reserve 9,000 9,000 National Guard 24,000 24,000 Total 156,000 149,000 [FN-1] Marine FY 07 FY 08 Active Duty 23,280 23,280 Reserve 3,214 3,214 Total 26,494 26,494 [FN-2] Subsistence-in-Kind is a key indicator of the level of anticipated troop deployments during FY 08. The Army is budgeting for an average troop level of 159,580 troops in FY 08 compared to 170,771 in FY 07 (and 119,277 in FY 06). [FN-3] Subsistence-in-Kind (SIK) is the provision of "(food and drink) to Soldiers while deployed in support of both OEF and OIF. SIK includes the cost of procuring subsistence for garrison dining facilities (Subsistence in Messes), operational rations, and augmentation rations. The Army provides subsistence in mess facilities and operational rations for members of all military services participating in Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF) and Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF). [FN-4] The anticipated average number of Army units deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan is the final indicator that the U.S. plans to fully fund the wars through all of FY 08. The Army plans to maintain an average of 14 Brigade Combat Teams (BCT) in Iraq in FY 08, the same as in FY 06. It does reflect a draw down from the average of 18 BCT's in FY 07, but that is simply because the troop surge of this year may wind down next year. The Army plans to maintain the same level of Combat Support Brigades and Combat Service Brigades in Iraq as in FY 06 and in FY 07. [FN-5]. Clearly the Department of Defense is not anticipating any significant reduction in military operations in Iraq any time soon. The Army's justification material submitted in February 2007 for the Operation and Maintenance segment of its budget consistently uses the phrase: "The FY 2008 estimate assumes a level of effort consistent with the tempo of FY 2007 operations." [FN-6] OPERATION & MAINTENANCE - ARMY Operation & Maintenance is by far the largest budget category. The Army seeks $46.2 billion for FY 08-or 33% of the total military request for FY 08. This category includes such subcategories as: equipment maintenance; body armor and other protective gear; the Logistical Civil Augmentation Program (LOGCAP); and OPTEMPO. Equipment Maintenance--Army "The troops in Iraq will be left without necessary supplies, equipment and weapons" is a common argument advanced to justify continued funding of the war in Iraq. This argument can be refuted through an analysis of the Army's justification materials for war funding. The following analysis focuses solely on the question about whether denying specific forms of funding might have a negative impact on troops currently deployed in Iraq. This analysis assumes that a cut off of funding would be tied to a safe and orderly withdrawal of these troops. Theater Maintenance and Reset are the two broad categories of equipment maintenance. Theater Maintenance occurs in Southwest Asia: at forward repair bases in Iraq; or at repair facilities in Kuwait or Qatar. Reset occurs after a unit has redeployed to its home base from Iraq. The Army is seeking to shift more repair work to Theater Maintenance, increasing its budget in this area to $2.3 billion in FY 08 (compared to $1.2 billion in FY 07). [FN-7] Unfortunately, the Army does not further break down how this $2.3 billion will be spent for each subcategory of Theater Maintenance. The subcategories include maintenance of Armored Security Vehicles and Stryker vehicles, explaining that the Stryker program "provides for the support of the deployed and next deploying SBCT.Funding also supports SLAT armor (protection against Rocket Propelled Grenade attacks) removal / reconstitution (spare parts in-theater) and sustainment package for Ranger Stryker vehicles." [FN-8] SBCT stands for "Stryker Brigade Combat Team". "Left Behind Equipment" is another subcategory within Theater Maintenance. The Army explains that "Upon deployment, units are required to leave behind certain items of equipment and draw from the Theater Provided Equipment (TPE). The equipment left behind in CONUS must be repaired in preparation for reissue. Due to the severe shortages of equipment in CONUS, a large majority of the equipment is redistributed to support next deploying units, activations and shortages within units undergoing Reset." [FN-9] This means that a unit deployed to Iraq leaves some of its equipment behind in the U.S. CONUS is short for the command for Continental United States. These deploying units then are issued equipment once they arrive in Iraq or Afghanistan (or at a staging area in Kuwait prior to entering Iraq). It is clear that some unspecified portion of the $2.3 billion sought for Theater Maintenance is for troops currently deployed in either Iraq or Afghanistan. However, it is also clear that some unspecified portion is to repair equipment in-theater for use by troops in the process of being deployed to Iraq. It cannot plausibly be argued that cutting funds for the portion dedicated to repairing equipment for use by units in the process of being deployed to Iraq would in any way harm the troops currently deployed in Iraq (if, indeed, the goal is to withdraw from Iraq). RESET OF EQUIPMENT Reset is the other broad category of equipment maintenance and repair. Reset is the process of restoring a piece of equipment to full functionality. Reset takes place after a unit is redeployed to its home base outside of Iraq. The Army states that the higher demands placed upon equipment used in Iraq "increase maintenance requirements for equipment employed in the theater and do not immediately curtail when units and equipment redeploy to home station. Maintenance and supply / resupply actions following redeployment restore the depth to our force" [FN-10] The Army seeks $7.8 billion for Reset for FY 08. That is 17% of the $46.2 billion sought by the Army in the supplemental for Operation and Maintenance. Since Reset is to prepare equipment for use by units that deploy back to Iraq-rather than units currently deployed in Iraq-eliminating Reset funds will not harm troops currently deployed in Iraq. It does not result in denying any troops currently deployed in Iraq any form of equipment necessary in Iraq. BODY ARMOR AND OTHER PROTECTIVE GEAR - ARMY The Army seeks $2.9 billion for "Clothing and Personal Equipment". Of this amount, $1.1 billion is for Individual Body Armor; $1.3 billion for Other Force Protection; and $0.5 billion for the Rapid Fielding Initiative, which "provides deployers and next deployers with enhanced individual clothing and equipment for increased force protection, mobility, survivability and lethality." [FN-11] The Individual Body Armor includes funds for the purchase of 150,000 sets of Next Generation Ballistic Plates, Side Plates and Outer Tactical Vests as well as 150,000 Improved Advanced Combat Helmets. [FN-12] It can indeed be plausibly argued that the expenditure of these funds directly benefits troops deployed in Iraq. At the same time, these expenditures could be reduced if the U.S. begins the withdrawal of troops from Iraq with complete withdrawal from Iraq completed by either December 31, 2007 or March 31, 2008. OPTEMPO and LOGCAP--Army The Army is seeking $9.8 billion for OPTEMPO, the pace and tempo of operations. No further breakout of this amount is provided in the Army's justification materials. The Army states, "The estimated average annual deployed force will consist of approximately 150,000 Soldiers conducting continuous operations in harsh conditionsHeavy units equipped with tanks and infantry fighting vehicles consume large amounts of resources ( e.g., fuel, parts and supplies) during these types of operations" [FN-13] The Army seeks $6 billion for the Logistics Civil Augmentation Program (LOGCAP) in FY 08 compared to $5.1 billion in FY 07. LOGCAP is the civilian contract support which provides basic services to the military forces in theater. It is the contract made famous by Haliburton a few years back. LOGCAP includes such items as "food services, power generation, electrical distribution, facilities management, dining facility operations, pest management" and other services. [FN-14] It can be plausibly argued that a reduction in the funds for OPTEMPO and for LOGCAP would have a negative impact upon troops deployed to Iraq. At the same time, it can be plausibly argued that the amount allocated for OPTEMPO could be reduced by withdrawing U.S. troops to their bases in Iraq as a prelude to withdrawal and then completing the withdrawal from Iraq. Similarly, the LOGCAP funding amount would be reduced by the draw down and complete withdrawal of U.S. military forces from Iraq. PROCUREMENT OF VEHICLES, WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION "If the supplemental budget isn't passed, troops in Iraq will be without vehicles with upgraded armor to protect against IED's; without ammunition; without combat vehicles", or so the argument goes. Yet this argument is without merit-unless the U.S. fully intends to keep troops in Iraq for at least the next 18 to 36 months. The procurement process spans three years. Simply because money is appropriated in the budget for a specific fiscal year does not mean that the money will be spent that year nor does it mean that the item being procured will be produced that fiscal year. Congress appropriates money in a fiscal year and grants authority to the Defense Department to enter into contracts for particular items. The Pentagon enters into contracts, obligating the funds to be paid to the company that produces the item. The company produces the item and delivers it to the Defense Department. All this takes place over a period of up to three years following the appropriation of funds. To address this lag time in the normal procurement process, the Army established the "Rapid Equipping Force" and the "Rapid Fielding Initiative". The funds for these programs are included in the Operation and Maintenance portion of the budget and were discussed in the section on "Individual Body Armor and Other Protective Gear" above. The Army seeks $21.1 billion for Procurement in the FY 08 supplemental spending request. The total military request is for $36 billion in procurement funds. I'll focus on just a handful of items to illustrate the procurement process and to refute the argument that failure to fund the procurement of these items will further endanger troops in Iraq by leaving them without vehicles, equipment or weapons-unless, of course, the U.S. intends to continue to wage the war in Iraq for up to 3 years into the future. It should be noted that the following discussion applies to the military's request for supplemental funding for procurement in Fiscal Year 2008. The Army is also seeking funding for many of the following items within its regular baseline military budget request. 1) HMMWV--High Mobility Multi-purpose Wheeled Vehicle The Army is seeking $1.3 billion in supplemental spending in FY 08 to procure 6690 HMMWV's, "a lightweight, high performancefamily of tactical vehicles" (known in the popular lexicon as Humvees). Those purchased will have "integrated armor and safety initiatives such as fire suppression and safety restraints" [FN-15]. The first HMMWV procured with FY 08 supplemental funds will be delivered to the Army in January 2009. The last one will be delivered in December 2009. [FN ?16]. 2) Armored Security Vehicle - ASV The Army seeks $302 million in supplemental funding in FY 08 to "procure 371 ASV. The ASV is used by the Military Police (MP) to perform missions of Area Security, maneuver and Mobility Support, Police Intelligence Operations, and Law and Order Operations.ASV is also used by MPs to conduct Force Protection and Stabilization Operations in a war environment. Additionally, ASV is increasingly being used as a Convoy Protection Platform for Combat Support and Combat Services Support Units." [FN-17] The first Armored Security Vehicle funded by the FY 08 supplemental is scheduled to be delivered in June 2009. The last will be delivered in April 2010. [FN-18] 3) Modification of In-Service Equipment The Army seeks $1.1 billion in supplemental funding for various modifications to various pieces of in-service equipment. Modifications include: "Fragmentation (FRAG) Kit #3 provides armored protection around the HMMWV fuel tank. FRAG Kit #4 provides armored panel protection to the vehicle underbody for HMWWV and M915A2." [FN-19] The FRAG Kit #3 "design is 95% complete" as of the February 2007 Army justification materials. The first output of this kit is scheduled for the first quarter of FY 2009 (which is October--December 08) with the last output of kits set for the fourth quarter of FY 09 (which is July--September 09). [FN-20] FRAG Kit #4--armor for the underbelly of the HMMWV--further illustrates the reality that funds appropriated for procurement will not end up providing equipment to troops currently deployed in Iraq. The Army notes in its justification material that two prior designs failed in the design and testing phases and states that "Currently, theater, ARL, ATEC and TARDEC are trying a 3rd generation design to another set of requirements. Currently, this effort is in the early design phase and any successful Proof of Principle testing will require a MINIMUM of 180 days to develop and successfully integrate onto the M1114 UAH and M1151 Family." The installation schedule provides for the first output of FRAG Kit #4 to occur in the second quarter of FY 09 (January--March 2010) with the final output scheduled in the first quarter of FY 10 (Oct to December 2010). [FN-21] 4) Bradley Base Sustainment The Army seeks $1.4 billion to procure 481 recapitalized (upgraded) Bradley vehicles. The "A3 conversion improves on the Operation Desert Storm (ODS) variant through the addition of two 2nd Generation Forward Looking Infrared (FLIR) devices, upgraded core electronics, improved ballistic fire control systems, enhanced command and control, situational awareness, and a collective Nuclear, Biological and Chemical (NBC) protection system." [FN-22] The contract is scheduled to be awarded in November 2007, with the date of first delivery to be in March 2009. The last vehicles are set to be delivered in February 2010. [FN-23] 5) Stryker Vehicle Modifications The Army seeks $0.5 billion in supplemental funding to procure "additional Survivability Enhancements for Stryker Vehicles (both 1 inch Slat armor and Stryker Reactive Armor Tiles (SRAT))" [FN-24] The contract is scheduled to be awarded in July 2008, with the first delivery of the Stryker vehicle set for August 2009. Vehicles will be produced through July 2010. [FN-25]. 6) Bradley Reactive Armor Tiles The Army seeks $48 million to procure 148 sets of Bradley Reactive Armor Tiles. [FN-26]. "The tiles provide increased armor protection and crew survivability against shaped charge threats" [FN-27]. The contract is scheduled to be awarded in June 2008 with the first set of 84 tiles to be delivered in June 2009 and the second set of 64 tiles to be delivered in the fourth quarter of FY 09 (July--September 2009). [FN-28] 7) Abrams Upgrade The Army seeks $1.3 billion in supplemental funding to upgrade 235 M1/M1A1 tanks to the M1A2 System Enhancement Program configuration which "has improved frontal and side armor for enhance crew survivability." [FN-29] The first upgraded vehicle is to be delivered in January 2009 with the last being delivered in December 2009. [FN-30] 8) Ammunition One might think that ammunition would be very readily and quickly produced and delivered after Congress has appropriated funds to procure ammunition. You'd be wrong. The earliest that any ammunition procured with the supplemental spending package would be delivered is May 2008, with delivery continued through May 2009. That's for a single item-the CTG 12 Gauge Breaching Round "used to gain access through high doors and entryways." [FN-31] Otherwise, the earliest expected date for delivery of a procured ammunition item would be in October of 2008. Most items would not begin to be delivered to the Army until January 2009 (or later), with delivery continuing into 2010. [FN-32] ENDNOTES 1) p. 4. "Operation and Maintenance, Army: Justification Book, Volume I", Department of the Army, Fiscal Year (FY) 2008 Supplemental Budget Estimates, February 2007. 2) Department of the Navy. FY 2008 GWOT Request. Operation and Maintenance, Marine Corps. O-1 Line Item Summary, in Department of the Navy. Fiscal Year (FY) 2008/2009 Budget Estimates. Justification of Estimates. FY 2008 Global War on Terrorism (GWOT) Request, February 2007. 3) p. 31. Army Military Personnel. Department of Defense. FY 2008 Supplemental Request for Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF) and Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF). February 2007. 4) Ibid, p. 4. 5) op. cit., "Operation and Maintenance, Army", p. 4 6) See for example, Ibid, p. 7, 8, 10, 11. 7) Ibid. p. 16 8) Ibid, p. 17 9) Ibid, p. 17 10) Ibid, p. 22 11) Ibid, p. 8 and 9 12) Ibid, p. 8 13) Ibid, p. 13 14) Ibid, p. 13 15) p. 19. "Other Procurement, Army: Tactical and Support Vehicles, Budget Activity 1", Department of the Army, Procurement Programs, Committee Staff Procurement Backup Book, FY 2008 Global War on Terror Budget Estimate. February 2007. 16) Ibid, p. 22 17) Ibid, p. 59 18) Ibid, p. 62 and 63 19) Ibid, p. 91 20) Ibid, p. 97 21) Ibid, p. 125 22) p. 3. Department of the Army; Procurement Programs; Committee Staff Procurement Backup Book; FY 2008 Global War on Terror Budget Estimate; Weapons and Tracked Combat Vehicles, Army. February 2007. 23) Ibid., p. 5, 6, 7 24) Ibid, p. 9 25) Ibid, p. 13, 14, and 15 26) Ibid, p. 25 27) Ibid, p. 27. 28) Ibid, p. 27 29) Ibid, p. 58 30) Ibid, p. 62 31) p. 40 and 42. Department of the Army: Procurement Programs; Committee Staff Procurement Backup Book; FY 2008 Global War On Terror Budget Estimate; Procurement of Ammunition, Army. February 2007. 32) Ibid. [Jeff Leys is Coordinator of Voices for Creative Nonviolence and a national organizer for the Occupation Project campaign of sustained nonviolent civil disobedience to end Iraq war funding. He can be reached via email at jeffleys at vcnv.org.] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:53:58 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:53:58 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Mission Accomplished: Truck Bomb Kills 14 in Iraq Message-ID: <20070509155358.59384b08@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 9, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/I/IRAQ?SITE=SCAND&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT Truck Bomb Kills 14 in Iraq By RAVI NESSMAN Associated Press Writer BAGHDAD (AP) -- A suicide truck bomb ripped through the Interior Ministry in the relatively peaceful Kurdish city of Irbil on Wednesday, killing 14 people and wounding dozens, officials said. Kurdish officials blamed al-Qaida-linked insurgents for the first major attack in the regional capital in more than three years. The bombing came as Vice President Dick Cheney arrived in Baghdad for an unannounced visit that included meetings with top Iraqi government officials, leaders of influential Iraqi factions and the senior U.S. military commander. About 200 supporters of radical Shiite cleric Muqtada al-Sadr took to the streets in the southern city of Najaf in protest, carrying banners reading: "The Iraq people reject Cheney's visit." Cheney's trip was aimed at encouraging rival Iraqi factions to work together to overcome their divisions in the conflict that has claimed the lives of more than 3,370 American troops. The U.S. military said an American soldier was killed and four others were wounded Tuesday in a shooting attack in the volatile province of Diyala, northeast of Baghdad. The explosion in Irbil, 217 miles north of Baghdad, underscored how even relatively safe areas of Iraq were not immune from the violence. Irbil, the capital of Iraq's autonomous Kurdistan region, had been spared much of the sectarian violence wracking the rest of the country. But attacks have been on the rise in southern and northern areas in Iraq as Sunni and Shiite militants have fled a three-month-old security crackdown in Baghdad and brought their brutal tactics with them. The Interior Ministry building was badly damaged. Kurdish TV showed piles of rubble and twisted metal beams. Rescue workers reached into the wreckage to pull out one of the victims of the blast. Windows were blown out down the street and wreckage was scattered nearly 100 yards away. The nearby security headquarters was also damaged. Ahmed Nasruldin, 50, an employee at a local university, was riding to work when the blast spun his bus around. "The bus windows were smashed and my face and head were hurt by shrapnel. A woman beside me fell on my side, her shoulder was broken," he said. The regional minister for the interior, Karim Sinjari, said 14 people were killed and 87 were wounded. Kurdish lawmaker Mahmoud Othman blamed the attack on Ansar al-Sunnah, a Sunni Arab insurgent group, and Ansar al-Islam, a mostly Kurdish militant group with ties to al-Qaida in Iraq. Ansar al-Islam has been blamed for a number of attacks, including attempts to assassinate Kurdish officials. Othman said authorities learned that insurgents were planning a large attack a week ago when police arrested a militant cell in the town of Sulaimaniyah. "During questioning they confessed that were getting training lessons in a neighboring country and that was Iran," he said. The last major attack in Irbil took place Feb. 1, 2004, when twin suicide bombers killed 109 people in two Kurdish party offices. Ansar al-Sunnah claimed responsibility for that attack. "Kurdistan is a safe region and this will have its effect on trade, and companies will fear coming to this region," Othman said. U.S. officials have expressed fears that Sunni insurgents led by al-Qaida are carefully picking their targets to provoke retaliatory violence to derail efforts to stabilize the country. Maj. Gen. William Caldwell, a U.S. military spokesman, said Shiite-dominated Iran was providing support to some of the Sunni insurgents. He said the military had credible intelligence to support the allegation but did not elaborate. "It's not all Sunni insurgents but rather we do know that there is a direct awareness by Iranian intelligence officials that they are providing support to some select Sunni insurgent elements," Caldwell told reporters in Baghdad. On Sunday, a U.S. general also said powerful armor-penetrating roadside bombs believed to be of Iranian origin were turning up in the hands of Sunni insurgents south of Baghdad. Elsewhere in northern Iraq, gunmen killed four Iraqi journalists in a drive-by shooting near the northern city of Kirkuk, police said. The four journalists worked for the independent Raad media company, which publishes several weekly newspapers and monthly magazines that deal with politics, education and arts. Ethnic tensions have risen in Kirkuk, 180 miles north of Baghdad, over Kurdish demands for a referendum on incorporating the oil-rich city into their autonomous region - a move opposed by many Arabs. In Mosul, gunmen killed two members of the minority Yazidi religious sect and wounded another in a drive-by shooting. A car bomb also exploded near an Iraqi military checkpoint in Baghdad, killing a civilian and wounding two soldiers, police said. Gunmen also killed a car parts salesman in a drive-by shooting near his shop in Suwayrah, 25 miles south of Baghdad. Police found four decapitated heads in the Sabtiyah area north of Baqouba, 35 miles northeast of Baghdad, health officials said. Police found three other bodies as well. Caldwell reported a "slight uptick" in the numbers of execution-style killings usually blamed on so-called sectarian death squads led by the Shiite militias, particularly the Mahdi Army loyal to al-Sadr. The numbers had been declining as the militias agreed to lay low to avoid confrontation with the Americans during the security crackdown and an increase was further indication of restlessness among the militants. The predominantly Shiite southern areas also have seen a spike in violence and unrest, blamed in part on militants who have fled a security crackdown in Baghdad. The U.S.-led offensive is intended to curb violence and allow the Shiite-led government some breathing room to implement reforms, including proposals to empower minority Sunnis Arabs and help end the insurgency. There has been little evidence, though, of any movement toward those reforms. The U.S. military, meanwhile, said two children were among five people killed when a helicopter fired at militants operating an illegal checkpoint and planting a roadside bomb near Mandali, a town on the Iranian border 60 miles east of Baghdad. Two suspected militants - identified as Abd al-Qader Dadoush and Wadeh Kalifa Doudoush - also were killed, according to a statement. The military said the cause of the civilian casualties was under investigation. But it denied reports that a U.S. helicopter had fired on an elementary school, killing seven students in Baqouba, the provincial capital of Diyala that lies to the west of Mandali. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:55:19 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:55:19 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Strong Blast in Baghdad As Cheney Visits Message-ID: <20070509155519.7ec627fa@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 9, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/I/IRAQ_EXPLOSION?SITE=SCAND&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT Strong Blast in Baghdad As Cheney Visits By SAMEER N. YACOUB Associated Press Writer BAGHDAD (AP) -- A thunderous explosion struck Baghdad on Wednesday, coinciding with a visit by Vice President Dick Cheney to discuss efforts to reduce the violence in Iraq. The blast, which occurred about 6:25 p.m., appeared to strike in the vicinity of the heavily fortified Green Zone in central Baghdad, but that could not immediately be confirmed. Witnesses said it appeared to have been fired from the mostly Shiite areas on the east side of the Tigris River. Cheney's spokeswoman Lea Anne McBride said, "His business was not disrupted. He was not moved." The U.S. military and the U.S. Embassy said they had no information but were looking into what happened. Cheney, who arrived earlier Wednesday for an unannounced visit, met with Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki. Cheney's visit drew protests from followers of radical anti-U.S. Shiite cleric Muqtada al-Sadr, who commands a heavily armed militia in Baghdad. Both leaders acknowledged problems in the pace of reducing violence in Iraq but pledged their governments would continue working together toward a solution. Al-Maliki is coming under increasing pressure from Washington to demonstrate progress in easing sectarian violence, and Cheney's unannounced visit to Iraq was depicted by U.S. officials as an attempt to press al-Maliki and other Iraqi leaders to do more to achieve reconciliation among factions. In February, a suicide bomber attacked the main gate of the U.S.-run Bagram Air Base in Afghanistan while Cheney was staying there after having been stranded by a snowstorm. The vice president was rushed to a bomb shelter but was not injured. The explosion killed 23 people, including two Americans, and delivered a propaganda blow that undercut the U.S. military and the weak Afghan government it supports. U.S. officials believe a Libyan al-Qaida leader, Abu Laith al-Libi, was behind the attack. Meanwhile, al-Sadr supporters rallied Wednesday in Baghdad and Shiite areas to the south to protest the Cheney visit and demand the withdrawal of American forces from Iraq. Protesters in Baghdad and the holy city of Najaf chanted "No to the occupation" and "No to America." In Baghdad's Kazimiyah district, clothing merchant Abbas Abdul-Karim said he joined the rally because Cheney was "one of the planners of destroying our beloved country" and that he could not accept "the visit of this criminal to Iraq." ? 2007 The Associated Press From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:56:59 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:56:59 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Tuesday Bombing damages government credibility in Shiite heartland Message-ID: <20070509155659.036acf1c@viola.tamara-b.org> AFP - May 8, 2007 http://www.afp.com/english/news/stories/070508123652.5b5qex4p.html Bomb damages government credibility in Shiite heartland KUFA, Iraq (AFP) - A powerful car bomb exploded in the Iraqi city of Kufa on Tuesday, killing 16 people and unleashing a wave of anger at the government's apparent inability to protect the Shiite heartland. Iraq's southern shrine cities of Najaf, Karbala and Kufa have often been targeted by Sunni insurgents waging a sectarian war against the country's majority population. "The final toll of the attack in Kufa is 16 killed and 70 wounded," Bassim Naema, spokesman for the provincial health department, told AFP. Mayor Abu Dhar Yussef said a car packed with explosives appeared to have targeted a two-storey restaurant popular with pilgrims who flock to the shrines in this Shiite town 140 kilometres (87 miles) south of Baghdad. "Why did it take security forces more than half an hour to get to the area?" demanded the enraged mayor amid a scene of devastation in the marketplace. "Why did they not send us more support than just some ambulances and firemen?" Angry crowds filled the main square and brandished bloodied body parts to news cameras while chanting anti-American slogans and condemning terrorism. Kufa is a stronghold of supporters of radical cleric Moqtada al-Sadr, and each time government security forces fail to prevent an attack it triggers calls for his Mahdi Army militia to return to the streets. "We blame the Iraqi government and the American army for this incident," shouted Hussein Kadhim. "How could a driver leave his car in this area? How could he have passed through several checkpoints and then park it in a forbidden zone?" asked Ahmed Mohammed amid the chanting crowds. "The Iraqi government should admit that it can't protect the people," he added in disgust. Every bloody blast in these overwhelmingly Shiite cities has become fodder for the government's critics in Sadr's movement. "The government is responsible for the security, economy and welfare of the people -- what has it really achieved in those respects?" asked parliamentarian Nasser al-Rubayi, a member of Sadr's opposition parliamentary bloc. "We expect from now on there will be a mass explosion whenever we have security violations," he added. "There could be a popular revolt, and the government should tell the people if it can carry out its duties or not." Pilgrims from all over the Shiite Islamic world, especially Iran, flock to the shrine cities of Najaf and Karbala, where some of Shiism's most revered leaders are buried. Kufa also receives its share of pilgrimage traffic, and in July 12 people -- mostly Iranian pilgrims -- were killed in a bomb attack, while another 50 Iraqis died in a December car bombing. Under the influence of Al-Qaeda's extremist Sunni ideology, many insurgent groups target Shiites as heretics, as well as because of their current dominance in the US-backed government. Shiites, sometimes with the complicity of security forces, have unleashed a campaign of revenge killings targeting Sunnis in mixed areas, leaving piles of corpses on the streets in the morning. Last year the US military identified these sectarian gangs as the biggest threat to stability in the country, but in the wake of a new joint US-Iraqi security operation, their activity has declined dramatically. Al-Qaeda-led Sunni groups are now once more seen as the greatest threat. Sectarian violence is particularly fierce in the more mixed regions around Baghdad, and farther north in Diyala province where Shiites are regularly massacred by insurgents. On Tuesday, a suicide attack on a police station in Jalawlah, an area inhabited predominantly by Kurdish Shiites, killed two police and wounded 20 others, mostly civilians. In Baghdad itself, a bomb exploded killing two people and wounding four others, medical sources said. The violence comes as Iraq's national unity government, seen as key to bringing the country out of its current crisis, shows increasing signs of unraveling. Over the past few days, top Sunni politicians have repeatedly threatened to pull out of the Shiite dominated government because they are being excluded from the governing process. Vice President Tariq al-Hashemi told CNN on Monday that if the situation was not addressed soon, his Islamic Party of Iraq, which together with its Sunni allies controls six cabinet seats, would withdraw from the government on May 15. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:59:15 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:59:15 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Iraq: Child Mortality Jumps 125% Message-ID: <20070509155915.4c546364@viola.tamara-b.org> Electronic Iraq - May 8, 2007 http://electroniciraq.net/news/printer3055.shtml Child Mortality Jumps 125% by Jeff Severns Guntzel Since 1990, Iraq's child mortality rate has gone up by 125 per cent, according to a new report from Save the Children. No other country on earth has seen such a jump. Of course no other country on earth has sustained a bombing campaign like that of 1991, or economic sanctions strict as those levied against Iraq for more than a decade, or the combination of bombing, occupation and sectarian violence that Iraq has experienced since 2003. It is a special blend of disaster custom made for Iraq. Here is an excerpt from Andrew Buncombe's article on the mortality rates: Figures collated by the charity show that in 1990 Iraq's mortality rate for under-fives was 50 per 1,000 live births. In 2005 it was 125. While many other countries have higher rates - Angola, Somalia and the Democratic Republic of Congo, for instance, all have rates above 200 - the increase in Iraq is higher than elsewhere. ...Sanctions against Saddam Hussein's regime were imposed by the UN in 1990 after Iraq's invasion of Kuwait and remained in place until after the coalition invasion in 2003. The sanctions, encouraged by the US as a means to topple Saddam, were some of the most comprehensive ever put in place and had a devastating effect on Iraq's infrastructure and health services. Precisely how many children died because of sanctions is unknown but a report in 1999 from the United Nations Children's Fund (Unicef), suggested that between 1991 and 1998 an additional 500,000 died. ...Save the Children's report, State of the World's Mothers 2007, found the majority of child deaths occur in just 10 countries - either those with large populations such as India and China, or those with sparse health services such as Afghanistan and Angola. Aids remains one the central factors affecting mortality rates. You can read the Save the Children report on infant mortality worldwide here: http://www.savethechildren.org/campaigns/state-of-the-worlds-mothers-report/2007/ ? 2003-2005 Electronic Iraq/electronicIraq.net, From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 15:59:53 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 15:59:53 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] NATO convoy ambushed in Afghanistan, opens fire on civilians Message-ID: <20070509155953.599885cc@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 8, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/A/AFGHAN_VIOLENCE?SITE=KTVB&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT NATO convoy ambushed, opens fire on civilians, purported victim says By NOOR KHAN Associated Press Writer KANDAHAR, Afghanistan (AP) -- Suspected Taliban militants ambushed a NATO convoy in southern Afghanistan early Tuesday, and a gunshot victim said soldiers fleeing the scene shot him and killed a man in a bakery. NATO said one civilian was killed and two wounded in the cross-fire after militants fired rocket-propelled grenades and guns as the convoy passed through a civilian area. NATO said soldiers returned fire, but did not specify if the casualties were caused by militants or soldiers. Afghan officials have pleaded repeatedly with international troops to exercise caution to prevent civilian casualties, which has fueled distrust of international forces and the U.S.-backed government of President Hamid Karzai. One of the victims, Sidiqullah Khan, was shot in the leg and the hand. He said his friend, a baker with whom he was talking during the clash, was killed. "I was sitting in a bread shop. There was some fighting with a NATO convoy. The NATO convoy came and started firing on us," Khan said from his hospital bed. "My friend was killed." NATO said the incident was being investigated. The Taliban "chose the time and location of the attack, deliberately putting the lives of civilians at risk," said Lt. Col. Mike Smith, a spokesman for NATO's International Security Assistance Force. "ISAF soldiers go to great lengths to minimize the risk to civilians, but this incident will be fully investigated by the Afghan National Police, supported by ISAF." Kandahar provincial police chief Esmatullah Alizai declined comment on the incident, saying it is being investigated. Any civilian casualties are likely to feed anti-foreign troop sentiment in Kandahar, where a NATO convoy fleeing a suicide bomb attack in December opened fire on civilians, leaving at least one dead and six wounded. According to an Associated Press tally, based on reports from Afghan and Western officials, 151 civilians have been killed by violence in the first four months of this year, including at least 51 blamed on NATO and the U.S.-led coalition. That total does not include 51 civilians that Afghan officials say were killed in clashes and U.S.-led coalition airstrikes in the western province of Herat late last month. NATO said it is investigating the deaths. The coalition has said previously that 136 "suspected Taliban fighters" were killed in the clashes and airstrikes. Separately in Kandahar, a driver working with the U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees was assassinated by men on a motorbike as he left for work Tuesday morning. Alizai said a police investigation found the killing was caused by a family dispute. The U.N. identified the man as Sadequllah, 38, and said that he had been working for the U.N. for 15 years. "The motives for this attack need to be established, and we are working with the authorities in Kandahar to help the investigation," said Tom Koenigs, the special representative for the U.N. secretary-general for Afghanistan. Last month, a powerful remote-controlled bomb destroyed a U.N. vehicle in Kandahar, killing four Nepalese guards and an Afghan driver. The attack on a three-vehicle U.N. convoy was the bloodiest in Afghanistan for the world body since the hard-line Taliban militia's 2001 ouster. "The safety and well-being of those Afghan and international staff who work for the U.N. in Afghanistan is a matter of paramount importance to us," Koenigs said in a statement. "We will spare no effort to ensure that Sadequllah's murderers are found and properly brought to account." A recent Human Rights Watch report said NATO and U.S. military operations killed at least 230 civilians in 2006 and that most of the year's 900 civilian combat fatalities were from insurgent attacks. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:01:08 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:01:08 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Afghanistan: Civilian deaths 'deeply shame' the US Message-ID: <20070509160108.2c784208@viola.tamara-b.org> BBC - May 8, 2007 http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/south_asia/6636343.stm Civilian deaths 'deeply shame' US An American commander in Afghanistan has said that he is "deeply ashamed" by the killings of 19 Afghan civilians by US Marines in early March. He said that the military had paid condolence payments to the families in the eastern province of Nangarhar. Western forces have been accused of carelessness over civilian lives when attacking the Taleban and their allies. It has become a major issue, with Nato recently saying that its biggest error last year was killing civilians. In January, it promised to do better. 'Honour stain' "I stand before you today, deeply, deeply ashamed and terribly sorry that Americans have killed and wounded innocent Afghan people," US army spokesman Col John Nicholson told reporters in Washington by video conference from Afghanistan. "The deaths and wounding of innocent Afghans at the hands of Americans is a stain on our honour and on the memory of the many Americans who have died defending Afghanistan and the Afghan people. "We made official apologies on the part of the US government and payments of about $2,000 for each death," he said, after US officials visited some of the families left bereaved by the incident. US forces were accused of killing the civilians during shooting near the city of Jalalabad. Journalists said at the time that US troops confiscated their photos and video footage of the aftermath of the violence. The Americans said the fighting started when a convoy of Marines was attacked by a suicide bomber and came under co-ordinated small-arms fire. They said that their soldiers returned fire, and acknowledged that at least eight Afghan civilians had been killed, with a further 35 injured. Reports said that as they left the scene along a busy highway, the Americans fired indiscriminately on civilians and their vehicles. Afghan President Hamid Karzai strongly condemned the incident at the time. Criminal inquiry Thousands of local people took to the streets shortly after the attack to protest against what happened. The Associated Press news agency said it would complain to the US military after journalists said US soldiers allegedly deleted footage of the aftermath of the Nangarhar violence. Freelance journalists working for the Associated Press said troops erased photos and video showing a vehicle in which three people were shot dead during the incident. A US military commander determined that the Marines used excessive force and referred the case for possible criminal investigation. Correspondents say that military killings of civilians have eroded Afghan support for international forces and have put the Western-backed government in Kabul under pressure. On Thursday, Nato forces vowed to improve co-ordination with the Afghan authorities to avoid civilian deaths. Their pledge follows the reported deaths of about 50 civilians last week in fighting in western Afghanistan between US-led troops and militants. In recent days there have been protests by Afghans in different parts of the country - including Jalalabad - over civilian killings. The bloodshed has returned to levels not seen since the fall of the Taleban in 2001, and a quarter of more than 4,000 people killed last year were believed to have been civilians. Correspondents say fewer civilians are killed by international forces than in suicide and other attacks by the Taleban. ? BBC MMVII From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:02:11 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:02:11 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Farmed fish given meal tainted with melamine Message-ID: <20070509160211.54b56f51@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via MSNBC - May 8, 2007 http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/18556690/ Farmed fish given meal tainted with melamine Not clear if contaminated fish entered the human food supply The Associated Press WASHINGTON - Farmed fish were fed meal spiked with an industrial chemical linked to the ongoing recall of pet foods, though the contamination level was probably too low to pose a danger to anyone who may have eaten the fish, federal health officials said Tuesday. The Canadian-made meal included what was purported to be wheat gluten, a protein source, imported from China. The material was actually wheat flour spiked by the chemical melamine and related, nitrogen-rich compounds to make it appear more protein rich than it was, officials said. After pigs and chickens, the farmed fish mark the third food animal given contaminated feed. The level of contamination is expected to be too low to pose any danger to human health, said Dr. David Acheson, the FDA?s assistant commissioner for food protection. It wasn?t immediately clear if any of the farmed fish entered the food supply. However, Acheson said at least one firm?s fish were still too young and small to be sold. Investigators were visiting other U.S. aquaculture farms that used the contaminated feed. Melamine, a chemical found in plastics and pesticides and not approved for use in pet or human in the U.S., contaminated pet food that either sickened or killed an unknown number of dogs and cats. Since March 16, more than 100 brands of pet food have been recalled because they were contaminated with melamine. Acheson said that fish samples would be screened for signs of melamine. ?Depending upon what we find in that testing, that is going to drive the next steps,? Acheson said. Canadian officials are aware of the finding, Acheson said. ?We used it to make pet food. They used it to make fish meal,? he told reporters. Federal health and food officials have said some 20 million chickens and thousands of hogs also were fed feed contaminated by melamine. As with the fish, they said the risk to human health is very low. U.S. investigators also have learned that the purported Chinese wheat gluten and a second ingredient, rice protein concentrate, were actually simple wheat flour. The flour was spiked with melamine and related, nitrogen-rich compounds to make it appear more protein rich than it was. In tests, nitrogen levels are measured to gauge the overall protein content of food ingredients. ?What we discovered is these are not wheat gluten and rice protein concentrate but in fact are wheat flour contaminated by melamine,? Acheson said. The FDA is considering enforcement options, he added. The ingredients came from two Chinese firms: Xuzhou Anying Biologic Technology Development Co. and Futian Biology Technology Co. Ltd. This story will be updated as it develops. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:03:15 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:03:15 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Deal Is Offered for Wolfowitz' Exit at World Bank Message-ID: <20070509160315.539f5a49@viola.tamara-b.org> The New York Times - May 8, 2007 http://www.nytimes.com/2007/05/08/washington/08wolfowitz.html Deal Is Offered for Chief?s Exit at World Bank By STEVEN R. WEISMAN WASHINGTON, May 7 ? Leading governments of Europe, mounting a new campaign to push Paul D. Wolfowitz from his job as World Bank president, signaled Monday that they were willing to let the United States choose the bank?s next chief, but only if Mr. Wolfowitz stepped down soon, European officials said. European officials had previously indicated that they wanted to end the tradition of the United States picking the World Bank leader. But now the officials are hoping to enlist American help in persuading Mr. Wolfowitz to resign voluntarily, rather than be rebuked or ousted. The goal, they said, is to avert a public rupture of the bank board over a vote, possibly later this week, to sanction Mr. Wolfowitz. Even if the vote is a reprimand, they said, it could effectively make it impossible for him to stay on. The Europeans worked to arrange a quick exit for Mr. Wolfowitz as a special bank committee concluded that he was guilty of breaking rules barring conflicts of interest in arranging for a pay raise and promotion for Shaha Ali Riza, his companion and a bank employee, in 2005. The decision was sent to Mr. Wolfowitz on Sunday night after a month of turmoil over the situation. The panel?s findings were not made public, but people familiar with the report said that it reviewed documents and testimony before concluding that Mr. Wolfowitz had breached his obligations in arranging for Ms. Riza?s reassignment from the bank to the State Department. ?What I?m hearing from colleagues is, ?Let?s not push the Americans too hard,? ? said a senior European official involved in policy on the bank. ?We want to avoid a split between the United States and its European allies. We?re willing to say: ?O.K., you find a capable American to run this institution and we can live with that.? ? In another sign of Mr. Wolfowitz?s difficulties, his top communications aide, Kevin Kellems, resigned Monday, saying that ?the current environment surrounding the leadership? at the bank made it ?very difficult to be effective in helping to advance the mission of the institution.? Mr. Kellems said in a statement that he had ?tremendous respect and admiration? for the bank?s staff but made no mention of Mr. Wolfowitz, with whom he had a close association when the bank president was deputy secretary of defense. European officials did not disclose details of how they were communicating with the Bush administration, but they said the suggestion that Mr. Wolfowitz resign in return for having an American successor was first raised with Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr. in mid-April. Well before Mr. Wolfowitz took office in 2005, leading European countries had begun agitating to discard the custom that had existed since the 1940s of the United States choosing the bank president. The United States has that prerogative because it contributes the largest share of the bank?s financing. Bush administration officials say that American leadership of the World Bank is essential to maintaining influence over its policies and priorities, including which bank programs and countries receive financing. The officials fear that if the bank is headed by someone lacking the confidence of Congress and Americans in general, it could lead to a breach similar to the one between the former United Nations secretary general, Kofi Annan, and critics on Capitol Hill. European countries customarily choose the chief of the bank?s sister institution, the International Monetary Fund, though a European-American conflict has arisen there as well. Its focus is a drive supported by the Bush administration to reduce the European voting share in favor of China and other fast-growing countries. The United States has 16.4 percent of the voting share at the 24-member World Bank board that chooses the president. Europeans have twice that share if they stick together, which many bank officials say they have signaled they are willing to do to remove Mr. Wolfowitz. The senior European official said Mr. Wolfowitz?s credibility was now ?beyond repair.? That view has echoed through the bank?s ranks. Hundreds of bank employees assembled at an auditorium on Monday to hear Mark Malloch Brown, the former top aide to Mr. Annan at the United Nations, say that with Mr. Wolfowitz in charge, the bank?s anti-poverty agenda was ?hugely at risk? because Europeans were balking at the financing. No bank president has ever resigned in a crisis atmosphere like the current situation, so there is no precedent for what would happen if he left. The committee?s finding of guilt against Mr. Wolfowitz was tempered by a finding that the bank shared at least some blame for the failure of Mr. Wolfowitz to comply with its rules. According to people familiar with the report, it said the advice from ethics officials at the bank to Mr. Wolfowitz was less than clear and evidently subject to misinterpretation. Nevertheless, the report was clear in its conclusion that Mr. Wolfowitz breached his obligations. Mr. Wolfowitz?s lawyer, Robert S. Bennett, said the bank was giving Mr. Wolfowitz too little time to rebut its conclusions before a board vote later this week. ?I don?t feel it would be appropriate to share the report, but I am deeply troubled that they have only given us 48 hours to respond,? he said in an interview. ?This is not fair to Mr. Wolfowitz.? The report, as transmitted to Mr. Wolfowitz, did not recommend any punishment for him. Bank officials, speaking anonymously because the proceedings are supposed to be confidential, said that the special committee was still working Monday on what to recommend. It was not clear whether the committee, consisting of 7 of the bank?s 24 board members, would recommend removing him from office or, more likely, express a loss of confidence in his leadership in a manner intended to force his resignation. Bank officials say the majority of the bank board has determined that he should go. The Bush administration has repeatedly backed Mr. Wolfowitz, but President Bush and Mr. Paulson have also called for the completion of the bank?s internal review process. Now that that is done, the administration is likely to face renewed pressure. European and American officials say that Mr. Paulson has said that the bank process must be respected before the United States is pushed into a position on Mr. Wolfowitz. Several European officials said they believed that Mr. Paulson was in favor of Mr. Wolfowitz leaving, but that Mr. Bush and Vice President Dick Cheney were insisting on standing up for him. Mr. Wolfowitz?s selection in 2005 drew enormous criticism in Europe, but France and Germany wanted to repair the wounds left from their opposition to the Iraq war and went along with him. That mood has changed, many European officials say. As expressed in editorials, political commentaries and even blogs, European sentiment is against Mr. Wolfowitz and in favor of more aid for poor countries. Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany favors Mr. Wolfowitz?s resignation, people familiar with her thinking say, but is also eager to avoid a confrontation with Mr. Bush. But as chief of the European Union, she is said to feel obliged to reflect European views, reflected in the European Parliament?s call for Mr. Wolfowitz to resign last month. Prime Minister Tony Blair of Britain, due to step down as soon as this summer, has stood by Mr. Bush, but his presumed successor, Gordon Brown, the chancellor of the exchequer, has tangled with Mr. Wolfowitz on some bank policies. European officials say that the Netherlands and the Nordic countries have been most critical of Mr. Wolfowitz. Bank officials say that, as of now, only the United States, Japan and Canada would vote in favor of Mr. Wolfowitz. They represent less than 30 percent of the voting shares. Most directors are reported willing to vote against Mr. Wolfowitz, but some countries, mainly in Africa, are said to be wavering. Copyright 2007 The New York Times From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:04:27 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:04:27 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Wolfowitz Scandal Jeopardizes World Bank Funds Message-ID: <20070509160427.677e68ee@viola.tamara-b.org> The Washington Post - May 8, 2007 http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2007/05/07/AR2007050700490_pf.html Scandal May Jeopardize World Bank Funds By Peter S. Goodman and Krissah Williams Washington Post Staff Writers The leadership crisis engulfing the World Bank began with talk of favoritism for a girlfriend and ill feeling about the Iraq war. But as the bank's board this week considers the fate of President Paul D. Wolfowitz, the ethics controversy has swelled into a test of who controls the institution and its future relevance in battling global poverty. The outcome could determine whether governments from Berlin to Buenos Aires would be willing to contribute new funds in support of the bank's mission. "There's a real danger because of this Wolfowitz stuff that donors are going to find a reason not to give," said Elizabeth Stuart, senior policy adviser for Oxfam International, an anti-poverty group in Washington. The sense of turmoil surrounding the bank intensified yesterday with the resignation of a senior Wolfowitz aide, Kevin Kellems. Once a key spokesman in helping Wolfowitz deflect criticism, Kellems initially defended the president, telling reporters that "all arrangements" in the substantial pay raise Wolfowitz engineered for his companion had been "made at the direction of the bank's board of directors." In subsequent weeks, however, as documents were leaked showing that bank officials had not been informed about the size of the raise, Kellems declined to repeat his assertion. He issued a written statement yesterday explaining his departure: "Given the current environment surrounding the leadership of the World Bank group, it is very difficult to be effective." Kellems previously worked for Wolfowitz as a special adviser at the Pentagon during planning for the Iraq war. He later served as communications director for Vice President Cheney and was one of a handful of senior advisers Wolfowitz brought to the World Bank, provoking complaints among staff that the new president was using the institution to further the Bush administration's agenda. Yesterday, Wolfowitz reviewed a report written by a bank committee investigating his role in the pay raise for his companion, Shaha Riza, said senior bank officials. In technical language, the report finds that Wolfowitz breached multiple ethics rules, the officials said, but contains no explicit recommendations about what should happen next. Wolfowitz has until late today to respond. His comments are to be forwarded with the report to the bank's executive board, which could begin deliberating as soon as tomorrow. The 24-member board could censure Wolfowitz, urge him to resign, declare a lack of confidence in his leadership or fire him. "We've requested additional time," said Wolfowitz's lawyer, Robert S. Bennett. "It's not fair to require him to answer within 48 hours." Uncertainty is paralyzing the bank, officials said, warning that the longer the leadership crisis continues, the greater the chance it will harm its coffers. The World Bank president leads a campaign to replenish the International Development Association (IDA), a program that offers grants and low- or no-interest loans to the world's poorest countries. The development fund directs more than half its money to Africa, home to 300 million of the world's poorest people. Wolfowitz has aimed to raise a fresh $20 billion for the IDA by early next year. The fund has about $10 billion but has reserved that money for loans over the coming year. In seeking replenishment, Wolfowitz must court some of the very governments, notably in Europe, now publicly calling for him to quit. Some African leaders, noting Wolfowitz's focus on the continent, support him. But European officials have suggested that, as long as he remains, they may withhold funds, perhaps funneling more aid through the European Union, which has historically been less focused than the World Bank on helping Africa. "That would be very bad," said Faida Mitifu, Congo's ambassador to the United States, whose government received $365 million in IDA loans last year. In the best circumstances, World Bank presidents struggle to raise funds, making it harder than ever for Wolfowitz to do so with this cloud over his head, development experts said. "The great danger is that this will spill over into the IDA negotiations, that the board will leave this unresolved and that the shareholders will take it out on IDA," said Dennis de Tray, a vice president at the Center for Global Development in Washington. He worried that donors would "treat the World Bank and IDA as an extension of the United States." Analysts say a funding shortage could weaken the bank's already waning influence at a time when Venezuela's president, Hugo Ch?vez, is widening his reach in Latin America with aid and populist rhetoric, and as China distributes loans and grants across Africa in pursuit of energy and commodities. The World Bank's largess often comes with strings, requiring recipient governments to adopt controversial policies such as privatizing state industries. Other loans have fewer obligations, making them more attractive to many leaders. Wolfowitz asserts the bank would be best served by an end to what he has called the "smear campaign" against him. "I have worked very hard to build support for IDA," Wolfowitz told the investigating committee. "If I am forced out in a circus-like process, it will only give those who are already looking for a reason not to contribute . . . the excuse they are seeking." The investigating committee concluded that Wolfowitz broke ethics rules in engineering a job transfer and raise for his girlfriend, a bank official. Wolfowitz has maintained he did nothing wrong, acting with the guidance of the ethics committee by finding her another job to avoid a conflict of interest and compensating her for the career disruption . The European parliament has called for Wolfowitz to resign. Last week, five former finance ministers from Latin American nations said he must go. But while the bank's executive board has the power to end the president's tenure, some analysts doubt it has the political will. Under an agreed-upon arrangement that has lasted since the inception of the bank six decades ago, the U.S. president selects the president of the World Bank while Europe decides who runs the bank's sister institution, the International Monetary Fund. President Bush has said he wants Wolfowitz to stay. If the board overrides his wishes, it will jeopardize Europe's claims on the IMF, said a senior administration official. Analysts surmise that the conflict will ultimately end with a negotiated outcome and not a decisive board vote because no one is sure what would happen were a vote held. The board traditionally operates on consensus. Its members take direction from the foreign governments they represent, for whom the leadership of the World Bank is but a minor foreign-policy issue. In interviews this week, bank officials and analysts said even the governments opposing Wolfowitz were unlikely to authorize their executive directors to vote to remove him, which would risk a fresh imbroglio with the Bush administration. Most executive directors represent multiple countries. If countries within the blocs are split, that could force the executive director to abstain, making the outcome even more uncertain. "The executive directors are not going to want to have a decisive vote," said Ralph C. Bryant, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution who has served as an adviser to the World Bank. "Everybody would like to have somebody else make the hard decision." Most analysts assume the bank's board will try to finesse the issue, perhaps approving a vote of no confidence in hopes Wolfowitz would then resign. Some argue that if the risks of a vote are large, the damage if the board backs down could be greater. "If they want to have a multilateral institution, they have to have the gumption to do this and vote," said Colin I. Bradford, a former chief economist at the United States Agency for International Development. "If they don't, you have a double crisis. You not only have a dysfunctional president and a dead replenishment of IDA, you also have a dysfunctional board. You've severely weakened the bank." ? 2007 The Washington Post From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:05:48 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:05:48 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Idiot-In-Chief, The Queen, and a profound ignorance of US History Message-ID: <20070509160548.3657b82b@viola.tamara-b.org> The Independent - May 8, 2007 http://news.independent.co.uk/world/americas/article2521642.ece Bush meets the Queen - and she ages 200 years By Rupert Cornwell in Washington The Queen's state visit to the US reached its climax yesterday as George Bush welcomed her to the White House with trumpets, national anthems a 21-gun salute and, it must be recorded, yet another presidential verbal stumble. After 55 years on the throne and having met US presidents stretching back to Dwight Eisenhower, the 81-year-old monarch by any standards is one of the most permanent fixtures on the international scene. But even she was not around in Philadelphia 231 years ago, as Mr Bush almost implied. "The American people are proud to welcome your majesty back to the United States, a nation you've come to know very well," he said in front of 7,000 notables and not-so-notables assembled on the South Lawn of the White House on a sunny, spring morning. "After all you've dined with 10 US presidents. You've helped our nation celebrate its bicentennial in 17 - in 1976," he said. Of course, it was 1776 when representatives of the original 13 colonies issued the Declaration of Independence from the Britain of her distant ancestor George III. Only two centuries later did the present monarch travel here, to participate in the lavish bicentennial celebrations. As he realised his error, America's current King George looked somewhat sheepishly at her. She looked back at him from under her hat. Whether she was amused or not was impossible to say. But Mr Bush rescued himself with deft self-deprecation: "She gave me a look only a mother could give a child," he said to much laughter. As American royal-related gaffes go this was small beer - certainly when compared with the notorious "talking hat" incident, during the Queen's last state visit in 1991. On that occasion, the White House protocol department provided her with a lectern that was too tall. All that TV viewers could see was a bobbing hat, as she delivered her prepared remarks. This time, however, Mr Bush swiftly made amends for any offence, referring to the Queen as a "great leader" and praising the "special relationship" between the US and Britain. After the welcome ceremony, Mr Bush and his wife, Laura, held a private lunch for their guests, before accompanying the Queen and Prince Philip on the short walk across Pennsylvania Avenue to Blair House, where the royal couple are staying. Last night Mr Bush, noted for his laid-back Texan style of entertainment, was hosting the first white-tie dinner of his presidency, complete with a performance by the violin virtuoso Itzhak Perlman. "We did sort of have to convince him a little bit," Mrs Bush said of the efforts that she and the Secretary of State, Condoleezza Rice, made to persuade the President to agree to the event. Whatever the verbal slips, the Queen's visit is providing some sorely needed relief for Mr Bush from the relentless bad news from Iraq, his almost daily battles with the Democrat-controlled Congress, and an approval rating of 28 per cent, the lowest of any president in almost 30 years. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:07:54 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:07:54 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Blair's Endless Goodbye: Tony Rejects "living Dead" Jibe Message-ID: <20070509160754.38fc2aec@viola.tamara-b.org> Channel 4 News - Snowmail (UK) - May 9, 2007 http://www.channel4.com Blair rejects 'living dead' jibe ================================== One of the longest goodbyes in British political history has effectively begun with Tony Blair saying he will tell us tomorrow when he will be going. But most predictions are that it will be a seven week business climaxing with the European Summit at the end of June. But the best laid plans.... Now I am going to break with convention here, I would normally have offered you some thoughts about the Blair years but I have actually done a podcast about them for tomorrow morning and indeed the following morning. So listen to my podcast tomorrow: http://www.channel4.com/news/watchlisten/morning-report.jsp But actually tonight, we have an interesting sideways look at the Blair years with the Booker prize winning novelist Ian McEwan. In a sense he is the iconic writer of the Blair period, having won the Booker prize in the first year of the new Labour government and then having written his novel 'Saturday' against the backdrop of the anti-war protest of 2003. McEwan describes on tonight's programme the "Iraq Blair" and the "non-Iraq Blair". He believes history will be kinder to the latter, very tough on the former but that in some way an image of both will survive. Also, how much do you know about Tony Blair? Take our Best of Blair online quiz: http://linkger.com/e5297d Mobility in Blair's Britain under spotlight =========================================== Faisal Islam in the meantime is looking at the nuts and bolts of who went up and who went down and what actually happened to the foundations of British society in the Blair years. He has some very damning thoughts from Blair's from Sir Peter Lampl, both philanthropist and Blair advisor on education renewal. He is pretty critical. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:09:32 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:09:32 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Latest Wave of UK "Terror" Arrests Includes Widow of 7/7 Bomber Message-ID: <20070509160932.3366092e@viola.tamara-b.org> Channel 4 News - Snowmail (UK) - May 9, 2007 http://www.channel4.com 7/7 bomber's widow arrested =========================== I suppose a cynic might suggest that on the day the Home Office is broken up with terrorism going one way and justice the other, it is not a bad day to revive old terrorist trails. There have been arrests and the police say that among those arrested today was the widow of one of the 7/7 bombers, Mohamed Siddique Khan. More on the arrest (below): Channel 4 News - May 9, 2007 http://linkger.com/830669 Widow of July 7 bomber arrested By: James Blake Four people arrested over the July 7 attacks including the widow of the ring leader Mohammed Siddique Khan. Nearly two years on from the July 7 bombings and the police are back in Beeston. There have been dawn raids at a number of addresses in Leeds. One man was arrested on Tempest Road - where one of the bombers used to live. Four people have been arrested this morning, including the wife of the supposed ringleader - Mohammed Siddique Khan. Hasina Patel was pregnant when her husband bombed a tube train near Edgeware Road. She is even thought to have reported her husband missing to police on that day. Now she has been arrested. There have been raids and an arrest too in Birmingham. Forensic officers have been searching a student hall of residence - Victoria Hall - where may students of Birmingham University live. Officers removed a silver Peugeot car for tests. Terror arrests * The widow of Mohammed Siddique Khan, the ringleader of the July 7th London bombers was one of four people arrested by anti-terrorist police this morning. The arrests for suspicion of commissioning, preparing or instigating acts of terrorism, follow the charging last month of three others in connection with the attacks which killed 52 people. * Hasina Patel, 29, and two men were arrested in West Yorkshire and officers are continuing to search 5 properties in Dewsbury, Beeston and Batley * Another man was arrested in Selly Oak, Birmingham, where police are searching one flat, there and another in Handsworth. It is the biggest terrorist investigation ever in Britain. But for a year and a half after the July 7th bombings no one was arrested. Then last month - three men were charged in connection with the attacks. Two of them were about to board a flight to Pakistan. At that time the head of the Anti-Terrorist Branch said more people were involved. "I firmly believe that there are other people who have knowledge of what lay behind the attacks of July 2005. Knowledge that they have not shared with us. In fact, I not only believe it but I know it for a fact. " - Peter Clarke, Head Anti-Terrorist Branch Hasina Patel, and the other three arrested, are all being taken to the High Security Paddington Green Police station today where they'll be questioned. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:10:58 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:10:58 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Scum consistently rises to the surface of the Bush Regime Message-ID: <20070509161058.6fe4c55e@viola.tamara-b.org> The Nation - May 9, 2007 http://www.thenation.com/doc/20070521/truthdig The Scum Also Rises by Robert Scheer As Paul Wolfowitz twists in the wind after being found guilty in a World Bank investigation of public payola to his girlfriend, it does seem that his career might finally be coming to an end. Pity that the Iraq debacle, which Wolfowitz promoted, was not sufficient reason for removing him from public office; instead, President Bush rewarded "Wolfie" with a promotion to head the World Bank. Add him to the rapidly growing list of Bush alums whose career trajectory suddenly plummets upon the disclosure of a pattern of lying obvious to most observers but not to the President himself. To understand why scum consistently rises to the surface of the Bush Administration, it is best to refer to the wisdom contained in the final memoir of the late, great Kurt Vonnegut. In an excerpt published in 2006, Vonnegut observed that "George W. Bush has gathered around him...most frighteningly, psychotic personalities, or PPs, the medical term for smart, personable people who have no consciences." How better to explain the unwavering arrogance of people--certainly Wolfowitz, but clearly he is not alone in this Administration--who consistently get it wrong yet plow on undeterred by the inconvenience of fact or logic? Most of us, once associated with the grievous distortions of evidence and outright lies justifying the invasion of Iraq, not to mention the horrid waste and death attendant upon the subsequent occupation that Wolfowitz oversaw, would feel the need to pause for a spell of critical self-reflection. Not so Wolfowitz, who, unmoved by the death and destruction he wrought, sailed on to the World Bank and announced that he would fight what he claimed was that venerable institution's penchant for, yes, he used the word, "corruption." Toward that end he would bring with him a score of Pentagon underlings whose hands were almost as bloody as his from the Iraq disaster. One of them, Kevin Kellems, former spokesman for Vice President Dick Cheney, suddenly resigned his $250,000-a-year job at the World Bank on Monday. Another veteran from the Iraq buildup to be rewarded was Wolfowitz's lover, Shaha Riza, his resident Muslim expert, who was promoted to a State Department position paying more than Secretary Condoleezza Rice earns. Not quite the $400,000 that Wolfowitz would be raking in at the World Bank, but Riza's salary had the advantage of being tax-free--she is still technically a "foreign national," despite her access to the inner sanctums of US security debates. Such rich rewards for folks ostensibly fighting world poverty would not seem troubling to the PPs Vonnegut referred to, as they are suffering from a malady that renders them morally tone-deaf. Citing what he calls the classic medical text on PPs, "The Mask of Sanity," Vonnegut noted in his "Custodians of Chaos" piece: "Some people are born deaf, some are born blind or whatever, and this book is about congenitally defective human beings of a sort that is making this whole country and many other parts of the planet go completely haywire nowadays. These are people born without consciences, and suddenly they are taking charge of everything. "PPs are presentable," Vonnegut reminds us, lest we be fooled by their equanimity on talk shows, "they know full well the suffering their actions may cause others, but they do not care. They cannot care because they are nuts. They have a screw loose!" Vonnegut includes the executives who gave us the Enron and WorldCom scandals with the neoconservatives to indicate the malady's extent. This could be dismissed as the standard liberal claptrap--turning the culprits into victims whose illness made them do it. But I offer his observations as the most plausible explanation of the headlong pursuit of disaster, for themselves and the planet, on the part of these otherwise canny overachievers. Yes, their mendacity does often catch up with them, and folks like Wolfowitz do not tend to be well regarded after they have lost the perks of power. The problem is that the truth arrives too late to prevent considerable suffering. Indeed, Wolfowitz's embarrassment at the World Bank is a minor inconvenience compared with the opprobrium he should be receiving after each day's dose of disaster news from Iraq disproves the cakewalk of a regime change that he had so assuredly promised. Then, too, this lying lout will no doubt be rewarded with something similar to the $4 million contract that former CIA Director George Tenet recently received to share a few details of how he went about betraying us. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:12:37 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:12:37 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Bush Would Veto Democrats' New Iraq Bill Message-ID: <20070509161237.1660f82a@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via San Francisco Chronicle - May 9, 2007 http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/n/a/2007/05/09/national/w073958D89.DTL Bush Would Veto Democrats' New Iraq Bill By LOLITA C. BALDOR Associated Press Writer (05-09) 11:04 PDT WASHINGTON, (AP) -- President Bush would veto any bill drafted by House Democratic leaders that would fund the Iraq war only into summer, his spokesman said Wednesday, even as the Pentagon held out hope that troops could begin withdrawing if the Iraqi government makes progress by fall. Defense Secretary Robert Gates told a Senate committee that if violence in Iraq declines enough to allow the government to move forward, including steps toward political reconciliation, the U.S. could begin pulling troops out. The Pentagon, said Gates, is "looking for the direction of events ? we don't have to have it all locked in place and everything complete ... If (we) see some very positive progress and it looks like things are heading in the right direction, then that's the point at which I think we can begin to consider reducing some of those forces." He added that "getting the level of violence in Iraq to point where the political process can go forward and seeing some progress in reconciliation sets the stage for us to begin withdrawing our units ... and allowing those security responsibilities to be assumed by the Iraqis." Senators pressed Gates on reports that commanders in Iraq may want to wait until next April to make an assessment of the buildup. But Gates insisted that the evaluation will be in September, although he added that he didn't know what the result would be. "What are the prospects for having some light at the end of the tunnel, to see some encouragement which would enable the Congress to have the fortitude to support the president and go beyond September and the full funding of the $500 billion?" asked Sen. Arlen Specter, R-Pa. Gates replied, "I think that the honest answer is, Senator, that I don't know." Gates also told the panel that proposals for a short-term funding bill would be very disruptive and "have a huge impact" on contracts to repair and replace equipment. The Defense Department, he said, just doesn't "have the agility to manage a two month appropriation." "I essentially have 10,000 faucets all running money," Gates said. "Turning them on and off with precision and on a day-to-day basis, or even a month-to-month basis, gets very difficult." And, he said that if Congress votes again in July, but rejects the funding bill, "I would have to shut down significant elements of the Department of Defense in August and September because I wouldn't have the money to pay salaries." The Democrats' proposal would pay for the war through July, then give Congress the option of cutting off money after that if conditions do not improve. Bush requested more than $90 billion to fund the war through September. "There are restrictions on funding and there are also some of the spending items that were mentioned in the first veto message that are still in the bill," White House press secretary Tony Snow said on Air Force One traveling with Bush. Asked directly if Bush would veto the House bill in its current form, Snow said, "Yes." White House spokeswoman Dana Perino said White House chief of staff Josh Bolten had "another good meeting" with Senate leaders on the matter. "We remain hopeful we can achieve a deal, and the president's chief of staff remains open to meeting with anyone, anytime, anywhere to bring closure to this process," she said. Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, D-Nev., emerged from the closed-door meeting to say no deal was struck. Bolten's meeting Wednesday with Reid and Republican leader Mitch McConnell, R-Ky., lasted about an hour, and revealed a slightly different tone and approach in the Senate than in the House, said a senior administration official who was in the session and spoke on condition of anonymity to speak more freely about private discussions. The talk was mostly about the process of getting a bill through both chambers and to the president, but there also were some substantive discussions about content that the official would not detail. The White House's view is that Democrats in the Senate and House need to better coordinate where they want to go with a bill, but this is not preventing Bolten from talking about specifics in the meantime, the official said. Bush vetoed an earlier bill because it set deadlines for U.S. troop withdrawals from Iraq. The short-term funding bill is backed by House Democrats, but is unlikely to survive the Senate, where Democrats hold a slimmer majority and several of them do not support funding the war in brief installments. Snow talked with reporters on Air Force One as Bush flew to Kansas to see the devastation from last week's tornado. In other comments Wednesday, Gates said that the Iraqis are assuming more security responsibilities day by day, but the U.S. cannot abandon the country prematurely. Doing so, he said, would allow al-Qaida terrorists to use Iraq's western Anbar province as a base to plan operations against the United States. [Associated Press Writer Anne Flaherty contributed to this report.] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:13:59 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:13:59 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Spinning Hillary Centrist Message-ID: <20070509161359.1f90b6fc@viola.tamara-b.org> The Nation - May 7, 2007 http://www.thenation.com/doc/20070521/berman [Editor' s Note: This is an excerpt of a longer article about Hillary Clinton's circle of advisers, which will appear May 16 in the print version of The Nation.] Spinning Hillary Centrist by Ari Berman As Hillary Clinton charges toward the Democratic nomination for President, her campaign has a coterie of influential advisers. There's her husband, of course, widely regarded as one of the sharpest political strategists in the business. There's ?ber-Washington insider and former head of the Democratic National Committee Terry McAuliffe. There are A-list policy wonks like former Treasury Secretary Bob Rubin. But perhaps the most important figure in the campaign is her pollster and chief strategist, Mark Penn, a combative workaholic. Penn is not yet a household name, but perhaps he should be. Inside Hillaryland, he has elaborately managed the centrist image Hillary has cultivated in the Senate. The campaign is polling constantly, and Penn's interpretation of the numbers will in large part decide her political direction. Yet Penn is no ordinary pollster. Beyond his connections to the Clintons, he not only polls for America's biggest companies but also runs one of the world's premier PR agencies. This creates a dilemma for Hillary: Penn represents many of the interests whose influence candidate Clinton--in an attempt to appeal to an increasingly populist Democratic electorate--has vowed to curtail. Is what's good for Penn and his business good for Hillary's political career? And furthermore, can she convincingly claim to fight for the average American with Penn guiding strategy in her corner? Despite the risks he poses, it's easy to figure out why Hillary clings to Penn. The Clintons (like the Bushes) put a premium on loyalty, and they credit Penn with saving Bill's presidency. After the 1994 election, Democrats had just lost both houses of Congress and Clinton was floundering in the polls. At the urging of his wife, Bill turned to Dick Morris, a controversial friend from their time in Arkansas. Morris knew Penn from his days as a pollster in New York and brought him into the White House. Morris decided what to poll and Penn polled it. They immediately pushed Clinton to the right, enacting the now-infamous strategy of "triangulation," which co-opted Republican policies like welfare reform and tax cuts and emphasized small-bore issues that supposedly cut across the ideological divide. "They were the ones who said 'Make the '96 election about nothing except V-Chips and school uniforms,'" says a former Clinton adviser. When Morris got caught with a call girl, Penn became the most important adviser in Clinton's second term. "In a White House where polling is virtually a religion," the Washington Post reported in 1996, "Penn is the high priest." He became known as the "most powerful man in Washington you've never heard of." Penn, who had previously worked in the business world for companies like Texaco and Eli Lilly, brought his corporate ideology to the White House. After moving to Washington he aggressively expanded his polling firm, Penn, Schoen & Berland (PSB). It was said that Penn was the only person who could get Bill Clinton and Bill Gates on the same phone line. Penn's largest client was Microsoft, and he saw no contradiction between working for both the plaintiff and the defense in what was at the time the country's largest antitrust case. A variety of controversial clients enlisted PSB. The firm defended Procter and Gamble's Olestra drug from charges that it caused anal leakage, blamed Texaco's bankruptcy on greedy jurors and market-tested genetically modified foods for Monsanto. Penn invented the concept of "inoculation," in which corporations are shielded from scandal through clever advertising and marketing. Selling an image, companies realized, was as important as winning a legislative favor. Penn kept his foot in the political world through the Clintons. In 2000 he became the chief architect of Hillary's Senate victory in New York, persuading her, in a rerun of '96, to eschew big themes and relentlessly focus on poll-tested pothole politics, such as suburban transit lines and dairy farming upstate. Following that election, Penn became a very rich man--and an even more valued commodity in the business world (Hillary paid him $1 million for her re-election campaign in '06 and $277,000 in the first quarter of this year). The massive PR empire WPP Group acquired Penn's polling firm for an undisclosed sum in 2001 and four years later named him worldwide CEO of one of its most prized properties, the PR firm Burson-Marsteller (B-M). A key player in the decision to hire Penn was Howard Paster, President Clinton's chief lobbyist to Capitol Hill and a top executive in the WPP firmament. "Clients of stature come to Mark constantly for counsel," says Paster, who informally advises Hillary, explaining the hire. The press release announcing Penn's promotion noted his work "developing and implementing deregulation informational programs for the electric utilities industry and in the financial services sector." The release blithely ignored how utility deregulation contributed to the California electricity crisis manipulated by Enron and the blackout of 2003, which darkened much of the Northeast and upper Midwest. Burson-Marsteller is hardly a natural fit for a prominent Democrat. The firm has represented everyone from the Argentine military junta to Union Carbide after the 1984 Bhopal disaster in India, in which thousands were killed when toxic fumes were released by one of its plants, to Royal Dutch Shell, which has been accused of massive human rights violations in Nigeria. B-M pioneered the use of pseudo-grassroots front groups, known as "astroturfing," to wage stealth corporate attacks against environmental and consumer organizations. It set up the National Smokers Alliance on behalf of Philip Morris to fight tobacco regulation in the early 1990s. Its current clients include major players in the finance, pharmaceutical and energy industries. In 2006, with Penn at the helm, the company gave 57 percent of its campaign contributions to Republican candidates. A host of prominent Republicans fall under Penn's purview. B-M's Washington lobbying arm, BKSH & Associates, is run by Charlie Black, a leading GOP operative who maintains close ties to the White House, including Karl Rove, and was former partners with Lee Atwater, the political consultant who crafted the Willie Horton smear campaign used by George H.W. Bush against Michael Dukakis in 1988. Black regularly disparages the Clintons; he has called Hillary a "martyr figure" and said Bill "tearfully embraced...government preferences for [a] homosexual lifestyle." In recent years Black's clients have included the likes of Iraq's Ahmad Chalabi, the darling of the neocon right in the run-up to the war; Lockheed Martin; and Occidental Petroleum. In the summer of 2005 he landed a contract with the Lincoln Group, the disgraced PR firm that covertly placed US military propaganda in Iraqi news outlets. The agreement, according to Intelligence Online, allowed the Lincoln Group to "tap into BKSH's extensive contacts in the Republican administration." When asked by The New Yorker if there was too much cronyism in Iraq, Black responded, "I just wish I could find the cronies." Black is only one cannon in B-M's Republican arsenal. Its "grassroots" lobbying branch, Direct Impact--which specializes in corporate-funded astroturfing--is run by Dennis Whitfield, a former Reagan Cabinet official, and Dave DenHerder, the political director of the Bush-Cheney '04 campaign in Ohio. That's not all. B-M recently partnered with lobbyist Ed Gillespie, the former head of the Republican National Committee, in creating the new ad firm 360Advantage, which is run by two ad men for the Bush-Cheney campaigns and which includes a few prominent Democrats. Its first project was a campaign for the neoconservative Weekly Standard magazine against "liberal bias" in the media. There's more than a little irony that some Democrats would assist a conservative media machine that so regularly smears the Clintons. Yet the so-called "bipartisan" firm is hardly objective--of its thirteen principals, ten are Republicans. As expected with such a lineup, B-M has a highly confrontational relationship with organized labor. "Companies cannot be caught unprepared by Organized Labor's coordinated campaigns," read the "Labor Relations" section of its website (until it was scrubbed after Mark Schmitt of The American Prospect quoted the language in March). It consults frequently with George Washington University professor Jarol Manheim, author of The Death of a Thousand Cuts: Corporate Campaigns and the Attack on the Corporation and Biz-War and the Out-of-Power Elite: The Progressive-Left Attack on the Corporation. And it lends help to some of the most controversial union-busting efforts in America. Back in 2003 two large unions, UNITE (which later merged with HERE, the hotel and restaurant union) and the Teamsters, launched a major drive to organize 32,000 garment workers and truck drivers at Cintas, the country's largest and most profitable uniform and laundry supply company. Its longtime CEO, Richard Farmer, was a mega-fundraising "pioneer" for George W. Bush. Despite posting $3.4 billion in sales and $327 million in profits last year, the company had a record of overcharging consumers, denying workers overtime pay, keeping unsafe working conditions (an employee in Tulsa died recently when caught in a 300-degree drier) and using any means necessary to block the union drive. Management fired employees under false pretenses, according to worker complaints documented by the unions; vowed to close plants; and screened anti-union videos. A plant manager in Vista, California, threatened to "kick driver-employees with his steel-toed boots," according to a complaint UNITE HERE filed with the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB). To put a soft face on its harsh tactics, Cintas hired Wade Gates, a top employee in B-M's Dallas office, as its chief spokesman. Gates coined Cintas's shrewd response to labor: "the right to say yes, the freedom to say no," which has been repeated endlessly in the press. In a speech at the USC Gould School of Law last year, Gates outlined Cintas's strategy, calling for an "aggressive defense against union tactics." Says Ahmer Qadeer, an organizer for UNITE HERE: "It's the Burson influence that's made Cintas much, much slicker than they were." The unions have won two NLRB rulings against Cintas, but for four years the company has continued to resist the organizing campaign. In 2004 Hillary Clinton asked for an investigation into whether Cintas received preferential regulatory treatment from the Environmental Protection Agency in return for giving large political donations to President Bush. Union officials say she's been supportive of their organizing drive. She's a co-sponsor of the Employee Free Choice Act, which would allow workers to form unions if a majority sign cards authorizing representation, thus avoiding the coercion and intimidation commonly practiced by companies like Cintas during union election campaigns (Cintas bitterly opposes the EFCA). She told the International Association of Firefighters recently, "I believe that it is absolutely essential to the way America works that people be given the right to organize and bargain collectively." Penn has portrayed Clinton as a hero to America's underdogs. "She has a very, very strong base among the Democratic primary voters--first and foremost among voters who have real needs, people who may not have healthcare, people worried about losing a job, people who know someone serving in the war, people in the working and middle class, people whose lives really depend upon having the kind of champion and advocate that Hillary represents," Penn said to the Washington Post. Yet Hillary apparently sees no contradiction between her own advocacy, as painted by Penn, and the anti-union, pro-corporate work of her chief strategist's company. "Clearly not," says spokesman Howard Wolfson. "I don't think it reflects on her at all. Mark's work away from the campaign is Mark's work, and his campaign work is separate from that." (Wolfson told me to talk to Penn for additional information, but when I contacted Penn he referred all questions to Wolfson.) Penn recently told the Washington Post, in a largely flattering profile, that he'd been "cleared of all client responsibilities, except for Microsoft, for the duration of the campaign." Microsoft is a strange exception, given that it was the corporate entity the Clinton Administration challenged most directly. Moreover, Penn has no plans to take a formal leave from B-M. (Because B-M is a subsidiary of the WPP Group, which is a UK-based company, it doesn't have to report its CEO's salary or ownership stake in the company.) President Bush forced Karl Rove to sell his direct-mail business in 1999, but don't expect a similar move from Hillary. "Senator Clinton is no different, frankly, from Mark's other clients," Howard Paster says. "Burson-Marsteller is a lot bigger firm than Senator Clinton. There's a whole 'nother life we live." Adds Doug Schoen, when asked if his former partner's arrangement represents a conflict of interest: "I only see that if there are particular interests we are advocating using our contacts. Mark doesn't lobby. I don't lobby. We retain a strict differentiation between the corporate world and the political world." But it's difficult to tell where Penn's corporate life ends and his political one begins. Most Democratic consultants do some business work--it's the easiest way to pay the bills. Yet nobody wears as many hats--and advises as many corporations--as Penn does. "Penn and Schoen have displayed a thirst for corporate work, often in conflict with the policy agendas of their political clients, that has long set the bar among Democratic pollsters," wrote Democratic pollster Mark Blumenthal on his blog recently. "My employers and partners over the years had corporate lines they (variously) refused to cross--tobacco, pharma, big oil, aggressively anti-union--both out of ideological principle and to avoid putting their valued political clients in a tough spot. A quick glance at the Penn, Schoen, Berland client list shows they not only crossed some of those lines, but did so with enthusiasm." Furthermore, few Democratic consultants so consistently and publicly advocate an ideology that perfectly complements their corporate clients. Every election cycle Penn discovers a new group of swing voters--"soccer moms," "wired workers," "office park dads"--who happen to be the key to the election and believe the same thing: "Outdated appeals to class grievances and attacks upon corporate perfidy only alienate new consistencies and ring increasingly hollow," Penn has written. Through his longtime association with the Democratic Leadership Council, Penn has been pushing pro-corporate centrism for years. Many of the same companies that underwrite the DLC, such as Eli Lilly, AT&T, Texaco and Microsoft, also happen to be clients of Penn's. Yet despite occupying such a divisive place in the Democratic Party and outsized role in the corporate world--and despite his company's close ties to Republican political operatives and the Bush White House--Penn remains a leading figure in Hillary's campaign, pitching the inevitability of her nomination to donors and party bigwigs. According to the New York Times, "[Hillary] Clinton responds to Penn's points with exclamations like, Oh, Mark, what a smart thing to say!" Politically, his presence means that triangulation is alive and well inside the campaign and that despite her populist forays, Hillary won't stray too far from the center. "Penn has a lot of influence on her, no doubt about it," says New York political consultant Hank Sheinkopf, who worked with Penn in '96. "He's not going to let her drift too far left." From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:15:26 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:15:26 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Pelosi's Toothless Threat to Sue Bush Message-ID: <20070509161526.3b804696@viola.tamara-b.org> Counterpunch - may 9, 2007 http://www.counterpunch.org/lindorff05092007.html Constitutional Backlash? Pelosi's Toothless Threat to Sue Bush By DAVE LINDORFF The bankruptcy of the Democratic Party leadership's position in Congress on impeachment was revealed in stark terms yesterday, when House Speaker Nancy Pelosi announced that she would sue the president in court if he resorted to a signing statement to kill the next version of Congress's Iraq funding bill. Suing Bush over a signing statement, given the number of Federalist judges that this administration has named to the federal district and appellate courts, and to the US Supreme Court, is not just an exercise in futility; it is a dangerous tactic which could backfire disastrously by leading to a ruling that it's perfectly constitutional for a president to ignore laws passed by the Congress. Does Pelosi really want to risk such a catastrophe? The only solution is to impeach the president over his signing statements, and there is no need to wait for the next one to take action. Bush has invalidated more than 1200 laws or parts of laws passed by Congress since 2001 using what are called "signing statements." Republican apologists for the president have noted that other presidents, including Clinton, also issued signing statements, which is true. But they fail to mention that other presidents did not use those signing statements to then ignore or invalidate laws passed by Congress. They merely used them to register their view that a law, or a part of a law, was unconstitutional. Bush has made a wholly different argument. For the past six years, he has been claiming that because he is commander in chief in a time of war, by which he means the so-called "war" on terror, he has had what he calls "unitary executive" authority. By this he means that legislative and judicial power, as well as executive power, are all in his hands for as long as the threat of terrorism is with us. Since this "war" on terror never really ends, what he is claiming is that separation of powers no longer exists in America. Indeed, the Constitution itself is set aside. The president is a dictator during his term of office, and Congress is just a debating club. At this point, it should be clear to anyone, including Speaker Pelosi, that the only remedy for this gross abuse of power by the president is impeachment. Unfortunately for America and the Constitution, Pelosi is still hamstrung by her foolish insistence that "impeachment is off the table." As long as she continues to refuse to allow impeachment of President Bush, she cannot hope to stop the war, restore habeas corpus, undo the Military Commissions Act, stop illegal spying on Americans by the National Security Agency, or win passage of any significant legislation to deal with global warming. She cannot really do anything, because Bush will simply issue signing statements and use his claim of "unitary executive authority" to invalidate any legislation passed by Congress. Pelosi needs to be told by her colleagues and by all Americans who care about the survival of the Constitution that this is not an issue for the courts. It is an issue that demands impeachment. The Founding Fathers were clear that where abuse of power occurs, it is Congress, not the Courts, that must have the responsibility to take corrective action. Abuse of power is not a violation of the law, and so it is not something that the courts are likely to handle properly even under the best of circumstances. Abuse of power is a so-called "political crime," which requires a political response, which is precisely why the Founders included an impeachment clause in the Constitution. Pelosi has ducked this issue for long enough, and now she's about to do serious damage to the nation because of her political cowardice. Basta! Enough! If the American republic is to survive, it is time to impeach this president on a charge of abuse of power. [Dave Lindorff is the author of Killing Time: an Investigation into the Death Row Case of Mumia Abu-Jamal. His n book of CounterPunch columns titled "This Can't be Happening!" is published by Common Courage Press. Lindorff's newest book is "The Case for Impeachment", co-authored by Barbara Olshansky. He can be reached at: dlindorff at yahoo.com] From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:16:36 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:16:36 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Better to Be a Chimpanzee Message-ID: <20070509161636.629a405e@viola.tamara-b.org> The Nation - May 8, 2007 http://www.thenation.com/docprint.mhtml?i=20070521&s=ehrenreich Better to Be a Chimpanzee by BARBARA EHRENREICH Hiasl, a 26-year old Austrian-based chimpanzee, is petitioning the courts for human status, and let me be the first to extend him a warm welcome to our species. My animal rights activism has never gone beyond the cage-free eggs' stage; it's the human possibilities raised by Hiasl's case that caught my attention. If a chimpanzee can be declared a person, then there's nothing in the way of a person becoming an ape--and I'm not just talking about a retroactive status applied to ex-husbands. In fact, I predict a surge in trans-specied people, who will eagerly go over to the side of the chimps. The transition need not involve costly, time-consuming, surgical arm extensions and whole-body Rogaine treatments, since we are practically chimpanzees already. We share 99 percent of our genome with them, making it possible for chimps to accept human blood transfusions and kidney donations. Despite their vocal limitations, they communicate easily with each other and can learn human languages. They use tools and live in groups that display behavioral variations attributable to what anthropologists recognize as culture. And we may be a lot closer biologically than Darwin ever imagined. Last May, paleontologists reported evidence of inter-breeding between early humans and chimps as recently as 5 million years ago, and proposed that modern humans are the result of this ancient predilection for bestiality. Hiazl's motivation is economic: The animal sanctuary where he resides has run out of funds, and, in Austria, only a person can receive personal donations. Many humans in this country may be similarly motivated to seek chimp status. There are individuals who commit crimes in order to gain access to the free food and medical care available in a prison. How much easier and more pleasant to have oneself declared a chimp and win entry to the soft life of a zoo animal! Not only are the guards friendly, but one's enclosure has been designed with far more psychological forethought than the average office or cubicle. True, not all chimps have it as easy as Hiazl, who spends most of his time watching TV. There's the danger of being sold to a pharmaceutical company for research, for example, but this should decline as chimps achieve human status. We can't expect much progress on chimpanzee rights in Bush's America, according to Elizabeth Hess, author of the forthcoming book Nim Chimpsky: The Chimp Who Would Be Human. But in addition to the Austrian debate, the Spanish parliament is considering a bill to extend "fundamental moral and legal protections" to apes. Once apes achieve these protections, American humans are going to want them too. I'm thinking food, shelter, and medical-veterinary care. Another reason to make the human-to-ape transition is the sex, at least if you're smart enough to declare yourself a bonobo or pygmy chimpanzee. Bonobos, who are genetically as close to humans as larger chimpanzees, use sex much as we use handshakes --as a form of greeting between individuals in any gender combination. See an old friend, and you start rubbing genitals together, with mutual orgasm serving as a hearty "How ya doin', pal?" Plus, bonobo bands are female-dominated, which should be a special enticement to women investigating their chimpanzee transition options. There are is another, less selfish reason, to seek chimpanzee status. Like me, you may be a wee bit disappointed in our own species. Here we are--the tool-wielding, word-spouting brainiacs of the earth - and what have we done with our powers? We've poisoned the world, encrusted it with our unsightly infrastructure, and exterminated most of our fellow earth-dwellers, from elephants and tigers to fish. Of course, what makes humans especially obnoxious is our tendency to believe in our absolute superiority over all creatures. We alone, of all species, have come up with religions and philosophies that declare us uniquely deserving of global hegemony. Yet one by one, our "unique" human traits have turned out to be shared: Chimpanzees have culture; dolphins make art (in the form of bubble patterns); female vampire bats share food with their friends; male baboons will die to defend their troop; rats have recently demonstrated a capability for reflection that resembles consciousness. We are animals, and they are us. But just because you want, for whatever reason, to attain the status of a chimp, don't assume that you'll make the cut. Just as we don't know how the Austrian court will rule in Hiasl's case, we have no reason to believe that the chimps will have us. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:18:08 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:18:08 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] The Hidden Costs of America's Hypermasculine Culture Message-ID: <20070509161808.015833d5@viola.tamara-b.org> Los Angeles Times via Alternet - May 9, 2007 http://www.alternet.org/story/51626 The Hidden Costs of America's Hypermasculine Culture By Mark Dery [This article first appeared in the Los Angeles Times.] So there's a smoking crater where Don Imus used to sit. That's fine with those of us who never understood the appeal of his grizzled-codger shtick, which, to me, always sounded like Rooster Cogburn reading The Turner Diaries. But if we're going to administer a ritual flaying to every blowhard who channels the ugly American id, how is it that a hate-speech Touretter like Ann Coulter has escaped the skinning knife? She called Democratic presidential candidate John Edwards a "faggot" at the Conservative Political Action Conference; insisted on The Big Idea with Donny Deutsch that Bill Clinton's "promiscuity" is proof positive of "latent homosexuality"; quipped on Hardball Plaza that Al Gore is a "total fag"; and wrote, in her syndicated column, that the odds of Hillary Clinton "coming out of the closet" in 2008 are "about even money." Obviously, racism -- slavery, lynching, institutionalized discrimination -- has taken a much greater toll, in this country, than homophobia. According to the most recent FBI report on hate crimes (2005), most such attacks (54.7 percent) were racially motivated; only 14.2 percent were inspired by the sexual orientation of the victim. But there's another reason the media haven't given Coulter a prime-time water-boarding: Her problem is our problem. As a society, we view racial epithets as Class-A felonies, whereas homophobic slurs are parking violations (if that). Coulter laughed off her Edwards crack on Hannity & Colmes, saying, "The word I used ... has nothing to do with gays. It's a schoolyard taunt, meaning wuss." Of course, as noted etymologist Mike Damone observed in Fast Times at Ridgemont High, a wuss is "part wimp and part pussy." Not that it means you're a fag or anything. Even if you are a fag. Which is just British slang for "cigarette," anyway. So why are you looking at me like that? Seriously, though, Coulter's choplogic reminds us that homophobia is so ubiquitous as to be invisible in American society. Only people whose idea of formal attire is a white sheet with eyeholes would dare to use the N-word in public, but homophobic smears reverberate throughout pop culture. Little wonder, too: Asked, in a 2003 Pew study, if homosexuality should be accepted by society, only a razor-thin majority (51 percent) of Americans answered yes, in contrast to 83 percent in Germany, 77 percent in France, and 74 percent in Great Britain. Our long tradition of demonizing our political and ideological opponents is founded on homophobic innuendo. Camille Paglia derided Al Gore for his "prissy, lisping Little Lord Fauntleroy persona," which "borders on epicene." John Kerry, who spent his childhood summers in France, was too "French" to be presidential timber -- meaning, too much of a girlyman. Now, Jonathan Edwards is too heteroflexible to be commander-in-chief; only Straight Guys with a Queer Eye pay $400 for a haircut, right? George W. Bush learned an unforgettable lesson about the anxious nature of masculinity in America when Newsweek tarred his father with the "wimp" charge, a perception Bush 41 never really overcame. The resolve never to be branded a wimp is the key to Dubya's psychology: the you-talkin'-to-me? pugnacity and cock-of-the-walk swagger at press conferences; the cowboy bluster about getting Saddam dead or alive; the Top Gun posturing on the aircraft carrier, in a crotch-gripping flight suit that accentuated the Presidential Unit (leading G. Gordon Liddy to swoon -- on Hardball, for Freud's sake -- "what a stud"). Doesn't all this chest-thumping machismo and locker-room homophobia protest a little too much? Paging Dr. Freud, pink courtesy phone: What can we say about a country so anxiously hypermasculine that it can give rise to Godmen, a muscular-Christianity movement that seeks to lure Real Men back to church with services that feature guys bending metal wrenches with their bare hands and leaders exulting, "Thank you, Lord, for our testosterone!" The trouble with manhood, American-style, is that it is maintained at the expense of every man's feminine side -- the frantically repressed Inner Wussy -- and the demonization of the feminine and the gay wherever we see them. In his book The Wimp Factor: Gender Gaps, Holy Wars, and the Politics of Anxious Masculinity, clinical psychologist Stephen Ducat calls this state of mind "femiphobia" -- a pathological masculinity founded on the subconscious belief that "the most important thing about being a man is not being a woman" (which, for many straight guys, is another way of saying: not gay). Okay, so maybe I'm overstepping the bounds of my Learning Annex degree in pop psychology. But the hidden costs of our overcompensatory hypermacho are worse, far worse, than a few politicians slimed by reich-wing pundits. The horror in Iraq has been protracted past the point of lunacy by George W.'s bring-it-on braggadocio, He-Ra unilateralism, and damn-the-facts refusal to acknowledge mistakes (even as the body count mounts and billions of dollars go down the drain) -- all hallmarks of a pathological masculinity that misreads diplomacy as weakness and confuses arrogant rigidity with strength. It is a masculinity founded not on a self-assured sense of what it is, but on a neurotic loathing of what it is not (yet secretly fears it may be): wussy. And it will go to the grave insisting on battering-ram stiffness (stay the course! don't pull out!) as the truest mark of manhood. [Mark Dery is a cultural critic who teaches in the Department of Journalism at New York University. Dery is at work on Paradise Lust, a book about the culture war, on the Web, between sexual revolutionaries and the morality police. ] ? 2007 Independent Media Institute. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:19:13 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:19:13 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Bad year for hurricanes predicted Message-ID: <20070509161913.64025414@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via Toronto Globe & Mail - May 9, 2007 http://www.theglobeandmail.com/servlet/story/RTGAM.20070509.whurricane0509/BNStory/Science/?page=rss&id=RTGAM.20070509.whurricane0509 Bad year for hurricanes predicted By JOE STINEBAKER Associated Press HOUSTON ? Two U.S. national hurricane experts say they expect an especially active storm season in the Atlantic this year, with one predicting 17 tropical storms and hurricanes. Philip Klotzbach, a research associate at Colorado State University, and Joe Bastardi, the chief hurricane forecaster for AccuWeather Inc., acknowledged Tuesday that similar predictions for the 2006 season were wrong, but they still think there will be a more active storm cycle this year. Mr. Klotzbach and Mr. Bastardi spoke at the Second Annual AccuWeather Hurricane Summit, a gathering of more than 100 weather experts and academics to discuss the coming season with members of the energy industry, whose business can be severely affected by storms. ?We didn't predict very well last year,? Mr. Klotzbach said, noting that 2006 turned out to be an average year. Chances of a more active season seemed borne out Wednesday, when forecasters said subtropical storm Andrea has formed off the southeastern U.S. coast, more than three weeks before the start of Atlantic hurricane season. The season, which officially runs from June 1 to Nov. 30, averages 9.6 named storms, with 5.9 of them becoming hurricanes and 2.3 of them major hurricanes. Last year, there were 10 named storms in the Atlantic, of which five became hurricanes. None of the hurricanes made landfall in the United States, the first time since 2001 that has happened. Mr. Klotzbach and a colleague at Colorado State, William Gray, issued their most recent prediction April 3, forecasting a ?very active? season with 17 named storms, including nine hurricanes and five intense hurricanes. Mr. Klotzbach said there is a 74-per-cent chance that a major hurricane will strike the United States, with a 49-per-cent chance that it will hit along the Gulf Coast between the Florida Panhandle and Brownsville, Tex. Although Mr. Bastardi predicts fewer storms than his counterparts, he agreed that 2007 would be more active than usual. He expects 13 or 14 named storms, six or seven of which will strike the U.S. coast. Mr. Bastardi said the Texas Gulf coast is twice as likely to be hit as in an average year and Florida appears four times as likely. ?We are living in a time of climatic hardship,? he said. ?We're in a cycle where weather extremes are more the norm and not the exception.? Mr. Bastardi said he fears climatic conditions could lead to storms that intensify relatively late in their life when they are closer to landfall. Last year's hurricane season was in contrast to the devastating 2005 season, which set a record with 28 named storms, 15 of them hurricanes, including Hurricane Katrina. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:20:39 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:20:39 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Judge THROWS OUT charges against Posada Carriles Message-ID: <20070509162039.54de2057@viola.tamara-b.org> CNN - May 9, 2007 http://www.cnn.com/2007/LAW/05/08/posada.charges/index.html?eref=rss_world Judge throws out charges against anti-Castro militant (CNN) -- A federal judge dropped charges against former CIA operative and anti-Castro Cuban militant Luis Posada Carriles on Tuesday, blasting what she called government "fraud, deceit and trickery" in an interview with Posada that led to the charges. Posada, 79, was charged with seven counts of immigration fraud. He was arrested in Miami in May 2005 after entering the country illegally. U.S. district judge Kathleen Cardone ordered Posada's electronic bracelet cut off in the courtroom Tuesday and cleared the way for him to return to Miami a free man. Posada's attorney, Arturo Hernandez, told CNN the ruling was "an incredible legal victory." The Justice Department and the Department of Homeland Security said they were reviewing Cardone's decision. Cuba, Venezuela want Posada to face charges The Cuban government reacted angrily to news of Posada's release, calling him a "known terrorist" in a statement released by Dagoberto Rodriguez Barrera, chief of the Cuban Interest Section in Washington. In the statement, the Cuban government blames the White House for having "made all the efforts necessary to protect the bin Laden of the hemisphere, [out of] fear that he could have talked and recount the whole history about the U.S. government links with his terrorists' activities." The Cuban government accuses Posada of being involved in the 1976 downing of a Cuban passenger plane, which killed 73 people. Posada has denied any role in the airliner attack. He's also accused of being involved in a string of hotel bombings in Havana and making attempts on the life of Cuban leader Fidel Castro. Venezuela and Cuba have both asked that Posada be extradited, but an immigration judge in September 2005 ruled he could not be sent to either country out of concern he might face torture there. Posada's presence in the United States presented a problem for U.S. officials, who want to support anti-Castro Cubans but were sensitive to terrorist charges against Posada. "As with each and every defendant who comes before this court, defendant in this case is entitled to certain rights under the United States Constitution," Cardone wrote in her 38-page ruling. "This court will not set aside such rights nor overlook government misconduct because defendant is a political hot potato. This court's concern is not politics, it is the preservation of criminal justice." Judge condemns government's 'manipulation' Cardone threw out the interview with immigration authorities that was the basis of the charges against Posada. The interview was poorly translated for him, she found, and "No effective communication existed between defendant and the interviewers." "In light of the fact that the indictment in this case is based upon statements made during the naturalization interview, this court finds that the interpretation is so inaccurate as to render it unreliable as evidence of defendant's actual statements," she wrote. In addition, Cardone condemned what she called government manipulation in the case, noting that Posada's naturalization interview was unusual in that it stretched eight hours over two days, as opposed to the usual maximum of 30 minutes. Cardone called the interview a "pretext for a criminal investigation." Although "warnings" were provided to Posada at the beginning of the interview, she wrote, they were read to him in English without any translation, and his attorney continually was told that if Posada exercised his Fifth Amendment right against self-incrimination, it would result in termination of the interview. "More importantly," she wrote, "defendant did not receive an explanation of the true import of the government's inquiry." The "defendant had few options, and the government took advantage of his situation and manipulated it to serve its own ends," she wrote. She said the mere fact that he was questioned about bombings "belies the argument that this was a routine naturalization interview." Government 'violated universal sense of justice' "This court finds the government's tactics in this case are so grossly shocking and so outrageous as to violate the universal sense of justice," Cardone wrote. "As a result, this court is left with no choice but to dismiss the indictment." Posada was jailed for nine years in Venezuela in connection with the airliner attack, but was never convicted and escaped in 1985. In Panama, he was convicted of plotting with three Cuban exiles to kill Castro while the leader was visiting Panama in 2000. He later received a presidential pardon and surfaced in Guatemala and Mexico before heading to the United States. He has said he was smuggled over the Mexican border into Texas and came by bus to South Florida. However, the government argued that his longtime friend and benefactor, Santiago Alvarez, smuggled him into the country on his fishing boat. Alvarez is currently jailed on unrelated weapons charges. Posada received CIA training in explosives and sabotage at Fort Benning, Georgia, after he helped organize the failed Bay of Pigs operation to oust Castro in 1961. He has said he stopped working for the CIA in 1968, but in the 1980s helped the U.S.-based secret Contra supply network in Central America. After his U.S. arrest, Posada was held in a New Mexico jail. He posted $350,000 bond last month, prompting outrage from Venezuela and other countries. (CNN) -- A federal judge dropped charges against former CIA operative and anti-Castro Cuban militant Luis Posada Carriles on Tuesday, blasting what she called government "fraud, deceit and trickery" in an interview with Posada that led to the charges. Posada, 79, was charged with seven counts of immigration fraud. He was arrested in Miami in May 2005 after entering the country illegally. U.S. district judge Kathleen Cardone ordered Posada's electronic bracelet cut off in the courtroom Tuesday and cleared the way for him to return to Miami a free man. Posada's attorney, Arturo Hernandez, told CNN the ruling was "an incredible legal victory." The Justice Department and the Department of Homeland Security said they were reviewing Cardone's decision. Cuba, Venezuela want Posada to face charges The Cuban government reacted angrily to news of Posada's release, calling him a "known terrorist" in a statement released by Dagoberto Rodriguez Barrera, chief of the Cuban Interest Section in Washington. In the statement, the Cuban government blames the White House for having "made all the efforts necessary to protect the bin Laden of the hemisphere, [out of] fear that he could have talked and recount the whole history about the U.S. government links with his terrorists' activities." The Cuban government accuses Posada of being involved in the 1976 downing of a Cuban passenger plane, which killed 73 people. Posada has denied any role in the airliner attack. He's also accused of being involved in a string of hotel bombings in Havana and making attempts on the life of Cuban leader Fidel Castro. Venezuela and Cuba have both asked that Posada be extradited, but an immigration judge in September 2005 ruled he could not be sent to either country out of concern he might face torture there. Posada's presence in the United States presented a problem for U.S. officials, who want to support anti-Castro Cubans but were sensitive to terrorist charges against Posada. "As with each and every defendant who comes before this court, defendant in this case is entitled to certain rights under the United States Constitution," Cardone wrote in her 38-page ruling. "This court will not set aside such rights nor overlook government misconduct because defendant is a political hot potato. This court's concern is not politics, it is the preservation of criminal justice." Judge condemns government's 'manipulation' Cardone threw out the interview with immigration authorities that was the basis of the charges against Posada. The interview was poorly translated for him, she found, and "No effective communication existed between defendant and the interviewers." "In light of the fact that the indictment in this case is based upon statements made during the naturalization interview, this court finds that the interpretation is so inaccurate as to render it unreliable as evidence of defendant's actual statements," she wrote. In addition, Cardone condemned what she called government manipulation in the case, noting that Posada's naturalization interview was unusual in that it stretched eight hours over two days, as opposed to the usual maximum of 30 minutes. Cardone called the interview a "pretext for a criminal investigation." Although "warnings" were provided to Posada at the beginning of the interview, she wrote, they were read to him in English without any translation, and his attorney continually was told that if Posada exercised his Fifth Amendment right against self-incrimination, it would result in termination of the interview. "More importantly," she wrote, "defendant did not receive an explanation of the true import of the government's inquiry." The "defendant had few options, and the government took advantage of his situation and manipulated it to serve its own ends," she wrote. She said the mere fact that he was questioned about bombings "belies the argument that this was a routine naturalization interview." Government 'violated universal sense of justice' "This court finds the government's tactics in this case are so grossly shocking and so outrageous as to violate the universal sense of justice," Cardone wrote. "As a result, this court is left with no choice but to dismiss the indictment." Posada was jailed for nine years in Venezuela in connection with the airliner attack, but was never convicted and escaped in 1985. In Panama, he was convicted of plotting with three Cuban exiles to kill Castro while the leader was visiting Panama in 2000. He later received a presidential pardon and surfaced in Guatemala and Mexico before heading to the United States. He has said he was smuggled over the Mexican border into Texas and came by bus to South Florida. However, the government argued that his longtime friend and benefactor, Santiago Alvarez, smuggled him into the country on his fishing boat. Alvarez is currently jailed on unrelated weapons charges. Posada received CIA training in explosives and sabotage at Fort Benning, Georgia, after he helped organize the failed Bay of Pigs operation to oust Castro in 1961. He has said he stopped working for the CIA in 1968, but in the 1980s helped the U.S.-based secret Contra supply network in Central America. After his U.S. arrest, Posada was held in a New Mexico jail. He posted $350,000 bond last month, prompting outrage from Venezuela and other countries. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:21:53 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:21:53 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Briton Convicted in Bush-Blair "bomb Al-Jazeera" Memo Leak Message-ID: <20070509162153.431d5b48@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 9, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/B/BRITAIN_IRAQ_MEMO?SITE=SCAND&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT Briton Convicted in Bush-Blair Memo Leak LONDON (AP) -- A British civil servant and an aide to a legislator were convicted Wednesday of leaking a classified memo about a meeting between Prime Minister Tony Blair and President Bush in a breach of the Official Secrets Act. David Keogh, a cipher expert who was convicted on two counts, had admitted passing on the secret memo about April 2004 talks between the two leaders in which Bush purportedly referred to bombing Arab broadcaster Al-Jazeera. Keogh was accused of passing the memo to his co-defendant, Leo O'Connor, 44, who in turn handed it to his boss, Tony Clarke, then a legislator who voted against Britain's decision to join the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq in 2003. Keogh, 50, told London's Central Criminal Court he felt strongly about the memo, which he had to relay to diplomats overseas using secure methods, and hoped it would come to wider attention. "The main person in my mind was John Kerry, who at the time was American candidate for the U.S. presidential election in 2004," Keogh had testified. He admitted holding "unfavorable" views on Bush, but said he did not think publishing the document would hurt Britain's security or international relations. The Daily Mirror newspaper reported that the memo showed Blair arguing against Bush's suggestion of bombing Al-Jazeera's headquarters in Doha, Qatar. The Daily Mirror said its sources disagreed on whether Bush's suggestion was serious. Blair said he had no information about any proposed U.S. action against Al-Jazeera, and the White House called the claims "outlandish and inconceivable." The document, marked "Secret-Personal," was intended to be restricted to senior officials. The memo's contents are considered so sensitive that much of the trial was heard behind closed doors. Witnesses and counsel did not refer to the contents in open court. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:22:41 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:22:41 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Mission Accomplished: Truck Bomb Kills 14 in Iraq Message-ID: <20070509162241.3c53f664@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 9, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/I/IRAQ?SITE=SCAND&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT Truck Bomb Kills 14 in Iraq By RAVI NESSMAN Associated Press Writer BAGHDAD (AP) -- A suicide truck bomb ripped through the Interior Ministry in the relatively peaceful Kurdish city of Irbil on Wednesday, killing 14 people and wounding dozens, officials said. Kurdish officials blamed al-Qaida-linked insurgents for the first major attack in the regional capital in more than three years. The bombing came as Vice President Dick Cheney arrived in Baghdad for an unannounced visit that included meetings with top Iraqi government officials, leaders of influential Iraqi factions and the senior U.S. military commander. About 200 supporters of radical Shiite cleric Muqtada al-Sadr took to the streets in the southern city of Najaf in protest, carrying banners reading: "The Iraq people reject Cheney's visit." Cheney's trip was aimed at encouraging rival Iraqi factions to work together to overcome their divisions in the conflict that has claimed the lives of more than 3,370 American troops. The U.S. military said an American soldier was killed and four others were wounded Tuesday in a shooting attack in the volatile province of Diyala, northeast of Baghdad. The explosion in Irbil, 217 miles north of Baghdad, underscored how even relatively safe areas of Iraq were not immune from the violence. Irbil, the capital of Iraq's autonomous Kurdistan region, had been spared much of the sectarian violence wracking the rest of the country. But attacks have been on the rise in southern and northern areas in Iraq as Sunni and Shiite militants have fled a three-month-old security crackdown in Baghdad and brought their brutal tactics with them. The Interior Ministry building was badly damaged. Kurdish TV showed piles of rubble and twisted metal beams. Rescue workers reached into the wreckage to pull out one of the victims of the blast. Windows were blown out down the street and wreckage was scattered nearly 100 yards away. The nearby security headquarters was also damaged. Ahmed Nasruldin, 50, an employee at a local university, was riding to work when the blast spun his bus around. "The bus windows were smashed and my face and head were hurt by shrapnel. A woman beside me fell on my side, her shoulder was broken," he said. The regional minister for the interior, Karim Sinjari, said 14 people were killed and 87 were wounded. Kurdish lawmaker Mahmoud Othman blamed the attack on Ansar al-Sunnah, a Sunni Arab insurgent group, and Ansar al-Islam, a mostly Kurdish militant group with ties to al-Qaida in Iraq. Ansar al-Islam has been blamed for a number of attacks, including attempts to assassinate Kurdish officials. Othman said authorities learned that insurgents were planning a large attack a week ago when police arrested a militant cell in the town of Sulaimaniyah. "During questioning they confessed that were getting training lessons in a neighboring country and that was Iran," he said. The last major attack in Irbil took place Feb. 1, 2004, when twin suicide bombers killed 109 people in two Kurdish party offices. Ansar al-Sunnah claimed responsibility for that attack. "Kurdistan is a safe region and this will have its effect on trade, and companies will fear coming to this region," Othman said. U.S. officials have expressed fears that Sunni insurgents led by al-Qaida are carefully picking their targets to provoke retaliatory violence to derail efforts to stabilize the country. Maj. Gen. William Caldwell, a U.S. military spokesman, said Shiite-dominated Iran was providing support to some of the Sunni insurgents. He said the military had credible intelligence to support the allegation but did not elaborate. "It's not all Sunni insurgents but rather we do know that there is a direct awareness by Iranian intelligence officials that they are providing support to some select Sunni insurgent elements," Caldwell told reporters in Baghdad. On Sunday, a U.S. general also said powerful armor-penetrating roadside bombs believed to be of Iranian origin were turning up in the hands of Sunni insurgents south of Baghdad. Elsewhere in northern Iraq, gunmen killed four Iraqi journalists in a drive-by shooting near the northern city of Kirkuk, police said. The four journalists worked for the independent Raad media company, which publishes several weekly newspapers and monthly magazines that deal with politics, education and arts. Ethnic tensions have risen in Kirkuk, 180 miles north of Baghdad, over Kurdish demands for a referendum on incorporating the oil-rich city into their autonomous region - a move opposed by many Arabs. In Mosul, gunmen killed two members of the minority Yazidi religious sect and wounded another in a drive-by shooting. A car bomb also exploded near an Iraqi military checkpoint in Baghdad, killing a civilian and wounding two soldiers, police said. Gunmen also killed a car parts salesman in a drive-by shooting near his shop in Suwayrah, 25 miles south of Baghdad. Police found four decapitated heads in the Sabtiyah area north of Baqouba, 35 miles northeast of Baghdad, health officials said. Police found three other bodies as well. Caldwell reported a "slight uptick" in the numbers of execution-style killings usually blamed on so-called sectarian death squads led by the Shiite militias, particularly the Mahdi Army loyal to al-Sadr. The numbers had been declining as the militias agreed to lay low to avoid confrontation with the Americans during the security crackdown and an increase was further indication of restlessness among the militants. The predominantly Shiite southern areas also have seen a spike in violence and unrest, blamed in part on militants who have fled a security crackdown in Baghdad. The U.S.-led offensive is intended to curb violence and allow the Shiite-led government some breathing room to implement reforms, including proposals to empower minority Sunnis Arabs and help end the insurgency. There has been little evidence, though, of any movement toward those reforms. The U.S. military, meanwhile, said two children were among five people killed when a helicopter fired at militants operating an illegal checkpoint and planting a roadside bomb near Mandali, a town on the Iranian border 60 miles east of Baghdad. Two suspected militants - identified as Abd al-Qader Dadoush and Wadeh Kalifa Doudoush - also were killed, according to a statement. The military said the cause of the civilian casualties was under investigation. But it denied reports that a U.S. helicopter had fired on an elementary school, killing seven students in Baqouba, the provincial capital of Diyala that lies to the west of Mandali. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:24:04 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:24:04 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Peace Action: Tell Congress to Stop Funding the War in Iraq Message-ID: <20070509162404.2c553e2d@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Kevin Martin, Peace Action - May 9, 2007 Tell Congress to Stop Funding the War in Iraq Dear Peace Action Supporter, Instead of responding to President George "Endless War" Bush's veto of the nearly $100 billion supplemental war funding bill with a proposal to only fund the safe and orderly withdrawal of all U.S. troops, contractors and bases from Iraq, the House of Representatives will vote Thursday or Friday on a plan to give Bush $40 billion now and force a second vote in July on the balance of the money. The second vote will be conditioned on "benchmarks" to be met by the Iraqi government. Media reports will portray this as a crafty challenge to Bush by the congressional leadership (though early reports are the Senate will not take this approach, so a conference committee will presumably need to be called in the next week or so to reconcile the House and Senate bills). Make no mistake, this is a vote to continue funding the war. Peace Action has never supported a dime for this war, and we're not about to start now. There will be many more rounds in this legislative saga this summer, and we will keep track of and work to impact the to-ing and fro-ing between Bush and Congress. But we need to remain clear and consistent in our demands to Congress, and right now, today, is an opportunity to tell your representative you want this war to end - period. Please call your representative today (you can reach him or her through the Capitol switchboard at 202-224-3121) and urge a vote against the supplemental appropriations bill that continues funding the wars and occupations of Iraq and Afghanistan. While you're at it, call back two more times and tell your Senators to bring our troops home for the holidays. After calling, visit http://peaceblog.wordpress.com to tell us how your call went. Thanks and Peace, Kevin Martin Executive Director Peace Action From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:25:12 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:25:12 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] US Embassy Staff in Iraq to Wear flak Jackets, Helmets Message-ID: <20070509162512.10651318@viola.tamara-b.org> AP - May 9, 2007 http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/I/IRAQ_GREEN_ZONE?SITE=SCAND&SECTION=HOME&TEMPLATE=DEFAULT U.S. Embassy Staff in Iraq to Wear Armor By ROBERT H. REID Associated Press Writer BAGHDAD (AP) -- The U.S. Embassy has ordered its staff to wear flak jackets and helmets while outdoors or in unprotected buildings following an increase in mortar and rocket attacks against the heavily protected Green Zone. The order, obtained Wednesday by The Associated Press, was issued last week after four Asian contract workers were killed during a barrage into the Green Zone, a 3.5-square mile area along the west bank of the Tigris River in the center of Baghdad. The area contains the U.S. and British embassies and many key Iraqi government offices. U.S. government employees who work outside of a "hardened structure" such as the current embassy building or travel "a substantial distance outdoors" must wear "personal protective equipment," meaning flak jackets and helmets, the order said. A U.S. Embassy spokesman confirmed the order was in effect until further notice. But he refused to say more, citing security, and would not allow his name to be published, citing embassy regulations. Mortar and rocket attacks have occurred from time to time since the early months of the U.S. presence in Iraq. But the recent attacks have raised new concern since they are occurring despite the U.S.-led crackdown, which has put thousands more American soldiers on the streets in attempts to restore order. It's not clear what groups have been responsible for the recent attacks on the Green Zone. Some barrages have been launched from Shiite-dominated areas, but the Green Zone is also within range of Sunni militant strongholds. ? 2007 The Associated Press. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:26:09 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:26:09 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Cheney: Iraq Remains a Dangerous Place DUH! Message-ID: <20070509162609.5bc89510@viola.tamara-b.org> AP via San Francisco Chronicle - May 9, 2007 http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/n/a/2007/05/09/international/i085248D95.DTL Cheney: Iraq Remains a Dangerous Place By TOM RAUM Associated Press Writer (05-09) 11:57 PDT BAGHDAD, (AP) -- Vice President Dick Cheney said Wednesday that Iraq remains a dangerous place, a point underscored by a thunderous explosion that rattled windows in the U.S. Embassy where he spent most of the day. After talks with Iraqi military and political officials, the vice president said Iraq's leaders seem to have a better sense now that they need to do more to reconcile sectarian and political differences. "I think they recognize it's in their interests as well as ours to make progress on the political front," Cheney said. "They do believe we are making progress but we have a long way to go," the vice president said. Cheney spoke less than an hour after an explosion could be heard in the U.S. Embassy where he spent most of the day. Windows rattled and reporters covering the vice president were briefly moved to a more secure area. Said Cheney spokeswoman Lea Anne McBride: "His meeting was not disturbed and he was not moved." Asked about security in Baghdad, Cheney told reporters, "I have to rely on reports, because obviously I spent the day here basically in our embassy in the Green Zone." But he said based on conversations he had throughout the day, Iraqi leaders felt that sectarian violence was "down fairly dramatically." "I think everybody recognizes there still are some security problems, security threats, no question about it," Cheney said. In Washington, White House counselor Dan Bartlett said President Bush wanted Cheney to travel to Baghdad to press upon Iraqi leaders the need to quickly pursue reconciliation measures and meet the benchmarks set by them and Washington. "This gives an opportunity at a very high level for this message to be delivered," Bartlett said. The White House also said Bush would veto any bill drafted by House Democratic leaders that would fund the Iraq war only into the summer months. Defense Secretary Robert Gates said such short-term funding would be very disruptive and "have a huge impact" on contracts to repair and replace equipment. The blast in Baghdad struck about 6:25 p.m. local time, just half an hour before Cheney's wrap-up news conference. It appeared to strike in the vicinity of the heavily fortified Green Zone, which contains the U.S. and British embassies and many Iraqi government buildings. Earlier, Cheney met with Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki. The prime minister said they discussed "practical steps ... to support our efforts working on both the security front as well as the domestic political issues." Al-Maliki is coming under increasing pressure from Washington to demonstrate progress in easing sectarian violence, and Cheney's unannounced visit to Iraq was depicted by U.S. officials as an attempt to press al-Maliki and other Iraqi leaders to do more to achieve reconciliation among factions. Cheney said that much still must be done by Iraq to reconcile differences. "I do sense today that there is a greater awareness on the part of these Iraqi officials I talked to of the importance of their working together to resolve these issues in a timely fashion," he said. Cheney also said that, while he didn't want to butt in on domestic legislative issues, he did make Iraqi leaders aware of U.S. concerns about talk of a two-month summer recess. With many pending important issues, including how to share oil revenues, "any undue delay would be difficult to explain," Cheney said. Echoing officials in Washington, Cheney rejected Democratic proposals that would provide only short-term money to pay for war efforts. Cheney said efforts to restrict funds resulted in the first Bush veto and that the administration still believes that spending for operations in Iraq should "not contain conditions that limit the flexibility of our commanders on the ground in Iraq or interferes with the president's constitutional prerogatives." Appearing before reporters with Cheney, Gen. David Petraeus, commander of coalition forces in Iraq, cited progress on the ground in reducing sectarian violence, especially in volatile Anbar Province. Still, he said, he still believes that the conflict in Iraq will continue to require a substantial U.S. commitment. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:27:05 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:27:05 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Alliance built on a commandeered house in Iraq Message-ID: <20070509162705.4db27c83@viola.tamara-b.org> The International Herald Tribune - May 7, 2007 http://www.iht.com/bin/print.php?id=5612085 Alliance built on a commandeered house in Iraq By Kirk Semple JUWAYBA, Iraq: Nearly every day, the sheik stops by the villa that was once his home, but is now an American garrison. Sometimes he comes with tips about the insurgency, or with news of political developments in this rural village near the Euphrates River. But mostly he comes to ask for his house back. "To take my home in this way is not right," the sheik, Hamed Moussa Khalaf al-Duleimi, said one afternoon in April, putting a wrinkled, bronzed hand on the knee of the 31-year-old American commander, Captain Chris Calihan. Sheik Duleimi, 74, has not lived here since January, when marines on a counterinsurgency mission burst in late one night, announced that they were turning his house into a military base and evicted him. He sent his family to a rented apartment in Falluja while he moved into a son's home just across the road. Most Iraqis, particularly here in the Sunni-dominated Anbar Province, regard the Americans as occupiers who came uninvited to Iraq and who, in their rush to remove Saddam Hussein, may have damaged the country beyond repair. But the prevailing view is also a deeply conflicted one, because most people here now want the Americans to stay, at least until some semblance of stability is restored. "It's not just my house," Sheik Duleimi continued. "They have taken Iraq. They have taken everything." On a recent afternoon, the sheik, as usual, showed up at the garrison gate unannounced and was escorted in by a soldier. He swept past Bradley fighting vehicles and Humvees, his long dark robe and spotless white headdress billowing around him, and through the battered marble portico, now a bunker of sandbags. Calihan, who commands Company B, First Battalion, 26th Infantry Regiment, First Infantry Division, was waiting for him in the grand foyer. For security reasons, that is as far as the sheik has been allowed to go. In the shadowy world of tribal politics here in Anbar, it is almost impossible for the Americans to know who is friend and who is foe. "May God bless you with goodness," the sheik said, using a traditional Arabic greeting, as he settled into an armchair that had once been his. Despite the sheik's antipathy toward the American enterprise in Iraq, his visits with the captain are cordial and have become something of a self-affirming ritual for both men. The regular contact helps the captain maintain at least the tacit cooperation of the community's leaders in the fight against the hard-core Sunni resistance. The sheik, meanwhile, can remind the American whose house this really is. The interaction captures the uneasiness of the alliance forged all over Iraq between the American military and the Iraqi leadership, a mix of cooperation and barely concealed antagonism. On this particular visit, the sheik brought a cousin to meet the captain. The cousin hoped to recover several weapons the marines had confiscated during their operation in January. But the cousin had no record of the serial numbers. "The guns were old, from our fathers' generation," Sheik Duleimi said, worrying a strand of amber-colored beads between his fingers. But without the serial numbers, Calihan said, he could do nothing. The sheik's cousin thanked the captain, and, escorted by a soldier, left the two men to talk. The sheik asked if he could take a quick walk around the house and videotape it "for myself." Calihan laughed. He had heard a version of this request many times. "I can't let you tape the house for security reasons," he said. Both men were smiling: They know how the conversation goes. The sheik said he was not receiving enough compensation for his house ? the military was giving him about $2,000 a year in rent. He asked about the claim he had filed for $40,000 worth of lost furniture; the captain said it was still under review. As they spoke, the sheik's eyes flicked around the room, tracking the movement of the soldiers and taking in the alterations and damage: the thick electrical cables run through holes in the walls, scuff marks on the plaster, captured weapons ? including a rusty surface-to-air missile launcher ? hung like trophies. All the windows had been punched out, filled with sandbags and covered with plywood. Most of the 11 rooms, including the kitchen, had been converted to barracks with bunk beds and cots. A company of Iraqi Army soldiers, most of them Shiites, had moved into one wing. The garden of fruit trees and flowers was now a muddy parking lot for armored vehicles. "I have patience in life," the sheik said, his voice worn from years of smoking. "It's not easy, but I have patience. From Baghdad to Qaim, there is not a house like my house. Nobody spent money like I did." "It's a beautiful house," the captain replied evenly. "You're kind for letting us stay here." This, too, was a familiar refrain ? and a fiction they both perpetuated. It allowed the sheik to retain some dignity. Called away on other business, the captain left the sheik under guard to ensure that he did not wander off. The sheik said he began building the house in 1991 and was nearly done when the Americans invaded Iraq in 2003. Then the Americans, he said, helped usher in a Shiite-dominated Iraqi government, which he blamed for inflaming sectarian tension throughout Iraq and attracting foreign jihadists to Anbar. The Americans "destroyed everything in Iraq," he said. But he opposes an immediate withdrawal of American forces. First, he said, he wanted to see the advent of a new government with no sectarian prejudices. "Someday, the Americans will leave," he said. "But they have to fix the situation." The sheik glanced at the sleepy young soldier guarding him. He was slumped in a chair, nibbling on a Pop-Tart. "If the American soldiers are done with their mission, I want them to leave the house," the sheik continued, an edge to his voice. "The American forces destroyed this house. My house is raped." It appeared that the captain would be delayed indefinitely, so Sheik Duleimi decided to leave. On his way out, he ducked into a big room where he had once received guests. It had a cantilevered ceiling, recessed lighting, a chandelier. It was now occupied by two dozen Iraqi soldiers. As he entered, several soldiers stood up in respect. "In the past, there were many guests who came here to visit me," the sheik said wistfully, looking past the soldiers. "If there were any problems with members of the tribe, we solved it here." As he turned to leave, he paused. "Take care of my house," he murmured to the soldiers, then shuffled out of the room, his sandals scraping against the tiles he had laid. (C) The International Herald Tribune From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:28:17 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:28:17 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Majority of Iraqi Lawmakers Now Reject Occupation Message-ID: <20070509162817.010ca44f@viola.tamara-b.org> Alternet - May 9, 2007 http://www.alternet.org/story/51624 Majority of Iraqi Lawmakers Now Reject Occupation By Raed Jarrar and Joshua Holland, On Tuesday, without note in the U.S. media, more than half of the members of Iraq's parliament rejected the continuing occupation of their country. 144 lawmakers signed onto a legislative petition calling on the United States to set a timetable for withdrawal, according to Nassar Al-Rubaie, a spokesman for the Al Sadr movement, the nationalist Shia group that sponsored the petition. It's a hugely significant development. Lawmakers demanding an end to the occupation now have the upper hand in the Iraqi legislature for the first time; previous attempts at a similar resolution fell just short of the 138 votes needed to pass (there are 275 members of the Iraqi parliament, but many have fled the country's civil conflict, and at times it's been difficult to arrive at a quorum). Reached by phone in Baghdad on Tuesday, Al-Rubaie said that he would present the petition, which is nonbinding, to the speaker of the Iraqi parliament and demand that a binding measure be put to a vote. Under Iraqi law, the speaker must present a resolution that's called for by a majority of lawmakers, but there are significant loopholes and what will happen next is unclear. What is clear is that while the U.S. Congress dickers over timelines and benchmarks, Baghdad faces a major political showdown of its own. The major schism in Iraqi politics is not between Sunni and Shia or supporters of the Iraqi government and "anti-government forces," nor is it a clash of "moderates" against "radicals"; the defining battle for Iraq at the political level today is between nationalists trying to hold the Iraqi state together and separatists backed, so far, by the United States and Britain. The continuing occupation of Iraq and the allocation of Iraq's resources -- especially its massive oil and natural gas deposits -- are the defining issues that now separate an increasingly restless bloc of nationalists in the Iraqi parliament from the administration of Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki, whose government is dominated by Shiite, Sunni and Kurdish separatists. By "separatists," we mean groups who oppose a unified Iraq with a strong central government; key figures like Maliki of the Dawa party, Shia leader Abdul Aziz Al-Hakeem of the Supreme Council for the Islamic Revolution in Iraq ("SCIRI"), Vice President Tariq Al-Hashimi of the Sunni Islamic Party, President Jalal Talabani -- a Kurd -- and Masoud Barzani, president of the Kurdish Autonomous Region, favor partitioning Iraq into three autonomous regions with strong local governments and a weak central administration in Baghdad. (The partition plan is also favored by several congressional Democrats, notably Sen. Joe Biden of Delaware.) Iraq's separatists also oppose setting a timetable for ending the U.S. occupation, preferring the addition of more American troops to secure their regime. They favor privatizing Iraq's oil and gas and decentralizing petroleum operations and revenue distribution. But public opinion is squarely with Iraq's nationalists. According to a poll by the University of Maryland's Project on International Public Policy Attitudes, majorities of all three of Iraq's major ethno-sectarian groups support a unified Iraq with a strong central government. For at least two years, poll after poll has shown that large majorities of Iraqis of all ethnicities and sects want the United States to set a timeline for withdrawal, even though (in the case of Baghdad residents), they expect the security situation to deteriorate in the short term as a result. That's nationalism, and it remains the central if unreported motivation for many Iraqis, both within the nascent government and on the streets. While sectarian fighting at the neighborhood and community level has made life unlivable for millions of Iraqis, Iraqi nationalism -- portrayed as a fiction by supporters of the invasion -- supercedes sectarian loyalties at the political level. A group of secular, Sunni and Shia nationalists have long voted together on key issues, but so far have failed to join forces under a single banner. That may be changing. Reached by phone last week, nationalist leader Saleh Al-Mutlaq, of the National Dialogue Front, said, "We're doing our best to form this united front and announce it within the next few weeks." The faction would have sufficient votes to block any measure proposed by the Maliki government. Asked about the Americans' reaction to the growing power of the nationalists, Mutlaq said, "We're trying our best to reach out to the U.S. side, but to no avail." That appears to be a trend. Iraqi nationalists have attempted again and again to forge relationships with members of Congress, the State Department, the Pentagon and the White House but have found little interest in dialogue and no support. Instead, key nationalists like al-Sadr have been branded as "extremists," "thugs" and "criminals." That's a tragic missed opportunity; the nationalists are likely Iraq's best hope for real and lasting reconciliation among the country's warring factions. They are the only significant political force focused on rebuilding a sovereign, united and independent Iraq without sectarian and ethnic tensions or foreign meddling -- from either the West or Iran. Hassan Al-Shammari, the head of Al-Fadhila bloc in the Iraqi parliament, said this week, "We have a peace plan, and we're trying to work with other nationalist Iraqis to end the U.S. and Iranian interventions, but we're under daily attacks and there's huge pressure to destroy our peace mission." A sovereign and unified Iraq, free of sectarian violence, is what George Bush and Tony Blair claim they want most. The most likely reason that the United States and Britain have rebuffed those Iraqi nationalists who share those goals is that the nationalists oppose permanent basing rights and the privatization of Iraq's oil sector. The administration, along with their allies in Big Oil, has pressed the Iraqi government to adopt an oil law that would give foreign multinationals a much higher rate of return than they enjoy in other major oil producing countries and would lock in their control over what George Bush called Iraq's "patrimony" for decades. Al-Shammari said this week: "We're afraid the U.S. will make us pass this new oil law through intimidation and threatening. We don't want it to pass, and we know it'll make things worse, but we're afraid to rise up and block it, because we don't want to be bombed and arrested the next day." In the Basrah province, where his Al-Fadhila party dominates the local government, Al-Shammari's fellow nationalists have been attacked repeatedly by separatists for weeks, while British troops in the area remained in their barracks. The nationalists in parliament will now press their demands for withdrawal. At the same time, the emerging nationalist bloc is holding hearings in which officials from the defense and interior ministries have been grilled about just what impediments to building a functional security force remain and when the Iraqi police and military will be able to take over from foreign troops. Both ministries are believed to be heavily infiltrated by both nationalist (al-Sadr's Mahdi Army) and separatist militias (the pro-Iranian Badr Brigade). The coming weeks and months will be crucial to Iraq's future. The United States, in pushing for more aggressive moves against Iraqi nationalists and the passage of a final oil law, is playing a dangerous game. Iraqi nationalists reached in Baghdad this week say they are beginning to lose hope of achieving anything through the political process because both the Iraqi government and the occupation authorities are systematically bypassing the Iraqi parliament where they're in the majority. If they end up quitting the political process entirely, that will leave little choice but to oppose the occupation by violent means. [Raed Jarrar is Iraq Consultant to the American Friends Service Committee. He blogs at Raed in the Middle. ] ? 2007 Independent Media Institute. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:32:12 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:32:12 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Women Under Attack: The Talibanization of Iraq Message-ID: <20070509163212.776057af@viola.tamara-b.org> Ms Magazine via Alternet - May 9, 2007 http://www.alternet.org/story/51621 The Talibanization of Iraq By Bay Fang Ms. Magazine Yanar Mohammed returned to Iraq from Canada in 2003 because she thought the veil of tyranny had finally been lifted from her native country. She and two other women started the Organization for Women's Freedom in Iraq (OWFI), with the goal of fighting for women's rights. But since those days, her OWFI cofounders have fled the country, and Mohammed herself has received numerous death threats for her work. OWFI, one of the few remaining nongovernmental organizations left in Iraq, has been forced to operate in complete secrecy. "We live in a state of continuous fear -- if our hair shows on the street, if we're not veiled enough at work," says Mohammed, 47. "It's a new experience for women in Iraq. After four years, it's turned into Afghanistan under the Taliban." Throughout much of recent history, Iraq was one of the most progressive countries in the Middle East for women. These rights diminished somewhat after the 1991 Gulf War, partly because of Saddam Hussein's new embrace of Islamic tribal law as a way of consolidating power, and partly due to the United Nations' sanctions against the regime. Still, as bad as it was during Saddam's time, women's well-being and security have sharply deteriorated since the fall of his regime. Furthermore, extremists in both Sunni and Shiite areas have taken over pockets of the country and imposed their own Taliban-like laws on the population. Women college students are stopped and harassed on campuses, so going to school is a risk. Islamist "misery gangs" regularly patrol the streets in many areas, beating and harassing women who are not "properly" dressed or behaved. Zainab Salbi also grew up in Iraq, experiencing firsthand the oppression of Saddam Hussein's dictatorial regime as the daughter of Saddam's pilot. When Hussein was toppled, she too began traveling back to Iraq to work for women's rights. "The violence during Saddam's time was ... committed by the government, Saddam's family, people in power. Now the violence is ... being committed by everyone around you," says Salbi, who founded the group Women for Women International in 1993. That organization now operates in nine countries, including Iraq, to help women survivors of war and civil strife rebuild their lives. But today, most of her friends have left the country. Women for Women International keeps its locations secret and takes all sorts of security precautions. Salbi herself stopped traveling back to her homeland two years ago. "At first I was able to say I knew 10, 20 women who had been assassinated," she says. "Now, I've lost count. ... They are pharmacists, professors, reporters, activists ..." "Often, the first salvo in a war for theocracy is a systematic attack on women and minorities who represent or demand an alternative or competing vision for society," wrote Yifat Susskind, Iraq coordinator of the international human- and women's-rights organization MADRE, in a report she authored on "gender apartheid" in Iraq. "These initial targets are usually the most marginalized and, therefore, most vulnerable members of society, and once they are dealt with, fundamentalist forces then proceed towards less vulnerable targets." In some parts of Baghdad, like the Shiite slum of Sadr City, religious courts following strict interpretations of sharia law have become the de facto authority. "We used to have a government that was almost secular. It had one dictator," says Yanar Mohammed. "Now we have almost 60 dictators -- Islamists who think of women as forces of evil. This is what is called the democratization of Iraq." Women make up 31 percent of the Iraq National Assembly, but nearly half of the women parliamentarians ran on the list of the Shiite alliance -- the group with major U.S. support -- and they have had to toe the conservative line of their party. Some of the women parliamentarians could be forces for moderation and progress, but the dangerous political environment of targeted assassinations has prevented them from being very outspoken. Increased violence against women in the streets has had a parallel effect on the increase in domestic violence, including "honor" killings. In response to the rise in domestic violence, OWFI has set up women's shelters in four cities around the country. If the shelters cannot protect a woman, an "underground railroad" network helps her escape the country and set up a new life. For those remaining in Iraq, a recent survey by the United Nations Development Programme shows one-third live in poverty and 5 percent in extreme poverty -- a sharp deterioration from before the 2003 invasion. Women generally have a harder time finding work in Iraq, and years of war have left an estimated half million widows in the country, according to OWFI. The few women activists still in Iraq feel that time is running out. "Both violence and progress often start with women," says Salbi. "A classic example was with the Taliban -- they started with violence against women, and everyone looked the other way ... but eventually everyone suffered. We need to take this moment to raise the world's attention. Iraqi women are holding up, but they can't hold it on their own -- they need us to help." [...] For the rest of this story, get the Spring issue of Ms. magazine, available now on newsstands or by subscription at http://www.msmagazine.com. For more information on organizations assisting women in Iraq, and how you can help, visit the websites of: Global Fund for Women, http://www.globalfundforwomen.org/ MADRE http://www.alternet.org/story/51621/www.madre.org Women for Women International. http://www.alternet.org/story/51621/www.womenforwomen.org/iraq.htm ? 2007 Independent Media Institute. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:35:20 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:35:20 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Support for Caretakers Missing From Mother's Day Message-ID: <20070509163520.018e08c0@viola.tamara-b.org> Womens eNews -May 9, 2007 http://www.womensenews.org COMMENTARY Support for Caretakers Missing From Mother's Day By Susan Feiner and Drucilla Barker (WOMENSENEWS)--The news media loves stories about highly educated mothers opting out of rewarding careers to stay at home with their young children. Anecdotal evidence unsupported by serious research is also constantly drumming home the idea that women consider themselves the best providers of child care. For example, a 2006 Salary.com survey of what mothers do "on the job" leads with the headline "Dream Job: Stay at Home Mom." Although the survey claims that equal numbers of working and stay-at-home mothers participated, quotes from the happy, at-home mothers dominate the report. For instance, working mothers are "horrified" at the thought of hiring strangers to care for their children, they believe that mother's care is "priceless" and that motherhood is the "greatest job in the world." It's easy to stay on message: Women must choose between work and family. But the opposite message is sent to low-income mothers. The recent debate over the welfare-to-work provisions of Temporary Assistance to Needy Families--or welfare--captures this difference. Congress did not debate the best means to provide even minimally adequate day care to the children of single parents. Instead they wondered whether or not the required hours of paid work should be increased! Why does popular sentiment portray some mothers as virtuous when they drop out of the labor force to care for their families, while others are responsible only if they work for pay outside the home? Look to history. 14th Century Debate The notion that children need the undivided attention of their mothers harks back at least to the 14th century when the Venetian-born French scholar Christine de Pizan (1365 to 1430) defied the edicts of powerful men and put pen to paper in "The Book of the City of the Ladies" criticizing male opposition to women seeking life beyond motherhood. This kicked off a 300-year debate known as "Querelle des femmes." The current discussions, however--in which mothers who can afford to stay home are often encouraged to do so--can be more directly traced to a late 19th century vision of domesticity in which men specialized in full-time breadwinning and women specialized in full-time caretaking. This idealized household division of labor was generally impossible to attain. Few men earned a high enough wage to support a non-working wife; many mothers were unmarried, widowed or deserted and domestic servants were not able to live with their own families. The propriety of this household arrangement was widely shared among the elite. It is ironic to find that some of the most ardent supporters of free markets made an exception in the case of women; they persistently called for laws restricting a mother's paid employment. Radical class and race differences in earnings meant that only affluent households could achieve this idealized arrangement. Households with dependent spouses were presented in magazines, newspapers and movies as both desirable and the norm. But households in which both adults worked for pay were viewed as deviant. Same Reality Gap This same reality gap about working parents exists today. Stephanie Coontz shows in her 2005 book, "Marriage, A History," that U.S. women have always worked alongside their husbands on farms, in shops and in factories. It was not until the 1950s that anything like a majority of American families featured a "traditional" breadwinning father and a stay-at-home mother tending to the kids. By the end of the 1950s many more women were working. And today--hand-wringing over working mothers aside--75 percent of U.S. mothers are in the paid labor force. Meanwhile, in the first decade of the 21st century, as in the 14th, the either-or alternatives society presents to women have no analog in the lives of men. Who would waste time urging men to abandon their careers, become financially dependent and work in near isolation from other adults so they can experience the joys of changing diapers, doing the laundry and showing off squeaky clean plates? The persistence of the debate and controversy only aggravates the stresses that many families feel about how to assure their children's safety and well-being when they are at work. High Costs of Care Most U.S. parents (except those whose children are in the extraordinarily successful but notoriously underfunded Head Start program) pay the full costs of pre-kindergarten day care. A 2006 report by a national child care think tank found that average child-care fees for one infant range from $3,803 to $13,480 per year. In 42 states tuition at four-year public universities costs less than full-time infant care. Yes, the Bush administration did raise the child-care tax credit. Even so, in 38 states families earning under $18,000 will spend 30 percent or more of their annual income for infant care. Child-care fees for a family with a 4-year-old average $3,016 to $9,628 a year. In 47 states the average annual child-care fees for preschoolers exceeds 10 percent of the state's median household income. Adding insult to injury is the lack of any national provision for paid parental leave. Equally as troubling is the fact that U.S. child-care providers earn an average wage of only $8.68 an hour or about $18,060 a year. Consequently many individuals holding these jobs do not earn much above the 2004 federal poverty line ($15,670) for a family of three. Custom and the short supply of affordable high quality child care have long forced women--even when they worked for pay--to feel torn about careers and parental obligations. But this can change. Let's take off our rose-colored glasses this Mother's Day and recognize the actual work done in the home. When we take as our starting point the reality that caring work is not terribly different from any other work--it involves knowledge, skills and interpersonal behaviors that can be taught and learned; its quality and effectiveness depend on the skills of the caregiver, not on their status as a biological or adoptive parent--we will be that much closer to a Mother's Day worth celebrating. Gender equality requires the social provision of this socially necessary labor. [Susan Feiner is professor of women's studies and economics at the University of Southern Maine in Portland. Beginning in July, Drucilla Barker will become the director of the Women's Studies Program at the University of South Carolina, Columbia. Their most recent book, "Liberating Economics: Feminist Perspectives on Families, Work and Globalization," was named a Choice Outstanding Academic Title.] For more information: "Work-Life Imbalance Acute for Hourly Wage Parents": - http://womensenews.org/article.cfm/dyn/aid/2694/ Nation's Network of Child Care Resource and Referral, "Breaking the Piggy Bank: Parents and the High Price of Child Care" - [Adobe PDF format]: - (http://www.naccrra.org/docs/policy/price_report_summary.pdf "Microcredit? Spare Us the Praise for a Panacea" http://www.womensenews.org/article.cfm/dyn/aid/3097/ Copyright 2006 Women's eNews. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:38:25 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:38:25 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] The Hard Bigotry of the New York Times Message-ID: <20070509163825.75661805@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by Ed Pearl - May 9, 2007 AfterDowning Street http://www.afterdowningstreet.org/node/22231 The Hard Bigotry of the New York Times By David Swanson A New York Times editorial on May 7th is titled "The Soft Bigotry of Iraq," and begins: "Whether out of blind loyalty or blind denial, most Congressional Republicans are prepared to back up President Bush's veto of the Iraq spending bill." Whether out of blind loyalty or blind denial or corrupt corporate interests, the New York Times pretends to be writing only about Republicans, while building into its editorial the assumption that the Democrats, too, must retreat in the face of a veto. The Democrats, as we all need to be constantly reminded, are in the majority, yet the Times' editorial arrives at this as its penultimate sentence: "The final version of the spending bill should include explicit benchmarks and timetables for the Iraqis, even if Mr. Bush won't let Congress back them up with a clear timetable for America's withdrawal." "Mr. Bush" won't LET Congress pass a bill demanded by the vast majority of Americans? Why, because he might veto it again? If he vetoes enough of these war spending bills, Americans will get what they wanted anyway: he'll have to end the war. The New York Times clearly believes that Americans' attention spans have been reduced to zero, and that we can now forget things even while they are still happening. Bush just vetoed a bill because it included a meaningless non-binding request to end the war while leaving a huge military presence behind and stealing most of the oil. The bill was miles behind the public's demand for peace, but Bush vetoed it, and demanded a bill free of even the nonbinding request to end the war. Immediately, the chant arose from the media: Stand Up to Bush! Don't back down! Send him a bill with no request to end the war! The criteria for "standing up" were instantly redefined to include "benchmarks", such as oil theft, but no "timeline" to end the war, only "timelines" that might be imposed on those insufferable Iraqis who are handling the occupation of their own country so poorly. That's right, the way to stand up to Bush, and not back down, and be tough, and stand strong, is to impose demands on Bush's victims. Only in America. The New York Times' editorial continues: "It is now essential that the revised version not back away from demanding that Iraq's prime minister, Nuri Kamal al-Maliki, finally deliver on the crucial national reconciliation measures he has spent the last year dodging. And it must make clear that American support for his failures - and Mr. Bush's - is fast waning." So, now, over four years into a criminal war supported by fewer that a quarter of Americans, Congress should pass LEGISLATION in order to communicate that Americans may soon cease supporting the failures of Nuri Kamal al-Maliki? I'd like to see a poll on what percentage of Americans even know who Nuri Kamal al-Maliki is. Then I'd like to see a poll on whether Americans would prefer for Congress to A.-pass a bill to make clear that their support for Maliki's and Bush's failures is waning; or B.-pass a bill to cut off the money and end the war. The New York Times goes on to claim that some even unlikelier beliefs are commonly held: "What Mr. Maliki needs to do to slow Iraq's bloodletting is no mystery. Iraq's security forces must stop siding with the Shiite militias. Iraq's oil revenue must be apportioned fairly. Anti-Baathist laws now used to deny Sunni Arabs employment and political opportunities must be rewritten to target only those responsible for the crimes of the Saddam Hussein era." The bloodletting is generated first and foremost by the occupation of Maliki's country by a foreign army. Therefore, the first thing he needs to do is to demand that the occupiers leave. Rewriting the laws of a puppet government at this point is not going to restore order. And "oil revenue apportioned fairly" is code for giving Exxon Mobil and other U.S. and British corporations control over most of the oil. This has been explained in an op-ed printed by the New York Times in March: http://www.afterdowningstreet.org/node/19606 It's explained well here as well: http://www.afterdowningstreet.org/node/22108 But this recent article by the New York Times buried the lead at the bottom of the story: http://www.afterdowningstreet.org/?q=node/22103 The May 7th editorial then takes a turn into irony: "Without these steps, Mr. Maliki and his allies cannot even minimally claim to be a real national government. With them, there is at least a chance that Iraqis can muster the strength to contain the chaos when, as is inevitable, American forces begin to leave." A puppet government in an occupied land can only be legitimate if it obeys its master. True enough. But why must the New York Times agree so wholeheartedly with Fox News that Americans should only reduce the occupation after Iraqis have shown they can contain the insurgency? The Americans can't contain it. It's going from bad to worse. And were the occupation to go away, so would most of the insurgency. There must be some grim humor intended and secret laughter resulting from this policy of telling the Iraqi people that we will occupy them until their government has shown that it can contain the resistance to our occupation after the occupation is gone. Then the New York Times goes after Bush for not demanding more of his victims: "Mr. Bush acknowledges that these benchmarks are important. Yet he refuses to insist, or let Congress insist, that Baghdad achieve them or face real consequences. Each time Baghdad fails a test, Mr. Bush lowers his requirements and postpones his target dates - the kind of destructive denial Mr. Bush called, in another context, the soft bigotry of low expectations. Consider the Baghdad security drive. Last week, The Washington Post reported that Mr. Maliki's office had helped instigate the firing of senior Iraqi security officers who moved aggressively against a powerful Shiite militia. After betting so many American lives, the combat readiness of the United States Army and his own remaining credibility on this bloody push to secure the capital, it is a mystery why Mr. Bush would allow the Iraqi leader to undermine it." So, even while we pretend that the Iraqis have their own government, Bush is understood to be responsible for what that government does or does not do. Thus we can stand up to Bush by criticizing dark-skinned Arab-speaking Muslims, and avoid the whole unpleasantness of ending the war. "Then," the New York Times continues, "there is the endless soap opera that is one day supposed to produce a fair share-out of Iraqi oil revenues. The Bush administration prematurely popped champagne corks in February when Mr. Maliki's cabinet agreed on a preliminary draft. Now, in May, there is no share-out, no legislation and even the preliminary agreement is starting to unravel. The leading Sunni Arab party in Mr. Maliki's cabinet is now threatening to withdraw its ministers, declaring that it has 'lost hope' that the Iraqi leader will deal seriously with Sunni concerns." "Share-out" is a stock market term meaning "hand over the damn oil." The adjective "fair" in this instance is used to mean "handed over primarily to white English-speaking Christians." There is nothing "soft" about the bigotry that allows the belief that Iraqis cannot best run their own country and manage their own resources. The Times' editorial concludes: "Mr. Bush, by contrast, sees 'signs of hope' in the Baghdad security situation, urges Americans to give his failed policies more time and seems offended that Congress wants to impose accountability on Baghdad and the White House. The final version of the spending bill should include explicit benchmarks and timetables for the Iraqis, even if Mr. Bush won't let Congress back them up with a clear timetable for America's withdrawal. If Mr. Maliki and Mr. Bush still don't get it, Congress will have to enact new means of enforcement, and back that up with a veto-proof majority." Again, this is not true. If Congress passes only bills to end the war, and no bills providing new money to extend it, the war will eventually end (following the illegal use of other funds, impeachment, and removal from office) whether the bill is signed or not. From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:41:05 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:41:05 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] FAIR: Democratic Excess? Too Many Candidates for the Media Message-ID: <20070509164105.1a2cfe75@viola.tamara-b.org> FAIR - May 8, 2007 http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=3098 Media Advisory Democratic Excess Media find too many candidatesat only one debate In the wake of the first candidates' debate among the Democratic contenders for the White House (4/26/07), many media outlets and commentators seemed annoyed that the so-called "second-tier" candidates are even bothering to run. Oddly, similar complaints about a surplus of GOP contenders in the first Republican debate (5/3/07) were hard to find in the corporate media. As FAIR noted recently (4/26/07), early election polls are a terrible way to predict the likely nominee. So using them to determine which candidates are viable and which campaigns are merely a nuisance is unwise. What's more, because the electoral process is about more than who takes office, but is also a chance to debate national priorities and policies, it's healthy to allow as many legitimate candidates as possible a chance to make their case directly to the voters. That's not the way it's seen by many Washington pundits, thoughat least when it comes to Democrats. The Washington Post's David Broder declared (4/27/07) that "six of the eight declared candidates" at the Democrats' debate in South Carolina "showed themselves to be both substantive and direct in their responses." That left twoformer Sen. Mike Gravel of Alaska and Rep. Dennis Kucinich of Ohiowho did not measure up to Broder's standards, as they "provided a counterpoint of left-wing ideas that drew rebukes for a lack of seriousness from [Delaware Sen. Joe] Biden and [Illinois Sen. Barack] Obama." "Left wing" ideas such as Kucinich and Gravel's opposition to the Iraq War are shared by a majority of the U.S. population; it's telling that this is insufficient to make them "serious" for Broder. By contrast, after the Republican debate, the Post reported (5/4/07) that "the three candidates who top most national pollsGiuliani, McCain and Romney made forceful presentations, but those struggling for attention also generally acquitted themselves well." In response to three of the candidates expressing support for creationism, the Post noted their public support (5/6/07): "But a look at public polling on the issue reveals that the three men aren't far from the mainstream in that belief." Describing the Democratic debate, the Los Angeles Times argued (4/27/07) that the wide debate format "allowed each candidate a total of 11 minutes to talk giving Kucinich and Gravel, both of whom have a negligible showing in polls, equal time with the front-runners, which they used to take aggressive hits at [New York Sen. Hillary] Clinton and Obama." At this point, more than half a year before the first actual voters have a chance to weigh in, poll numbers should not be the prime determiner of who gets to participate in a debate; even so, Kucinich and Gravel are in what amounts to a statistical dead heat in many polls with candidates treated more seriously by the corporate media, like Biden and New Mexico Gov. Bill Richardson. While Kucinich and Gravel were asked only eight questions in the April 26 debate, Biden received 11 and Richardson 10nearly as many as the 12 each answered by "front-runners" Clinton, Obama and former vice presidential candidate John Edwards. This despite the fact Kucinich was tied with Richardson and Biden in the latest Pew poll (4/18-22/07) and actually beat Biden in the latest Fox poll (4/17-18/07). After the GOP debate, the Los Angeles Times editorialized in favor of the wide debate (5/4/07): "The breadth of small-fries in the field makes it hard to define a coherent Republican message, but that's a sign of intellectual ferment in the troubled GOP. The silver lining for a party on the verge of the wilderness is the need to go 'off message' and entertain a variety of ideas." CNN's Larry King blurted out (4/26/07) to his panel of political journalists discussing the Democrats: "We were talking around in agreement. I mean, a lot of people were saying, 'Boy, if Dennis Kucinich were 6'2.'" It's unlikely that the media would give Kucinich different treatment if he would only manage to grow a few inches; the disdainful treatment of Kucinich and Gravel seems motivated by their politics. As CBS Face the Nation host Bob Schieffer complained (4/29/07): "Is it fair to have all these people out there? I mean, it is a free country. Everybody wants to run for president should have that opportunity and does. But clearly, somebody like senatorformer Sen. Mike Gravel is not going to be a serious candidate, and yet he gets equal time, and... I would just say it honestly: In my view, it just wastes time." ABC host George Stephanopoulos sounded a similar note (4/29/07): "Setting aside Mike Gravel, who provided the comic relief, everyone else seemed credible, seemed intelligent, seemed like they knew what they were talking about. That has to bring the front-runners down a bit." CNN's Howard Kurtz seemed annoyed (4/29/07) that Gravel was being paid any attention at all by the media: "He was sort of a bomb thrower on that stage. Why should a network allow somebody with, say, zero chance of becoming president into these debates?" Expressing precisely the sort of cynicism that turns millions of Americans off the electoral process, Washington Post reporter Chris Cillizza responded to Kurtz that money, not popular support, ought to be all that mattered: "The reality is...two candidates raise about $25 million, one candidate raises $100,000 or less. At some point you need to say, this is not us making a subjective decision. This is an objective analysis of what it takes to win a campaign." (NY1, Time Warner's local cable news channel, actually instituted such a debate policy, refusing to hold a debate for the New York Democratic Senate primary because Hillary Clinton's opponent Jonathan Tasini, who had reached 13 percent in the polls, hadn't raised enough moneyFAIR Action Alert, 8/4/06.) Time magazine's Karen Tumulty, though, dissented: "Could I argue that...that same criterion would be used to eliminate Dennis Kucinich, who on the other hand does in fact have a coherent worldview that represents a significant segment of the Democratic party base and, therefore, he should be on the [stage]." Some pundits made the political argument more explicit. After the debate, MSNBC host Chris Matthews asked Obama campaign adviser David Axelrod (4/26/07): "Do you think that [Obama] was hampered by the fact that you had a radical critique going on of all mainstream Democrats and elected officials by Mike Gravel, and to some extent, by the congressman from Cleveland, that it made your guy seem more like he was part of the establishment than he would like to have seemed?" Matthews' comment is, in a sense, remarkably honest. Often reporters and pundits act, when they're trying to winnow the field, as if they're only aiming to improve the democratic process (Extra!, 9-10/03). But Matthews' observation makes clear that he is aware that there is a sizeable segment of the population whose opinions are hardly included at all in the national political debate. Whether the subject is withdrawal from Iraq, impeaching Republican officials, or single-payer healthcare, journalists seem to bristle at the thought of having to listen to such talk from the more progressive candidates. It stands as a reminder of how little time such ideas are given in the national media. By contrast, MSNBC viewers tuning in before the GOP debate could hear network analyst Pat Buchanan declare his fondness for the lesser-known GOP candidates precisely because they are closer to representing "classic conservatism" than the front-runners. Buchanan singled out representatives Ron Paul (R-Texas), Tom Tancredo (R-Colo.) and Duncan Hunter (R-Calif.). And in an online column, Newsweek's Howard Fineman declared (5/3/07), "Let's hear it for the 'second-' and 'third-' tier presidential candidates.... But if you know, as I do, some of the other, putatively lesser, GOP contenders, you have to be impressed with the depth of their political passion, their knowledge, and even their track records. They represent, in undiluted form, the vivid primary colors of the conservative movement." The disparity is striking: The lesser-known (and generally more conservative) Republican candidates are cheered for participating in the process, and a cable commentator like Buchanan can use his perch in the media to support those candidates. Progressive voices have no similar presence in the media debate and the Democratic candidates that most represent progressive ideals are derided for taking up the time of other, more worthy candidates. ****** FAIR (212) 633-6700 http://www.fair.org/ E-mail: fair at fair.org From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:48:54 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:48:54 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Ireland: Hill of Tara in Ireland is under threat Message-ID: <20070509164854.5e09a49b@viola.tamara-b.org> sent by marcus (activ-l) - May 7, 2007 Protect Tara - partial copy of May 3, 2007 Update below www.protect-tara.org Hill of Tara in Ireland is under threat The Hill of Tara is under immediate threat! This is a call to action of all pagans and lovers of this land. The first piece of turf has been ceremonially removed, and construction begun. The motorway is skirting round the Hill, which is bad enough. No amount of protest was ever going to stop it. The Noble Order of Tara from Ireland holds this as the most sacred of places as the High Kings of Eire were crowned on it, and so far it has been peaceful protest. BUT.... the Dept for the Environment has issued a writ to have the Henge preserved BY RECORD. Which means that construction will stop for a FEW DAYS ONLY, for records to be made. All the heritage of Ireland is centered around Tara... they are giving their sacred heart away. The authorities have been keeping it under wraps for the past month, until work on the motorway began. There is hardly any news coverage of it in Ireland, but masses in Japan!! The Japanese can't believe we are so complacent! It's because the people don't know what's happening. The TaraWatch group only have about 6 or 7 people at the site and the Garda (police) are threatening to prosecute them, so help is needed in many ways. Even the Vatican has been petitioned to step in. I have been in touch with the activists on site, and am waiting to hear back on what they want doing next. I am going to try and rally up some support on other sites. Please log on to www.tarawatch.org and do something/ anything. Time to walk the walk me thinks. If you care about our ancestral heritage, you will be horrified to know that in March a series of bee-hive shaped underground tombs were discovered and bulldozed before a court order could be executed. There were horse and dog bones, and human bones all over the place. There are supposed to be archaelolgists on site, but they seem pretty tied. Activists from Brighton are heading out to Tara. I spoke to Siobhan Rose toady who's heading the campaign in Ireland; she just wants publicity as it's all clamped down on in Ireland; so I will be making flyers to hand out everywhere and writing to papers. Also donations, as they are taking the Irish Govt. the European Court over this and need all the money thay can get; (also for independent archaeologists who are not in the pocket of the Govt.) I am on the case for some fund raising. This is an atrocity of a cultural and spiritual nature which beggars belief. The Stone of Destiny on which the Pagan High Kings of Ireland were crowned means nothing to these people when compared to the pay off. I posted info on this last year and no-one bothered to reply, but now the situation is much worse than ever; the Irish government have no intention of listening to a few... there must be thousands. You say you love the Boudicca spirit that defeated the Romans, well I'm asking you, Please rally behind this call to arms; if you don't, everything else you talk about with regards to fighting for the Spirit of the Land will be a travesty. PLEASE log onto the website, sign the petition, spread the word and donate some cash. http://www.protect-tara.org *** Updates - What you can do to help http://www.protect-tara.org/Help.html May 3rd, 2007 A national monument of major archaeological importance has been discovered directly in the path of the M3 motorway in the grounds of Tara, it's an ancient henge, said to be the size of three football fields. For full information please read the Updates at http://www.protect-tara.org/update_en.html It is vital now to help if you can, there is a general election in Ireland called for May 24, and a number of the opposition parties have pledged, should they come to power, to reroute the motorway away from the Tara landscape. The plight of Tara needs to be kept in the foreground, and urgently so, as construction of the motorway will soon begin. It is also feared that the Minister for the Environment, Dick Roche, will give permission for this new archaeological find at Tara to be 'preserved by record' - which means just noted down, and then physically destroyed, letting the bulldozers for the motorway plough through it. The issue is receiving international coverage ? please keep the momentum going by writing letters to the Irish papers, no matter where you're located in the world, voicing your concern at the destruction of the ancient Tara landscape. This is not against a motorway for the area, other feasible motorway routes have always been available right from the beginning and still are. The motorway can still be re-routed and the ancient grounds of Tara preserved. A list of the Letters to the Editor email addresses for the main Irish newspapers is given below. Please take the time to write a letter and to assist Tara now, this may well be the last chance to alter the plans for the motorway through the heart of the priceless Tara landscape. CONTINUED AT: http://www.protect-tara.org/Help.html From nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com Wed May 9 16:52:19 2007 From: nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com (nytr at olm.blythe-systems.com) Date: Wed, 9 May 2007 16:52:19 -0400 Subject: [NYTr] Bush Sat on Evidence of anti-Cuba Terror Message-ID: <20070509165219.4b15ec58@viola.tamara-b.org> Consortium News - May 7, 2007 http://www.consortiumnews.com/2007/050707.html Bush Sat on Evidence of Cuban Terror By Robert Parry Earlier this year, as accused right-wing terrorist Luis Posada Carilles successfully sought to be freed on bond, the Bush administration possessed secret evidence implicating the 79-year-old Cuban exile in terrorist bombings in Havana a decade ago. The evidence, an FBI document based on interviews with confidential sources in the late 1990s, linked Posada to a wave of hotel bombings in 1997 that killed an Italian tourist. Administration lawyers have now filed the document in court as part of the illegal immigration case against Posada that is scheduled to resume in Texas on May 11. On April 19, however, Posada was freed on $350,000 bond and allowed to live in his wife?s home in Miami, where many right-wing Cuban exiles regard him as a hero. The relatively gentle handling of Posada and other right-wing Cubans connected to terrorist acts against the communist government of Fidel Castro is in marked contrast to George W. Bush?s harsh treatment of Islamic militants captured during the ?global war on terror.? While suspected Islamic terrorists are locked away indefinitely at the U.S. military base in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, and can undergo ?alternative interrogation techniques,? Posada has been afforded all U.S. legal protections and then some. Bush has refused to extradite Posada to Venezuela or Cuba, where he is sought on other terrorism charges for masterminding the 1976 mid-air bombing of a Cubana Airliner killing all 73 people on board, including the young Cuban national fencing team. During a court hearing in Texas on Posada, Bush administration lawyers allowed to go unchallenged testimony from a Posada friend that Posada would face torture if he were returned to Venezuela where he held citizenship and once worked as an intelligence officer. The judge, therefore, barred Posada to be deported there. After that ruling, Venezuela?s Ambassador Bernardo Alvarez accused the Bush administration of applying ?a cynical double standard? in the ?war on terror.? As for the claim that Venezuela practices torture, Alvarez said, ?There isn?t a shred of evidence that Posada would be tortured in Venezuela.? It now appears the Bush administration also was sitting on evidence implicating Posada in more recent acts of terrorism, the 1997 hotel bombings in Havana. The Associated Press reported that the FBI document, now filed with the court, cited ?confidential sources,? including one source saying that two Posada associates at a Guatemalan utility company spoke about plans to assassinate Castro. The source then planted a listening device in an office and picked up conversations about smuggling a ?putty-like explosive? into Cuba in the shoes of operatives posing as tourists, the document said. The source added that another employee of the utility company found 22 plastic tubes in a closet in August 1997 labeled "high-powered explosives, extremely dangerous." The explosives were being mixed into shampoo bottles, the employee said. According to the AP, the confidential source provided the FBI with a fax about wire transfers from individuals in New Jersey that was signed Solo, one of Posada?s aliases. The FBI concluded that at least $19,000 in wire transfers connected to the hotel bombings were sent from the United States to El Salvador and Guatemala to a "Ramon Medina," the code name used by Posada in the 1980s when he worked on the Iran-Contra operations overseen by White House aide Oliver North. [AP, May 4, 2007] Admissions/Denials In 1998, in interviews with a New York Times reporter, Posada admitted a role in the Havana bombings, citing a goal of frightening tourists away from Cuba. But Posada later denied making the admissions. He also has denied masterminding the 1976 airliner bombing in collusion with another notorious Cuban exile, Orlando Bosch, who is living in Miami, too, with the help and protection of the Bush family. Not only did the Bush administration take a dive during Posada?s deportation hearing by letting the Venezuela torture claim go unchallenged, but also it ignored Bosch?s statement a year ago, when he justified the 1976 mid-air bombing in a TV interview with reporter Manuel Cao on Miami?s Channel 41. ?Did you down that plane in 1976?? Cao asked Bosch. ?If I tell you that I was involved, I will be inculpating myself,? Bosch answered, ?and if I tell you that I did not participate in that action, you would say that I am lying. I am therefore not going to answer one thing or the other.? But when Cao asked Bosch to comment on the civilians who died when the plane crashed off the coast of Barbados, Bosch responded, "In a war such as us Cubans who love liberty wage against the tyrant [Fidel Castro], you have to down planes, you have to sink ships, you have to be prepared to attack anything that is within your reach.? ?But don?t you feel a little bit for those who were killed there, for their families?? Cao asked. ?Who was on board that plane?? Bosch responded. ?Four members of the Communist Party, five North Koreans, five Guyanese.? [Officials tallies actually put the Guyanese dead at 11.] Bosch added, ?Four members of the Communist Party, chico! Who was there? Our enemies?? ?And the fencers?? Cao asked about Cuba?s amateur fencing team that had just won gold, silver and bronze medals at a youth fencing competition in Caracas. ?The young people on board?? Bosch replied, ?I was in Caracas. I saw the young girls on television. There were six of them. After the end of the competition, the leader of the six dedicated their triumph to the tyrant. ? She gave a speech filled with praise for the tyrant. ?We had already agreed in Santo Domingo, that everyone who comes from Cuba to glorify the tyrant had to run the same risks as those men and women that fight alongside the tyranny.? [The comment about Santo Domingo was an apparent reference to a strategy meeting by a right-wing terrorist organization, CORU, which took place in the Dominican Republic in 1976.] ?If you ran into the family members who were killed in that plane, wouldn?t you think it difficult?? Cao asked. ?No, because in the end those who were there had to know that they were cooperating with the tyranny in Cuba,? Bosch answered. CIA Files Beyond Bosch?s incriminating statements about the Cubana Airlines bombing, other evidence of his and Posada?s guilt is overwhelming. Declassified U.S. documents show that soon after the Cubana Airlines plane was blown out of the sky on Oct. 6, 1976, the CIA, then under the direction of George H.W. Bush, identified Posada and Bosch as the masterminds of the bombing. But in fall 1976, Bush?s boss, President Gerald Ford, was in a tight election battle with Democrat Jimmy Carter and the Ford administration wanted to keep intelligence scandals out of the newspapers. So Bush and other officials kept the lid on the investigations. [For details, see Robert Parry?s Secrecy & Privilege.] Still, inside the U.S. government, the facts were known. According to a secret CIA cable dated Oct. 14, 1976, intelligence sources in Venezuela relayed information about the Cubana Airlines bombing that tied in anti-communist Cuban extremists Bosch, who had been visiting Venezuela, and Posada, who then served as a senior officer in Venezuela?s intelligence agency, DISIP. The Oct. 14 cable said Bosch arrived in Venezuela in late September 1976 under the protection of Venezuelan President Carlos Andres Perez, a close Washington ally who assigned his intelligence adviser Orlando Garcia ?to protect and assist Bosch during his stay in Venezuela.? On his arrival, Bosch was met by Garcia and Posada, according to the report. Later, a fundraising dinner was held in Bosch?s honor. ?A few days following the fund-raising dinner, Posada was overheard to say that, ?we are going to hit a Cuban airplane,? and that ?Orlando has the details,?? the CIA report said. ?Following the 6 October Cubana Airline crash off the coast of Barbados, Bosch, Garcia and Posada agreed that it would be best for Bosch to leave Venezuela. Therefore, on 9 October, Posada and Garcia escorted Bosch to the Colombian border, where he crossed into Colombian territory.? In South America, police began rounding up suspects. Two Cuban exiles, Hernan Ricardo and Freddy Lugo, who got off the Cubana plane in Barbados, confessed that they had planted the bomb. They named Bosch and Posada as the architects of the attack. A search of Posada?s apartment in Venezuela turned up Cubana Airlines timetables and other incriminating documents. Posada and Bosch were charged in Venezuela for the Cubana Airlines bombing, but the case soon became a political tug-of-war, since the suspects were in possession of sensitive Venezuelan government secrets that could embarrass President Andres Perez. Lost Interest After the Reagan-Bush administration took power in Washington in 1981, the momentum for fully unraveling the mysteries of anti-communist terrorist plots dissipated. The Cold War trumped any concern about right-wing terrorism. In 1985, Posada escaped from a Venezuelan prison, reportedly with the help of Cuban exiles. In his autobiography, Posada thanked Miami-based Cuban activist Jorge Mas Canosa for providing the $25,000 that was used to bribe guards who allowed Posada to walk out of prison. Another Cuban exile who aided Posada was former CIA officer Felix Rodriguez, who was close to then-Vice President George H.W. Bush. Rodriguez then was handling secret supply shipments to the Nicaraguan contra rebels, a pet project of President Ronald Reagan. After fleeing Venezuela, Posada joined Rodriguez in Central America and began using the code name ?Ramon Medina.? Posada was assigned the job of paymaster for pilots in the White House-run contra-supply operation. When one of the contra-supply planes was shot down inside Nicaragua in October 1986, Posada was responsible for alerting U.S. officials to the crisis and then shutting down the operation?s safe houses in El Salvador. Even after the exposure of Posada?s role in the contra-supply operation, the U.S. government made no effort to bring the accused terrorist to justice. By the late 1980s, Orlando Bosch also was out of Venezuela?s jails and back in Miami. But Bosch, who had been implicated in about 30 violent attacks, was facing possible deportation by U.S. officials who warned that Washington couldn?t credibly lecture other countries about terrorism while protecting a terrorist like Bosch. But Bosch got lucky. Jeb Bush, then an aspiring Florida politician, led a lobbying drive to prevent the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service from expelling Bosch. In 1990, the lobbying paid dividends when Jeb's dad, President George H.W. Bush, blocked proceedings against Bosch, letting the unapologetic terrorist stay in the United States. In 1992, also during George H.W. Bush?s presidency, the FBI interviewed Posada about the Iran-Contra scandal for 6 ? hours at the U.S. Embassy in Honduras. Posada filled in some blanks about the role of Bush?s vice presidential office in the secret contra operation. According toa 31-page summary of the FBI interview, Posada said Bush?s national security adviser, Donald Gregg, was in frequent contact with Felix Rodriguez. ?Posada ? recalls that Rodriguez was always calling Gregg,? the FBI summary said. ?Posada knows this because he?s the one who paid Rodriguez? phone bill.? After the interview, the FBI agents let Posada walk out of the embassy to freedom. [For details, see Parry?s Lost History: Contras, Cocaine, the Press & Project Truth.] More Attacks Posada soon returned to his anti-Castro plotting. In 1994, Posada set out to kill Castro during a trip to Cartagena, Colombia. Posada and five cohorts reached Cartagena, but the plan flopped when security cordons prevented the would-be assassins from getting a clean shot at Castro, according to a Miami Herald account. [Miami Herald, June 7, 1998] The Herald also described Posada?s role in a lethal 1997 bombing campaign against popular hotels and restaurants inside Cuba. The story cited documentary evidence that Posada arranged payments to conspirators from accounts in the United States. ?This afternoon you will receive via Western Union four transfers of $800 each ? from New Jersey,? said one fax signed by SOLO, a Posada alias. Posada landed back in jail in 2000 after Cuban intelligence uncovered a plot to assassinate Castro by planting a bomb at a meeting the Cuban leader planned with university students in Panama. Panamanian authorities arrested Posada and other alleged co-conspirators in November 2000. In April 2004, they were sentenced to eight or nine years in prison for endangering public safety. Four months after the sentencing, however, lame-duck Panamanian President Mireya Moscoso ? who lives in Key Biscayne, Florida, and has close ties to the Cuban-American community and to George W. Bush?s administration ? pardoned the convicts. After the pardons and just two months before Election 2004, three of Posada?s co-conspirators ? Guillermo Novo Sampol, Pedro Remon and Gaspar Jimenez ? arrived in Miami to a hero?s welcome, flashing victory signs at their supporters. While the terrorists celebrated, U.S. authorities watched the men ? also implicated in bombings in New York, New Jersey and Florida ? alight on U.S. soil. Washington Post writer Marcela Sanchez noted in a September 2004 article about the Panamanian pardons that ?there is something terribly wrong when the United States, after Sept. 11 (2001), fails to condemn the pardoning of terrorists and instead allows them to walk free on U.S. streets.? [Washington Post, Sept. 3, 2004] Posada reportedly sneaked into the United States in early 2005 and his presence was an open secret in Miami for weeks before U.S. authorities did anything. The New York Times summed up Bush?s dilemma if Posada decided to seek U.S. asylum. ?A grant of asylum could invite charges that the Bush administration is compromising its principle that no nation should harbor suspected terrorists,? the Times wrote. ?But to turn Mr. Posada away could provoke political wrath in the conservative Cuban-American communities of South Florida, deep sources of support and campaign money for President Bush and his brother, Jeb.? [NYT, May 9, 2005] Only after Posada called a news conference to announce his presence was the Bush administration shamed into arresting him. But even then, the administration balked at sending Posada back to Venezuela where the government of Hugo Chavez ? unlike some of its predecessors ? was eager to prosecute. The Posada-Bosch cases point to one unavoidable and unpleasant